TWI856671B - Golf club head and manufacturing method thereof - Google Patents

Abstract

A method of making a golf club head includes interposing bonding tape between a first piece and a second piece of the golf club head such that the first piece is temporarily adhered to the second piece via a tackiness of the bonding tape. The method additionally includes positioning the first piece, the second piece, and the bonding tape, interposed between the first piece and the second piece, in a vacuum bag, and reducing a pressure within the vacuum bag, relative to a pressure external to the vacuum bag, such that the vacuum bag collapses onto the first piece and the second piece and compresses the bonding tape between the first piece and the second piece. The method also includes heating the bonding tape, at least to a curing temperature of the bonding tape, when the pressure within the vacuum bag is reduced.

Description

Translated fromChinese

高爾夫球桿頭及其製造方法Golf club head and method of manufacturing the same

本專利申請主張2022年5月25日申請之美國臨時專利申請號63/345,875的權益，該申請的全部內容以引用方式併入本文。This patent application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/345,875 filed on May 25, 2022, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

本揭示大體上涉及一種高爾夫球桿，並且更具體地涉及一種由黏合劑結合在一起的多個部件構成的高爾夫球桿頭。The present disclosure relates generally to a golf club, and more particularly to a golf club head formed from a plurality of components bonded together by an adhesive.

在高爾夫的早期歷史中，高爾夫球桿頭主要由單一材料諸如木材製成。後來，高爾夫球桿頭從主要由木材製成的構造發展為主要由金屬製成的構造。最初由金屬製成的高爾夫球桿頭是由鋼合金製成的。隨著時間的推移，高爾夫球桿頭開始由鈦合金製成。一些(但不是全部)高爾夫球桿頭製造商已經從使用單一材料轉變為使用多種材料和多件式構造。多件的使用和多種材料的使用可以提供各種製造和性能優勢。多件式高爾夫球桿頭的多個件可以以多種方式，諸如黏合劑結合和焊接結合在一起。In the early history of golf, golf club heads were primarily made of a single material such as wood. Later, golf club heads evolved from a construction primarily made of wood to a construction primarily made of metal. The first golf club heads that were made of metal were made of steel alloys. Over time, golf club heads began to be made of titanium alloys. Some, but not all, golf club head manufacturers have moved from using a single material to using multiple materials and multi-piece construction. The use of multiple pieces and the use of multiple materials can provide a variety of manufacturing and performance advantages. The multiple pieces of a multi-piece golf club head can be joined together in a variety of ways, such as adhesive bonding and welding.

通常，多件式高爾夫球桿頭的黏合件之間的結合強度會影響高爾夫球桿頭的耐用性並因此影響高爾夫球桿頭隨時間的性能。當高爾夫球桿頭用於擊打高爾夫球時，弱結合傾向於加速結合的退化。結合件之間的結合的退化可導致高爾夫球桿頭的性能降低，諸如最好的情況是經由剛度降低和缺乏適當的載荷傳遞，最壞的情況是高爾夫球桿頭的完全失效。通常，發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的擊球面在其生命週期中與高爾夫球發生數千次碰撞。每次碰撞都會對擊球面施加10,000g至20,000g範圍內的力，其中g等於每單位質量由於重力產生的力。以如此高的力反復擊打往往會導致形成高爾夫球桿頭的結合部退化。因此，需要高爾夫球桿頭的結合件之間的牢固的初始和持久結合。Typically, the strength of the bond between the adhesive components of a multi-piece golf club head affects the durability of the golf club head and therefore the performance of the golf club head over time. A weak bond tends to accelerate the degradation of the bond when the golf club head is used to hit a golf ball. Degradation of the bond between the adhesive components can lead to reduced performance of the golf club head, such as reduced stiffness and lack of proper load transfer in the best case, and complete failure of the golf club head in the worst case. Typically, the striking face of a driver-type golf club head is impacted with a golf ball thousands of times during its life cycle. Each impact applies a force in the range of 10,000g to 20,000g to the striking face, where g equals the force due to gravity per unit mass. Repeated impacts with such high forces tend to cause degradation of the joints forming the golf club head. Therefore, a strong initial and lasting bond between the joints of the golf club head is required.

因為焊接通常提供更強的初始結合並且與其他結合技術相比可以表現出更高的耐用性，所以許多傳統的多件式高爾夫球桿頭的部件使用有助於焊接的材料，諸如相容金屬。然而，用於構造多件式高爾夫球桿頭的許多金屬比非金屬材料具有更高的質量。因此，可用於分佈在此類高爾夫球桿頭周圍的可用於提升高爾夫球桿頭性能的質量(也稱為任意質量)可能受到限制。為此，提供在高爾夫球桿頭的部件之間具有牢固且持久的結合並且促進可自由支配的質量增加的多件式高爾夫球桿頭可能是困難的。Because welding generally provides a stronger initial bond and can exhibit greater durability than other joining techniques, many conventional multi-piece golf club head components use materials that facilitate welding, such as compatible metals. However, many metals used to construct multi-piece golf club heads have higher mass than non-metallic materials. As a result, the mass available for distribution about such golf club heads (also referred to as discretionary mass) that can be used to enhance the performance of the golf club heads may be limited. For this reason, it may be difficult to provide a multi-piece golf club head that has a strong and durable bond between the components of the golf club head and that facilitates an increase in discretionary mass.

本案標的是針對現有技術的現狀，特別是針對具有多件式構造的高爾夫球桿頭的尚未完全解決的缺點而開發的。因此，本案標的已經被開發以提供一種高爾夫球桿頭，該高爾夫球桿頭克服了傳統高爾夫球桿頭的上述缺點中的至少一些缺點。The subject matter of this case is developed in response to the current state of the prior art, in particular, in response to the shortcomings of golf club heads with a multi-piece structure that have not yet been fully resolved. Therefore, the subject matter of this case has been developed to provide a golf club head that overcomes at least some of the above-mentioned shortcomings of traditional golf club heads.

本文揭示了一種高爾夫球桿頭。高爾夫球桿頭包括中空內部空腔、限定中空內部空腔的至少第一部分的第一部件和限定中空內部空腔的至少第二部分的第二部件。第一部件經由黏合帶沿著黏合接頭黏性結合到第二部件。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例1。A golf club head is disclosed herein. The golf club head includes a hollow interior cavity, a first component defining at least a first portion of the hollow interior cavity, and a second component defining at least a second portion of the hollow interior cavity. The first component is adhesively bonded to the second component along an adhesive joint via an adhesive tape. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 1 of the present disclosure.

黏合帶的厚度在90μm至550μm之間。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例2，其中，實例2還包括根據上面的實例1的標的。The thickness of the adhesive tape is between 90 μm and 550 μm. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 2 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 2 also includes the subject matter according to Example 1 above.

黏合帶的厚度至少為100μm。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例3，其中，實例3還包括根據上面的實例2的標的。The thickness of the adhesive tape is at least 100 μm. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 3 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 3 also includes the subject matter according to Example 2 above.

黏合帶的厚度至少為150μm。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例4，其中，實例4還包括根據上面的實例3的標的。The thickness of the adhesive tape is at least 150 μm. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 4 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 4 also includes the subject matter according to Example 3 above.

黏合帶的厚度至少為250μm。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例5，其中，實例5還包括根據上面的實例4的標的。The thickness of the adhesive tape is at least 250 μm. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 5 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 5 also includes the subject matter according to Example 4 above.

黏合帶的厚度至少為300μm。該段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例6，其中，實例6還包括根據上面的實例5的標的。The thickness of the adhesive tape is at least 300 μm. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 6 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 6 also includes the subject matter according to Example 5 above.

黏合帶是一種熱固性黏合材料。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例7，其中，實例7還包括根據以上實例1-6中的任何一者的標的。The adhesive tape is a thermosetting adhesive material. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 7 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 7 also includes a subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 1-6.

黏合帶具有至少10MPa的剪切強度。該段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例8，其中，實例8還包括根據上面的實例7的標的。The adhesive tape has a shear strength of at least 10 MPa. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 8 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 8 also includes the subject matter according to Example 7 above.

黏合帶是一種熱固性黏合材料。該段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例9，其中，實例9還包括根據上面的實例8的標的。The adhesive tape is a thermosetting adhesive material. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 9 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 9 also includes the subject matter according to Example 8 above.

黏合帶包括兩個或更多個單獨的黏合帶段。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例10，其中，實例10還包括根據以上實例1-9中的任何一者的標的。The adhesive tape includes two or more separate adhesive tape segments. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 10 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 10 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 1-9.

黏合帶包括三個或更多個單獨的黏合帶段。該段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例11，其中，實例11還包括根據上面的實例10的標的。The adhesive tape includes three or more separate adhesive tape segments. The aforementioned subject matter of the segment characterizes Example 11 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 11 also includes subject matter according to Example 10 above.

黏合帶包括四個或更多個單獨的黏合帶段。該段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例12，其中，實例12還包括根據上面的實例11的標的。The adhesive tape includes four or more separate adhesive tape segments. The aforementioned subject matter of the segment characterizes Example 12 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 12 also includes subject matter according to Example 11 above.

黏合帶的寬度在1mm至9mm之間(包括1mm和9mm)。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例13，其中，實例13還包括根據以上實例1-12中的任何一者的標的。The width of the adhesive tape is between 1 mm and 9 mm (including 1 mm and 9 mm). The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 13 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 13 also includes a subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 1-12.

黏合帶的寬度在2mm和7mm之間(包括2mm和7mm)。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例14，其中，實例14還包括根據上面的實例13的標的。The width of the adhesive tape is between 2 mm and 7 mm (including 2 mm and 7 mm). The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 14 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 14 also includes the subject matter according to Example 13 above.

黏合帶的寬度在2mm和5mm之間(包括2mm和5mm)。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例15，其中，實例15還包括根據上面的實例14的標的。The width of the adhesive tape is between 2 mm and 5 mm (including 2 mm and 5 mm). The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 15 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 15 also includes the subject matter according to Example 14 above.

黏合帶的寬度在2.5mm至3.5mm之間(包括2.5mm和3.5mm)。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例16，其中，實例16還包括根據上面的實例15的標的。The width of the adhesive tape is between 2.5 mm and 3.5 mm (including 2.5 mm and 3.5 mm). The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 16 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 16 also includes the subject matter according to Example 15 above.

黏合帶的寬度可變。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例17，其中，實例17還包括根據以上實例1-16中的任何一者的標的。The width of the adhesive tape can be varied. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 17 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 17 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 1-16.

黏合帶包括兩個或更多個單獨的黏合帶段。兩個或更多個分離的黏合帶段中的第一個的尺寸不同於兩個或更多個黏合帶段中的第二個的尺寸。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例18，其中，實例18還包括根據以上實例1-17中的任何一者的標的。The adhesive tape includes two or more separate adhesive tape segments. The size of the first of the two or more separate adhesive tape segments is different from the size of the second of the two or more adhesive tape segments. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 18 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 18 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 1-17.

黏合帶具有至少10MPa的剪切強度。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例19，其中，實例19還包括根據以上實例1-18中的任何一者的標的。The adhesive tape has a shear strength of at least 10 MPa. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 19 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 19 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 1-18.

黏合帶的剪切強度為至少11MPa。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例20，其中，實例20還包括根據上面的實例19的標的。The shear strength of the adhesive tape is at least 11 MPa. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 20 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 20 also includes the subject matter according to Example 19 above.

黏合帶的剪切強度為至少12MPa。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例21，其中，實例21還包括根據上面的實例20的標的。The shear strength of the adhesive tape is at least 12 MPa. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 21 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 21 also includes the subject matter according to Example 20 above.

黏合帶的剪切強度為至少13MPa。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例22，其中，實例22還包括根據上面的實例21的標的。The shear strength of the adhesive tape is at least 13 MPa. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 22 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 22 also includes the subject matter according to Example 21 above.

黏合帶的剪切強度不超過30MPa。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例23，其中，實例23還包括根據以上實例19-22中的任何一者的標的。The shear strength of the adhesive tape does not exceed 30 MPa. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 23 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 23 also includes a subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 19-22.

黏合帶的固化溫度至少為100℃。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例24，其中，實例24還包括根據以上實例1-23中的任何一者的標的。The curing temperature of the adhesive tape is at least 100°C. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 24 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 24 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 1-23.

黏合帶的固化溫度至少為120℃。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例25，其中，實例25還包括根據上面的實例24的標的。The curing temperature of the adhesive tape is at least 120°C. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 25 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 25 also includes the subject matter according to Example 24 above.

黏合帶的固化溫度介於120℃至230℃之間(包括120℃和230℃)。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例26，其中，實例26還包括根據上面的實例25的標的。The curing temperature of the adhesive tape is between 120°C and 230°C (including 120°C and 230°C). The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 26 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 26 also includes the subject matter according to Example 25 above.

黏合帶的固化溫度介於140℃至190℃之間(包括140℃和190℃)。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例27，其中，實例27還包括根據上面的實例26的標的。The curing temperature of the adhesive tape is between 140°C and 190°C (including 140°Cand 190°C). The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 27 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 27 also includes the subject matter according to Example 26 above.

黏合帶的回流溫度至少為160℃。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例28，其中，實例28還包括根據以上實例1-27中的任何一者的標的。The reflow temperature of the adhesive tape is at least 160°C. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 28 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 28 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 1-27.

黏合帶的回流溫度至少為180℃。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例29，其中，實例29還包括根據上面的實例28的標的。The reflow temperature of the adhesive tape is at least 180°C. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 29 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 29 also includes the subject matter according to Example 28 above.

黏合帶的回流溫度至少為200℃。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例30，其中，實例30還包括根據上面的實例29的標的。The reflow temperature of the adhesive tape is at least 200°C. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 30 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 30 also includes the subject matter according to Example 29 above.

黏合帶的回流溫度至少為220℃。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例31，其中，實例31還包括根據上面的實例30的標的。The reflow temperature of the adhesive tape is at least 220°C. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 31 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 31 also includes the subject matter according to Example 30 above.

高爾夫球桿頭進一步包括間隙填充物，該間隙填充物插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間，並且插置在黏合帶和第二部件之間。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例32，其中，實例32還包括根據以上實例30-31中的任何一者的標的。The golf club head further includes a gap filler interposed between the first component and the second component and between the adhesive tape and the second component. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 32 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 32 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 30-31.

本文進一步揭示了一種製造高爾夫球桿頭的方法。該方法包括在該高爾夫球桿頭的第一部件和第二部件之間插置黏合帶使得該第一部件經由該黏合帶的黏性臨時黏附到該第二部件的步驟。該方法另外包括將該第一部件、該第二部件和插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間的該黏合帶定位在真空袋中的步驟。該方法還包括相對於該真空袋外部的壓力降低該真空袋內的壓力、使得該真空袋塌縮到該第一部件和該第二部件上、並壓縮該第一部件與該第二部件之間的該黏合帶的步驟。該方法進一步包括當該真空袋內的壓力降低時將該黏合帶加熱至至少該黏合帶的固化溫度的步驟。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例33。The present invention further discloses a method for manufacturing a golf club head. The method includes the step of inserting an adhesive tape between a first component and a second component of the golf club head so that the first component is temporarily adhered to the second component via the viscosity of the adhesive tape. The method further includes the step of positioning the first component, the second component, and the adhesive tape inserted between the first component and the second component in a vacuum bag. The method also includes the step of reducing the pressure inside the vacuum bag relative to the pressure outside the vacuum bag, causing the vacuum bag to collapse onto the first component and the second component, and compressing the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component. The method further includes the step of heating the adhesive tape to at least the curing temperature of the adhesive tape when the pressure inside the vacuum bag is reduced. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 33 of the present disclosure.

將該黏合帶插置在該高爾夫球桿頭的該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟包括經由吸力將包括該黏合帶的黏合帶封裝臨時耦合到帶保持固定裝置。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例34，其中，實例34還包括根據上面的實例33的標的。The step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component of the golf club head includes temporarily coupling the adhesive tape package including the adhesive tape to the tape retaining fixture via suction. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 34 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 34 also includes subject matter according to Example 33 above.

將該黏合帶插置在該高爾夫球桿頭的該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟進一步包括當該黏合帶封裝經由吸力耦合到該帶保持固定裝置時，從該黏合帶封裝移除黏附到該黏合帶的剝離層。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例35，其中，實例35還包括根據上面的實例34的標的。The step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component of the golf club head further includes removing the peeling layer adhered to the adhesive tape from the adhesive tape package when the adhesive tape package is coupled to the tape holding fixture via suction. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 35 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 35 also includes subject matter according to Example 34 above.

將該黏合帶插置在該高爾夫球桿頭的該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟進一步包括當該黏合帶封裝經由該吸力耦合到該帶保持固定裝置時以及在移除該剝離層之後將該黏合帶臨時黏附到該第一部件。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例36，其中，實例36還包括根據上面的實例35的標的。The step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component of the golf club head further includes temporarily adhering the adhesive tape to the first component when the adhesive tape package is coupled to the tape retaining fixture via the suction force and after removing the release layer. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 36 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 36 also includes subject matter according to Example 35 above.

將該黏合帶插置在該高爾夫球桿頭的該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟進一步包括禁用該吸力並將該第一部件和該黏合帶封裝從該帶保持固定裝置移除。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例37，其中，實例37還包括根據上面的實例36的標的。The step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component of the golf club head further includes disabling the suction force and removing the first component and the adhesive tape package from the tape retaining fixture. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 37 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 37 also includes subject matter according to Example 36 above.

將該黏合帶插置在該高爾夫球桿頭的該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟進一步包括，當該第一部件和來自該帶保持固定裝置的該黏合帶封裝從該帶保持固定裝置移除時從該黏合帶封裝移除黏附到該黏合帶上的第二剝離層，並且當該第二剝離層被移除時將該第二部件施加到該黏合帶上。該段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例38，其中，實例38還包括根據上面的實例37的標的。The step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component of the golf club head further includes removing a second release layer adhered to the adhesive tape from the adhesive tape package when the first component and the adhesive tape package from the tape retaining fixture are removed from the tape retaining fixture, and applying the second component to the adhesive tape when the second release layer is removed. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 38 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 38 also includes subject matter according to Example 37 above.

在降低該壓力並加熱該黏合帶之前，該黏合帶在25℃下為固體。本段的前述標的表徵了本揭示的實施例39，其中，實施例39還包括根據以上實例33-38中的任何一者的標的。Before reducing the pressure and heating the adhesive tape, the adhesive tape is solid at 25°C. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph represents embodiment 39 of the present disclosure, wherein embodiment 39 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above examples 33-38.

在降低該壓力並加熱該黏合帶之前，該黏合帶在25℃下為非液體。本段的前述標的表徵了本揭示的實例40，其中，實例40還包括根據以上實例33-39中的任何一者的標的。Before reducing the pressure and heating the adhesive tape, the adhesive tape is non-liquid at 25°C. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 40 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 40 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 33-39.

在降低該壓力並加熱該黏合帶之前，該黏合帶在25℃下具有黏性。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例41，其中，實例41還包括根據以上實例33-40中的任何一者的標的。Before reducing the pressure and heating the adhesive tape, the adhesive tape is adhesive at 25°C. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 41 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 41 also includes the subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 33-40.

該第一部件是非金屬插入件。該第二部件包括至少一個凹陷凸緣。該黏合帶包括第一表面和與該第一表面相對的第二表面。將該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟包括將該黏合帶的該第一表面附接到該非金屬插入件，以及將該黏合帶的第二表面附接到該至少一個凹陷凸緣。在附接到該至少一個凹陷凸緣之前，該黏合帶的該第二表面的總表面積小於該至少一個凹陷凸緣的總表面積的100%。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例42，其中，實例42還包括根據以上實例33-41中的任何一者的標的。The first component is a non-metal insert. The second component includes at least one recessed lip. The adhesive tape includes a first surface and a second surface opposite the first surface. The step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component includes attaching the first surface of the adhesive tape to the non-metal insert, and attaching the second surface of the adhesive tape to the at least one recessed lip. Prior to attachment to the at least one recessed lip, the total surface area of the second surface of the adhesive tape is less than 100% of the total surface area of the at least one recessed lip. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 42 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 42 further includes subject matter according to any one of Examples 33-41 above.

在附接到該至少一個凹陷凸緣之前，該黏合帶的該第二表面的總表面積小於該至少一個凹陷凸緣的該總表面積的99%。該段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例43，其中，實例43還包括根據上面的實例42的標的。Prior to attachment to the at least one recessed ridge, the total surface area of the second surface of the adhesive tape is less than 99% of the total surface area of the at least one recessed ridge. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 43 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 43 also includes subject matter according to Example 42 above.

在附接到該至少一個凹陷凸緣之前，該黏合帶的該第二表面的總表面積在該至少一個凹陷凸緣的該總表面積的75%至99%之間(並且包括85%和99%)。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例44，其中，實例44還包括根據以上實例42-43中的任何一者的標的。Prior to attachment to the at least one recessed ridge, the total surface area of the second surface of the adhesive tape is between 75% and 99% (including 85% and 99%) of the total surface area of the at least one recessed ridge. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 44 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 44 further includes subject matter according to any one of Examples 42-43 above.

在附接到該至少一個凹陷凸緣之前，該黏合帶的該第二表面的總表面積在該至少一個凹陷凸緣的該總表面積的85%至99%之間(並且包括85%和99%)。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例45，其中，實例45還包括根據以上實例42-44中的任何一者的標的。Prior to attachment to the at least one recessed ridge, the total surface area of the second surface of the adhesive tape is between 85% and 99% (including 85% and 99%) of the total surface area of the at least one recessed ridge. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 45 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 45 further includes subject matter according to any one of Examples 42-44 above.

該至少一個凹陷凸緣的該總表面積是由該非金屬插入件覆蓋的該至少一個凹陷凸緣的總表面積。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例46，其中，實例46還包括根據以上實例42-45中的任何一者的標的。The total surface area of the at least one recessed lip is the total surface area of the at least one recessed lip covered by the non-metallic insert. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 46 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 46 also includes subject matter according to any one of Examples 42-45 above.

當該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和第二部件之間時，該黏合帶從該至少一個凹陷凸緣的外周偏移至少0.25mm。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例47，其中，實例47還包括根據上述實例42-46中的任何一者的標的。When the adhesive tape is inserted between the first component and the second component, the adhesive tape is offset from the periphery of the at least one recessed lip by at least 0.25 mm. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 47 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 47 further includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 42-46.

當該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和第二部件之間時，該黏合帶從該至少一個凹陷凸緣的外周偏移至少0.5mm。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例48，其中，實例48還包括根據上述實例47的標的。When the adhesive tape is inserted between the first component and the second component, the adhesive tape is offset from the periphery of the at least one recessed ridge by at least 0.5 mm. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 48 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 48 also includes subject matter according to the aforementioned Example 47.

當該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和第二部件之間時，該黏合帶從該至少一個凹陷凸緣的外周偏移至少1.0mm。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例49，其中，實例49還包括根據上述實例48的標的。When the adhesive tape is inserted between the first component and the second component, the adhesive tape is offset from the periphery of the at least one recessed ridge by at least 1.0 mm. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 49 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 49 further includes subject matter according to the aforementioned Example 48.

當該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間時，該黏合帶從該至少一個凹陷凸緣的外周偏移不超過2.5mm。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例50，其中，實例50還包括根據上述實例49的標的。When the adhesive tape is inserted between the first component and the second component, the adhesive tape is offset from the periphery of the at least one recessed ridge by no more than 2.5 mm. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 50 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 50 also includes subject matter according to the aforementioned Example 49.

當該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和第二部件之間時，該黏合帶從該至少一個凹陷凸緣的外周偏移不超過3.0mm。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例51，其中，實例51還包括根據上述實例49-50中的任何一者的標的。When the adhesive tape is inserted between the first component and the second component, the adhesive tape is offset from the periphery of the at least one recessed flange by no more than 3.0 mm. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 51 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 51 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 49-50.

當該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和第二部件之間時，該黏合帶從該至少一個凹陷凸緣的外周偏移不超過5.0mm。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例52，其中，實例52還包括根據上述實例49-51中的任何一者的標的。When the adhesive tape is inserted between the first component and the second component, the adhesive tape is offset from the periphery of the at least one recessed flange by no more than 5.0 mm. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 52 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 52 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 49-51.

該高爾夫球桿頭包括主體，該主體包括多個開口。該第一部件是擊球板。該第二部件是主體，使得當該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間時，該擊球板覆蓋該多個開口中的一個開口。當該真空袋內的壓力降低並且該黏合帶被加熱時，該主體的該多個開口中的至少一個開口被揭開。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例53，其中，實例53還包括根據以上實例33-52中的任何一者的標的。The golf club head includes a body including a plurality of openings. The first component is a striking plate. The second component is a body such that when the adhesive tape is interposed between the first component and the second component, the striking plate covers one of the plurality of openings. When the pressure in the vacuum bag is reduced and the adhesive tape is heated, at least one of the plurality of openings of the body is uncovered. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 53 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 53 further includes subject matter according to any one of Examples 33-52 above.

該第一部件是非金屬插入件，包括總表面積在2,000mm²至13,000mm²之間(包括2,000mm²和13,000mm²)的內表面。該方法進一步包括在該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間之前，經由該黏合帶的黏性將該黏合帶臨時黏附到該非金屬插入件的該內表面。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例54，其中，實例54還包括根據以上實例33-53中的任何一者的標的。The first component is a non-metallic insert including an inner surface having a total surface area between 2,000^mm2 and 13,000^mm2 (inclusive⁾ . The method further^includes temporarily adhering the adhesive tape to the inner surface of the non-metallic insert via the adhesive property of the adhesive tape before the adhesive tape is inserted between the first component and the second component. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 54 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 54 further includes subject matter according to any one of Examples 33-53 above.

該黏合帶包括熱固性黏合劑。該段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例55，其中，實例55還包括根據上面的實例54的標的。The adhesive tape includes a thermosetting adhesive. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 55 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 55 also includes subject matter according to Example 54 above.

當臨時黏附到該非金屬插入件的該內表面時，該黏合帶距離該非金屬插入件的外周至少0.25mm。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例56，其中，實例56還包括根據以上實例54-55中的任何一者的標的。When temporarily adhered to the inner surface of the non-metallic insert, the adhesive tape is at least 0.25 mm away from the periphery of the non-metallic insert. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 56 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 56 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 54-55.

該方法進一步包括從該黏合帶的片材切割該黏合帶的步驟。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例57，其中，實例57還包括根據以上實例54-56中的任何一者的標的。The method further includes the step of cutting the adhesive tape from the sheet of the adhesive tape. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 57 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 57 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 54-56.

該黏合帶包括多個單獨的黏合帶段。切割該黏合帶的步驟包括從該黏合帶的片材單獨切割該黏合帶段。該段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例58，其中，實例58還包括根據上面的實例57的標的。The adhesive tape includes a plurality of individual adhesive tape segments. The step of cutting the adhesive tape includes cutting the adhesive tape segments individually from the sheet of the adhesive tape. The aforementioned subject matter of the segments characterizes Example 58 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 58 further includes subject matter according to Example 57 above.

該黏合帶是經由雷射器從該黏合帶的片材上切割下來的。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例59，其中，實例59還包括根據以上實例57-58中的任何一者的標的。The adhesive tape is cut from the sheet of the adhesive tape by a laser. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 59 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 59 also includes a subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 57-58.

該方法進一步包括將第二黏合帶插置在高爾夫球桿頭的第二部件和第三部件之間，使得第三部件經由該第二黏合帶的黏性臨時黏附到第二部件。該第一部件是高爾夫球桿頭的冠部插入件、底面插入件或擊球板中的一個。該第二部件是高爾夫球桿頭的主體。第三部件是冠部插入件、該底面插入件或該擊球板中的第二部件。將該第一部件、該第二部件和該黏合帶定位在該真空袋中的步驟進一步包括將該第三部件定位在該真空袋中，其中該第二黏合帶位於該第三部件和該第二部件之間。降低該真空袋內的該壓力將該真空袋塌縮到該第三部件和該第二部件上，使得該第二黏合帶在該第三部件與該第二部件之間被壓縮。加熱該黏合帶包括當該真空袋內的該壓力降低時將該黏合帶至少加熱到該第二黏合帶的固化溫度。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例60，其中，實例60還包括根據以上實例33-59中的任何一者的標的。The method further includes inserting a second adhesive tape between a second component and a third component of a golf club head, so that the third component is temporarily adhered to the second component via the viscosity of the second adhesive tape. The first component is one of a crown insert, a sole insert, or a striking plate of a golf club head. The second component is a body of a golf club head. The third component is a second component in the crown insert, the sole insert, or the striking plate. The step of positioning the first component, the second component, and the adhesive tape in the vacuum bag further includes positioning the third component in the vacuum bag, wherein the second adhesive tape is located between the third component and the second component. Reducing the pressure within the vacuum bag collapses the vacuum bag onto the third component and the second component, so that the second adhesive tape is compressed between the third component and the second component. Heating the adhesive tape includes heating the adhesive tape to at least the curing temperature of the second adhesive tape when the pressure in the vacuum bag is reduced. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 60 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 60 also includes subject matter according to any one of Examples 33-59 above.

該方法進一步包括將該真空袋放置在高壓釜中，其中該第一部件、該第二部件和該黏合帶密封在該真空袋內。相對於該真空袋外部的壓力，降低該真空袋內的該壓力包括增加該高壓釜內的壓力。加熱該黏合帶包括提高該高壓釜內的溫度。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例61，其中，實例61還包括根據以上實例33-60中的任何一者的標的。The method further includes placing the vacuum bag in an autoclave, wherein the first component, the second component, and the adhesive tape are sealed within the vacuum bag. Relative to the pressure outside the vacuum bag, reducing the pressure within the vacuum bag includes increasing the pressure within the autoclave. Heating the adhesive tape includes increasing the temperature within the autoclave. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 61 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 61 further includes subject matter according to any one of Examples 33-60 above.

該真空袋是一種可重複使用的真空袋。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例62，其中，實例62還包括根據以上實例33-61中的任何一者的標的。The vacuum bag is a reusable vacuum bag. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 62 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 62 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 33-61.

該真空袋是收縮包裝材料或熱收縮材料中的一種。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例63，其中，實例63還包括根據以上實例33-62中的任何一者的標的。The vacuum bag is a shrink packaging material or a heat shrink material. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 63 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 63 also includes a subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 33-62.

在降低該真空袋內的該壓力並加熱該黏合帶之前，該黏合帶可在25℃下儲存至少24小時。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例64，其中，實例64還包括根據以上實例33-63中的任何一者的標的。The adhesive tape may be stored at 25°C for at least 24 hours before reducing the pressure in the vacuum bag and heating the adhesive tape. The aforementioned subject matter of this paragraph represents Example 64 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 64 also includes subject matter according to any one of the above Examples 33-63.

該方法進一步包括，在將該第一部件、該第二部件和該黏合帶定位在該真空袋中之前，將間隙填充物施加到間隙中，該間隙限定在該第二部件與該第一部件之間並且限定在該第二部件與該黏合帶之間，並且固化該間隙填充物。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的實例65，其中，實例65還包括根據以上實例33-64中的任何一者的標的。The method further includes, before positioning the first component, the second component and the adhesive tape in the vacuum bag, applying a gap filler into a gap defined between the second component and the first component and between the second component and the adhesive tape, and curing the gap filler. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes Example 65 of the present disclosure, wherein Example 65 also includes subject matter according to any one of Examples 33-64 above.

本揭示的標的的所描述的特徵、結構、優點和/或特性可以在一個或多個實施例和/或實施方式中以任何合適的方式組合。在以下描述中，提供了許多具體細節以賦予對本揭示的標的的實施例的透徹理解。相關領域的技術人員將認識到，可以在沒有特定實施例或實施方式的特定特徵、細節、部件、材料和/或方法中的一者或多者的情況下實施本揭示的標的。在其他實例中，在某些實施例和/或實施方式中可能認識到並非在所有實施例或實施方式中都存在的附加特徵和優點。此外，在一些實例中，未詳細示出或描述眾所周知的結構、材料或操作，以避免模糊本揭示的標的的各方面。根據以下描述和所附權利要求書，本揭示的標的的特徵和優點將變得更加完全明顯，或者可以通過下文該的標的的實踐來獲知。The described features, structures, advantages, and/or characteristics of the subject matter of the present disclosure may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments and/or implementations. In the following description, many specific details are provided to give a thorough understanding of the embodiments of the subject matter of the present disclosure. Those skilled in the relevant art will recognize that the subject matter of the present disclosure may be implemented without one or more of the specific features, details, components, materials, and/or methods of a particular embodiment or implementation. In other examples, additional features and advantages may be recognized in certain embodiments and/or implementations that are not present in all embodiments or implementations. In addition, in some examples, well-known structures, materials, or operations are not shown or described in detail to avoid obscuring various aspects of the subject matter of the present disclosure. The features and advantages of the subject matter of the present disclosure will become more fully apparent from the following description and the appended claims, or may be learned through the practice of the subject matter below.

9:線9: Line

17:線17: Line

30:線30: Line

31:線31: Line

32:線32: Line

100:高爾夫球桿頭100: Golf club head

101:目標線101: Target line

102:主體102: Subject

104:鑄造杯104: Cast cup

106:環106: Ring

108:冠部插入件108: Crown insert

108A:內表面108A: Inner surface

108B:冠部插入件燒蝕表面108B: Crown insert burnt surface

108C:冠部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面108C: Corona insert edge eroded surface

108D:外周108D: Periphery

108E:外表面108E: External surface

110:底面插入件110: Bottom insert

110A:內表面110A: Inner surface

110B:底面插入件燒蝕表面110B: Bottom insert eroded surface

110C:底面插入件邊緣燒蝕表面110C: Erosion surface on the edge of the bottom insert

110D:底面插入件的外周110D: Outer periphery of bottom insert

110E:外表面110E: External surface

112:前向部分112: Forward part

112A:趾側接頭112A: Toe joint

112B:跟側接頭112B: Heel side connector

113:內腔113: Inner cavity

114:趾部部分114: Toe part

116:跟部部分116: Heel part

117:底面部分117: Bottom part

118:後向部分118: Backward part

119:冠部部分119: Crown part

120:桿頸120: Rod neck

121:裙邊部分121: Skirt part

123:FCT系統123:FCT system

125:緊固件125: Fasteners

127:內部部分127: Internal part

129:內部質量墊129:Internal mass pad

132:前向延伸部132: Forward extension

133:假想的後向箱體133: Imaginary backward box

135:假想的前向箱體135: Hypothetical forward box

141A:頂部凸緣燒蝕表面141A: Top edge eroded surface

141B:頂部側壁燒蝕表面141B: Top side wall erosion surface

142A:底部凸緣燒蝕表面142A: Bottom flange erosion surface

142B:底部側壁燒蝕表面142B: Bottom sidewall erosion surface

143:擊球板143: Batting board

145:擊球面145: Hitting surface

146:側壁146: Side wall

147:板開口凹陷凸緣147: Plate opening recessed ridge

147A:頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A: Top plate opening with recessed ridge

147B:底板開口凹陷凸緣147B: Bottom plate opening recessed rim

148:擊球板148: Batting board

148A:趾-環接合燒蝕表面148A: Toe-and-ring bond eroded surface

148B:跟-環接合表面148B: Heel-ring joint surface

148C:趾-杯接合燒蝕表面148C: Toe-cup bond eroded surface

148D:跟-杯接合表面148D: Heel-cup joint surface

149:板開口149: Board opening

150A:趾-環接合表面150A: Toe-loop joint surface

150B:跟-環接合表面150B: Heel-ring joint surface

152A:趾-杯接合表面152A: Toe-cup joint surface

152B:跟-杯接合表面152B: Heel-cup joint surface

154A:趾部突出部分154A: Toe protrusion

154B:跟部突出部分154B: Heel protrusion

155:質量墊155:Mass pad

156A:趾部接受器156A: Toe receiver

156B:跟部接受器156B: Heel receiver

157:質量容器157:Mass container

159:質量元件159:Mass element

161:懸臂部分161: Cantilever part

162:冠部開口162: Crown opening

162A:前向段162A: Forward segment

162B:後向段162B: Backward segment

163A:趾臂部分163A: Toe arm part

163B:跟臂部分163B: Heel arm part

164:底面開口164: Bottom opening

164A:前向段164A: Forward segment

164B:後向段164B: Backward segment

165:面背方向165: Facing and back direction

166:內表面166: Inner surface

167:外圍邊緣表面167: Outer edge surface

168:冠部開口凹陷凸緣168: Crown opening with concave convex rim

168A:前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A: Forward crown opening with recessed lip

168B:後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B: Rearward crown opening with recessed lip

168C:側壁168C: Side wall

169:假想平面169: Imaginary plane

170:底面開口凹陷凸緣170: Bottom opening with concave convex edge

170A:前向底面開口凹陷凸緣170A: Forward bottom opening with recessed rim

170B:後向底面開口凹陷凸緣170B: Rear bottom opening with recessed ridge

171:狹槽171: Slot

172:貫通孔172:Through hole

173:配重173: Counterweight

174:黏合帶174: Adhesive tape

175:螺紋端口175:Threaded port

176A:擊球板凸緣條176A: Blade strip

176B:擊球板側壁條176B: Batting side strips

177:慣性生成特徵177: Inertial generation characteristics

178:冠部插入條178: Crown Insert Strip

179A:前凸緣燒蝕表面179A: Front convex edge eroded surface

179B:前側壁燒蝕表面179B: Front side wall erosion surface

179C:擊球板內部燒蝕表面179C: Burnt surface inside the batting blade

179D:擊球板邊緣燒蝕表面179D: Surface erosion on the edge of the batting blade

180:底面插入條180: Bottom insertion strip

181:地平面181: Ground plane

182A:跟側環條182A: Heel and side rings

182B:趾側環條182B: Toe loop

183:中心面183: Center plane

185:球桿頭原點坐標系185:Club head origin coordinate system

186:質量墊186:Mass pad

187:內部肋187: Internal ribs

189:橫向開口189: Horizontal opening

190:凹部190: Concave part

191:桿頸軸線191: Rod neck axis

193:孔193: Hole

195:下部開口195: Lower opening

197:間隙填充物197: Gap filler

200:高爾夫球桿頭200: Golf club head

202:主體202: Subject

204:鑄造杯204: Cast cup

206:環206: Ring

208:冠部插入件208: Crown insert

210:底面插入件210: Bottom insert

212:前向部分212: Forward part

212A:趾側接頭212A: Toe joint

212B:跟側接頭212B: Heel side connector

214:趾部部分214: Toe part

216:跟部部分216: Heel part

217:底面部分217: Bottom part

218:後向部分218: Backward part

219:冠部部分219: Crown part

243:擊球板243: Batting board

245:擊球面245: Hitting surface

247:板開口凹陷凸緣247: Plate opening recessed ridge

249:板開口249: Board opening

250:片材250: Sheet

252:切口252:Incision

254:黏合帶封裝254: Adhesive tape packaging

256A:第一剝離層256A: First peeling layer

256B:第二剝離層256B: Second peeling layer

257:質量容器257:Mass container

259:質量元件259:Mass element

260:帶保持固定裝置260:With retaining device

262:凹部262: Concave part

264:導管264:Catheter

266:管266: tube

268:真空裝置268: Vacuum device

269:真空裝置269: Vacuum device

271:狹槽271: Slot

272:壓力計272: Pressure gauge

273:配重273: Counterweight

273A:墊圈273A: Gasket

273B:螺母273B: Nut

273C:緊固螺栓273C: Fastening bolts

274:真空袋274: Vacuum bag

276:烘箱276: Oven

277:加熱封閉腔277: Heating and sealing the cavity

278:加熱元件278: Heating element

279:配重軌道279: Counterweight track

280:熱量280: Calories

290:真空端口290: Vacuum port

292:一次性真空袋292: Disposable vacuum bag

294:真空袋294: Vacuum bag

297A:前向凸緣297A: Forward flange

297B:後向凸緣297B: Rear flange

300:高爾夫球桿頭300: Golf club head

302:主體302: Subject

304:鑄造杯304: Cast cup

304A:上部杯狀件304A: Upper cup

304B:下部杯狀件304B: Lower cup

306:環306: Ring

308:冠部插入件308: Crown insert

310:底面插入件310: Bottom insert

320:桿頸320: Rod neck

343:擊球板343: Batting board

345:限定擊球面345: Limited hitting surface

347:基部部分347: Base part

349:蓋349: Cover

351:凹槽351: Groove

357:質量容器357:Mass container

359:質量元件359:Mass element

371:狹槽371: Slot

373:配重373: Counterweight

375:端口375:Port

379:緊固件379: Fasteners

400:高爾夫球桿頭400: Golf club head

402:主體402: Subject

404:鑄造杯404: Cast cup

406:環406: Ring

408:冠部插入件408: Crown insert

410:底面插入件410: Bottom insert

412A:趾側接頭412A: Toe joint

412B:跟側接頭412B: Heel side connector

414:趾部部分414: Toe part

416:跟部部分416: Heel part

420:桿頸420: Rod neck

421:裙邊部分421: Skirt part

443:擊球板443: Batting board

445:限定擊球面445: Limited hitting surface

460:前主體部分460: Front body part

461:懸臂部分461: Cantilever part

457:質量容器457:Mass container

459:質量元件459:Mass element

461:懸臂部分461: Cantilever part

463:叉形件463: Fork

463A:趾臂部分463A: Toe arm part

463B:跟臂部分463B: Heel arm part

473:配重473:Counterweight

475:端口475:Port

479:緊固件479: Fasteners

495:下部開口495: Lower opening

502:第一部件502: First component

504:第二部件504: Second part

506:第一部件雷射器506: The first component, laser

508:第一部件雷射束508: First component laser beam

510:第二部件雷射器510: Second component laser

512:第二部件雷射束512: Second component laser beam

520:第一部件表面520: Surface of first component

522:第一部件燒蝕表面522: First component erosion surface

524:第二部件表面524: Second component surface

526:第二部件燒蝕表面526: Second component erosion surface

528:結合線528: Binding line

540:燒蝕圖案540:Etched pattern

542:峰542: Peak

544:穀544: Grain

546:假設邊界546: Assuming Boundaries

548:指定的第一部件結合面積548:Specified first component bonding area

550:方法550:Methods

552:框552:Frame

554:框554:Frame

556:框556:Frame

560:方法560:Methods

562:框562:Frame

564:框564:Frame

600:面部部分600: Facial part

602:中心602: Center

603:內部混合區603: Internal mixing zone

604:最大厚度環604: Maximum thickness ring

606:可變混合區606: Variable mixing zone

608:第二環608: Second Ring

609:外部混合區609: External mixed zone

610:跟部和趾部區610: Heel and toe area

612:徑向周邊區域612: Radial peripheral area

700:面部部分700: Facial part

702:中心702: Center

703:內部混合區703: Internal mixing zone

704:最大厚度環704: Maximum thickness ring

705:可變混合區705: Variable mixing zone

706:外部區域706: External area

708:外部混合區708: External Mixing Zone

710:周邊環710: Peripheral ring

800:面部部分800: Facial part

802:中心802: Center

803:內部混合區803: Internal mixing zone

804:內環804: Inner Ring

805:第二混合區805: Second mixed zone

806:第二環806: Second Ring

807:第三混合區807: Third mixed zone

808:第三環808: The third ring

810:第四混合區810: Fourth mixed zone

811:第四環811: The fourth ring

812:趾端區812: Toe area

813:外部混合區813: External mixed zone

814:外周814: Periphery

820:加厚區820: Thickened area

822:偏移區822: offset zone

823:環823: Ring

824:混合區824: Mixed Zone

825:環825: Ring

826:混合區826: Mixed Zone

900:聚合物層900:Polymer layer

911:面部輪廓寬度911: Facial contour width

912:面部輪廓長度912: Facial contour length

913:高度913: Height

914:長度914: Length

920:凹口920: Notch

941:跟部部分941: Heel part

942:趾部部分942: Toe part

943:擊球板943: Batting board

944:凹口邊緣厚度944: Notch edge thickness

945:邊緣厚度945: Edge thickness

947:峰值厚度947: Peak thickness

950:倒角950: Chamfer

951:倒角951: Chamfer

953:較佳擊打區953: Best hitting area

960:最大厚度960: Maximum thickness

970:最小厚度970: minimum thickness

1100:高爾夫球桿頭1100: Golf club head

1102:主體1102: Subject

1108:冠部插入件1108: Crown insert

1112:前向部分1112: Forward part

1117:底面部分1117: Bottom part

1143:擊球板1143: Batting board

1145:擊球面1145: Hitting surface

1149:板開口1149: Board opening

1162:冠部開口1162: Crown opening

1174:黏合帶、冠部開口條1174: Adhesive tape, crown opening strip

1176:板開口條1176: Board opening strip

1179:狹槽條1179: Narrow groove strips

1190:狹槽蓋1190: Slot cover

1191:底面狹槽1191: Bottom groove

1200:高爾夫球桿頭1200: Golf club head

1202:主體1202: Subject

1212:前向部分1212: Forward part

1218:後部部分1218: Rear part

1249:後部開口1249:Rear opening

1274:黏合帶1274: Adhesive tape

1276:後部開口條1276: Rear opening strip

1292:後部徽章1292:Rear badge

1295:後部凸緣1295:Rear flange

4602:主體部分4602:Main body

4610:正面板4610: Front panel

4620:冠部4620: Crown

4640:底面板4640: Bottom panel

4800:趾側冠部-正面接合點4800: Toe crown-front joint

4910:第一底面-正面接合點4910: First bottom-front joint

4920:第二底面-正面接合點4920: Second bottom surface-front joint

4930:第三底面-正面接合點4930: Third bottom surface-front joint

4940:底面插入件4940: Bottom insert

A:頂部區A: Top area

B:頂趾部區B: Top toe area

C:趾部區C: Toe area

D:底趾部區D: Toe area

E:底部區E: Bottom area

F:底跟部區F: Heel area

G:跟部區G: Heel area

H:頂跟部區H: Top and heel area

BPLT:厚度BPLT:Thickness

BPLW:寬度BPLW:Width

CG:重心CG: Center of Gravity

D1:第一距離、主要尺寸D1: First distance, main dimensions

D2:第二距離、次要尺寸D2: Second distance, secondary dimension

DFB:深度DFB: Depth

DRB:深度DRB: Depth

Dvv:谷到谷距離Dvv: Valley to Valley Distance

FMCG:前向質量的重心FMCG: Center of gravity of forward mass

FWCG:第一配重的CGFWCG: First Weight CG

HFB:高度HFB: Height

HR:高度HR:Height

HRB:高度HRB:Height

L_BA:長度L_BA : Length

LT:厚度LT:Thickness

OS:偏移OS:Offset

PCH:峰冠高度的位置PCH: Location of peak crown height

PSH:峰值裙邊高度PSH: Peak Skirt Height

RMCG:後向質量的重心RMCG: Center of gravity of rearward mass

ST:厚度ST:Thickness

SWCG:第二配重的CGSWCG: Second weight CG

t1:厚度t1: thickness

t2:厚度t2: thickness

t3:厚度t3:Thickness

TR:厚度TR:Thickness

TPLW:寬度TPLW:Width

TPLT:厚度TPLT:Thickness

V1:第一矢量距離V1: First vector distance

V2:第二矢量距離V2: Second vector distance

V3:第三矢量距離V3: Third vector distance

W_BA:寬度W_BA :Width

WFB:寬度WFB: Width

WR:寬度WR: width

WRB:寬度WRB: Width

WT:厚度WT:Thickness

為了可以更容易地理解標的的優點，將通過參考在附圖中示出的特定實施例來提供對以上簡要描述的標的的更具體的描述。應當理解這些附圖僅描繪了本標的的典型實施例，因此不應認為是對其範圍的限制，將通過使用附圖以附加的特性和細節來描述和說明本標的，其中：圖1是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性透視圖；圖2是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性透視圖；圖3是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性側面立視圖；圖4是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的另一示意性側面立視圖；圖5是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性前視圖；圖6是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性後視圖；圖7是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性頂部平面圖；圖8是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性底部平面圖；圖9A是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例沿圖5的線9-9截取的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性橫截面側面立視圖；圖9B是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖9A的高爾夫球桿頭的細節的示意性橫截面側面立視圖；圖10是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性分解透視圖；圖11是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的另一示意性分解透視圖；圖12是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性頂部平面圖；圖13是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性底部平面圖；圖14是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性分解透視圖；圖15是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的主體的另一示意性分解透視圖；圖16是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的另一高爾夫球桿頭的示意性透視圖；圖17是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例沿圖16的線16-16截取的圖16的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性橫截面側面立視圖；圖18是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的另一高爾夫球桿頭的示意性分解透視圖；圖19是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的又一高爾夫球桿頭的示意性分解透視圖；圖20是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖19的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性分解透視圖；圖21是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖19的高爾夫球桿頭的環的示意性正視圖；圖22是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的面部部分的示意性後視圖；圖23是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的面部部分的示意性後視圖；圖24是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖56的面部部分的示意性透視圖；圖25是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的面部部分的示意性後視圖；圖26是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的示意性正視圖；圖27是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的示意性底視圖；圖28A是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的跟部部分的示意性底部截面視圖；圖28B是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的趾部部分的示意性底部截面視圖；圖29是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的聚合物層的示意性截面視圖；圖30是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例沿類似於圖9B的線30-30的線截取的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性截面底部平面圖；圖31是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例沿圖30的線31-31截取的圖30的高爾夫球桿頭的前向部分和冠部部分的示意性截面側面立視圖；圖32是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例沿圖30的線32-32截取的圖30的高爾夫球桿頭的前向部分和冠部部分的示意性截面側面立視圖；圖33是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的被第一雷射器雷射燒蝕的高爾夫球桿頭的第一部件的示意性側面立視圖；圖34是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的被第二雷射器雷射燒蝕的高爾夫球桿頭的第二部件的示意性側面立視圖；圖35是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的結合到高爾夫球桿頭的第二部件的高爾夫球桿頭的第一部件的示意性側面立視圖；圖36是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分的燒蝕表面的峰和穀的燒蝕圖案的示意性透視圖；圖37是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分的燒蝕表面的峰和穀的燒蝕圖案的示意性側面立視圖；圖38是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的被雷射器雷射燒蝕的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的示意性透視圖；圖39是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的被雷射器雷射燒蝕的高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性透視圖；圖40是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的擊球板和高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性透視分解圖；圖41是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的擊球板和高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性透視分解圖；圖42是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的製造高爾夫球桿頭的方法的示意性流程圖；圖43是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的製造高爾夫球桿頭的方法的示意性流程圖；圖44是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的結合到高爾夫球桿頭的第二部件的高爾夫球桿頭的第一部件的示意性側面立視圖；圖45是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分上的燒蝕圖案的示意性俯視平面圖；圖46是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分上的燒蝕圖案的示意性俯視平面圖；圖47是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的包括黏合帶的片材的示意性透視圖；圖48是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的黏合帶封裝的示意性側面立視截面圖；圖49是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的帶保持固定裝置的示意性透視圖；圖50是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的帶保持固定裝置的示意性透視圖；圖51是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的帶保持固定裝置的示意性透視圖；圖52是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的帶保持固定裝置的示意性透視圖；圖53是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的冠部插入件的示意性透視圖；圖54是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的底面插入件的示意性透視圖；圖55是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的包括冠部插入件是高爾夫球桿頭的示意性頂部平面圖；圖56是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的包括底面插入件的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性底部平面圖；圖57A是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的經由黏合帶將冠部插入件臨時結合到高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性側視立視截面視圖；圖57B是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的經由黏合帶將冠部插入件臨時結合到高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性側視立視截面視圖；圖58是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的在非塌縮狀態下封閉高爾夫球桿頭的真空袋的示意性透視圖；圖59是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的在塌縮狀態下封閉高爾夫球桿頭的真空袋的示意性透視圖；圖60是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的在非塌縮狀態下封閉高爾夫球桿頭的真空袋的示意性透視圖；圖61是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的在塌縮狀態下封閉高爾夫球桿頭的真空袋的示意性透視圖；圖62是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的烘箱的示意性側面立視截面圖；圖63是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的球道金屬型高爾夫球桿頭的示意性分解透視圖；圖64是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的鐵桿式高爾夫球桿頭的示意性分解透視圖；圖65是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性透視圖；圖66A是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性截面側視立視圖；圖66B是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖66A的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性截面特寫側面立視圖；圖67是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性截面側視立視圖；圖68是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性正視圖；圖69是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性正視圖。In order that the advantages of the subject matter may be more readily understood, a more detailed description of the subject matter briefly described above will be provided by reference to specific embodiments shown in the accompanying drawings. It should be understood that these drawings depict only typical embodiments of the subject matter and should not be considered limiting of its scope. The subject matter will be described and illustrated with additional specificity and detail through the use of the accompanying drawings, in which: FIG1 is a schematic perspective view of a golf club head according to one or more embodiments of the present disclosure; FIG2 is a schematic perspective view of the golf club head of FIG1 according to one or more embodiments of the present disclosure; FIG3 is a schematic side elevation view of the golf club head of FIG1 according to one or more embodiments of the present disclosure; FIG4 is a schematic side elevation view of the golf club head of FIG1 according to one or more embodiments of the present disclosure; FIG. 5 is a schematic front view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 6 is a schematic rear view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 7 is a schematic top plan view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 8 is a schematic bottom plan view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 9A is a schematic view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 taken along line 9-9 of FIG. 5 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 9B is a schematic cross-sectional side elevation view of a detail of the golf club head of FIG. 9A according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 10 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 11 is another schematic exploded perspective view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 12 is a schematic top plan view of the body of the golf club head of FIG. 1 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 13 is a schematic top plan view of the body of the golf club head of FIG. 1 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 14 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the main body of the golf club head of FIG. 1 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 15 is another schematic exploded perspective view of the main body of the golf club head of FIG. 1 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 16 is a schematic perspective view of another golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 17 is a schematic cross-sectional side elevation view of the golf club head of FIG. 16 taken along line 16-16 of FIG. 16 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. FIG. 18 is a schematic exploded perspective view of another golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 19 is a schematic exploded perspective view of yet another golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 20 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the golf club head of FIG. 19 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 21 is a schematic front view of the ring of the golf club head of FIG. 19 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 22 is a schematic rear view of the face portion of the golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; and FIG. 23 is a schematic rear view of the golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure. FIG. 24 is a schematic perspective view of the facial portion of FIG. 56 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 25 is a schematic rear view of the facial portion of the golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 26 is a schematic front view of the striking plate of the golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 27 is a schematic bottom view of the striking plate of the golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 28A is a schematic front view of the striking plate of the golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 28B is a schematic bottom cross-sectional view of a heel portion of a striking blade of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 29 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a polymer layer of a striking blade of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 30 is a schematic cross-sectional bottom plan view of a golf club head taken along a line similar to line 30-30 of FIG. 9B according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 31 is a schematic cross-sectional bottom plan view of a golf club head taken along line 30-30 of FIG. 30 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 32 is a schematic cross-sectional side elevation view of the forward portion and the crown portion of the golf club head of FIG. 30 taken along line 32-32 of FIG. 30 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 33 is a schematic side elevation view of a first component of a golf club head laser etched by a first laser according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 34 is a schematic side elevation view of a second component of a golf club head laser etched by a second laser according to one or more examples of the present disclosure FIG. 35 is a schematic side elevation view of a first component of a golf club head coupled to a second component of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 36 is a schematic perspective view of an erosion pattern of peaks and valleys of an eroded surface of a portion of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 37 is a schematic side elevation view of an erosion pattern of peaks and valleys of an eroded surface of a portion of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 38 is a schematic side elevation view of an erosion pattern of peaks and valleys of an eroded surface of a portion of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 39 is a schematic perspective view of a main body of a golf club head that has been laser etched according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 40 is a schematic perspective exploded view of a striking plate and a main body of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 41 is a schematic perspective exploded view of a striking plate and a main body of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 42 is a schematic flow chart of a method for manufacturing a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 43 is a schematic flow chart of a method for manufacturing a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 44 is a schematic side elevation view of a first component of a golf club head coupled to a second component of a golf club head according to one or more embodiments of the present disclosure; FIG. 45 is a schematic top plan view of an etched pattern on a portion of a golf club head according to one or more embodiments of the present disclosure; FIG. 46 is a schematic top plan view of an etched pattern on a portion of a golf club head according to one or more embodiments of the present disclosure; FIG. 47 is a schematic top plan view of a method of manufacturing a golf club head according to one or more embodiments of the present disclosure including adhesive bonding; FIG. 48 is a schematic side elevation cross-sectional view of an adhesive tape package according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 49 is a schematic perspective view of a tape retaining and fixing device according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 50 is a schematic perspective view of a tape retaining and fixing device according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 51 is a schematic perspective view of a tape retaining and fixing device according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 52 is a schematic perspective view of a tape retaining and fixing device according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 53 is a schematic perspective view of a tape retaining and fixing device according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 54 is a schematic perspective view of a sole insert of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 55 is a schematic top plan view of a golf club head including a crown insert of FIG. 1 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 56 is a schematic bottom plan view of a golf club head including a sole insert according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 57A is a schematic diagram of temporarily bonding a crown insert to a golf club head via an adhesive tape according to one or more examples of the present disclosure. FIG. 57B is a schematic side elevational cross-sectional view of a main body of a golf club head; FIG. 57B is a schematic side elevational cross-sectional view of a crown insert temporarily bonded to the main body of a golf club head via an adhesive tape according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 58 is a schematic perspective view of a vacuum bag enclosing a golf club head in a non-collapsed state according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 59 is a schematic perspective view of a vacuum bag enclosing a golf club head in a collapsed state according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 60 is a schematic perspective view of a vacuum bag enclosing a golf club head in a non-collapsed state according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 61 is a schematic perspective view of a vacuum bag for a golf club head in a collapsed state according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 62 is a schematic side elevation cross-sectional view of an oven according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 63 is a schematic exploded perspective view of a fairway metal golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 64 is a schematic exploded perspective view of an iron-type golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG. 65 is a schematic exploded perspective view of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG66A is a schematic perspective view of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG66B is a schematic cross-sectional close-up side elevation view of the golf club head of FIG66A according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG67 is a schematic cross-sectional side elevation view of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG68 is a schematic front view of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure; FIG69 is a schematic front view of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure.

下面在具有多件式構造的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的上下文中描述高爾夫球桿頭的實例，但是所描述的原理、方法和設計可以全部或部分地適用於球道木桿式(fairway wood)高爾夫球桿頭、實用型高爾夫球桿頭(也稱為混合高爾夫球桿頭)、鐵桿式高爾夫球桿頭等，因為這樣的高爾夫球桿頭也可製成多件式構造。The examples of golf club heads are described below in the context of driver-type golf club heads having a multi-piece construction, but the principles, methods, and designs described may be applicable in whole or in part to fairway wood golf club heads, utility golf club heads (also called hybrid golf club heads), iron-type golf club heads, etc., since such golf club heads may also be made in a multi-piece construction.

在本文揭示的一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭具有由非金屬材料諸如纖維增強聚合材料形成的擊球面。在高爾夫球桿頭的主體和非金屬擊球板之間形成的黏合接頭的斷裂會導致特徵時間(characteristic time，CT)潛變。USGA規定要求高爾夫球桿頭的CT保持在規定的限制內，無論高爾夫球桿頭與高爾夫球的擊打次數如何。傳統的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的CT在用高爾夫球多次擊打後趨於增加。由於用高爾夫球擊打而導致的CT增加被稱為CT潛變。在本文揭示的某些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭被構造為加強形成在高爾夫球桿頭的主體和非金屬擊球板之間的黏合接頭，諸如通過優化高爾夫球桿頭的表面結構以獲得更強的黏性結合。In some examples disclosed herein, a golf club head has a striking face formed of a non-metallic material such as a fiber-reinforced polymer. Fracture of the bonded joint formed between the body of the golf club head and the non-metallic striking plate results in a characteristic time (CT) creep. USGA regulations require that the CT of a golf club head remain within specified limits regardless of the number of times the golf club head is struck with a golf ball. The CT of a conventional driver-style golf club head tends to increase after multiple strikes with a golf ball. The increase in CT due to strikes with a golf ball is referred to as CT creep. In certain examples disclosed herein, a golf club head is configured to enhance an adhesive joint formed between a body of the golf club head and a non-metallic blade, such as by optimizing a surface structure of the golf club head to achieve a stronger adhesive bond.

通過引用將其全部內容併入本文的在2014年10月9日公佈的美國專利申請公開號2014/0302946 A1('946申請)描述了類似於用於測量在整個申請中所討論的各種參數的瞄準位置的「參考位置」。地址或參考位置基於美國高爾夫協會和R&A規則有限公司「木桿球桿的球桿頭大小的測量程序」-修訂版1.0.0(2003年11月21日)中描述的程序。除非另有說明，所有參數均在球桿頭處於參考位置時指定。U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0302946 A1, published on October 9, 2014 (the '946 application), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, describes a "reference position" similar to the address position used to measure the various parameters discussed throughout the application. The address or reference position is based on the procedure described in the United States Golf Association and The R&A Rules, Inc. "Procedure for Measuring Club Head Size of Wood Clubs" - Revision 1.0.0 (November 21, 2003). Unless otherwise noted, all parameters are specified with the club head in the reference position.

圖3、圖4、圖5和圖9A是示出處於地址或參考位置的高爾夫球桿頭100的實例。當高爾夫球桿頭100的桿頸軸線191相對於地平面181處於60度的底部角θ(參見例如圖5)並且高爾夫球桿頭100的擊球面145相對於假想的目標線101是方形(參見例如圖7)時，高爾夫球桿頭100處於地址或參考位置。如圖3、圖4、圖5和圖9A所示，將高爾夫球桿頭100定位在地址或參考位置有助於使用以擊球面145的幾何中心(例如，中心面183)為中心的球桿頭原點坐標系185，以用於進行各種測量。當高爾夫球桿頭位於地址或參考位置時，使用USGA方法，可以相對於球桿頭原點坐標系185或相對於另一個參考或多個參考測量在本案整個中描述的包括頭高度、球桿頭重心(CG)位置和轉動慣量(MOI)的各種參數。3, 4, 5 and 9A are examples showing the golf club head 100 at an address or reference position. The golf club head 100 is at an address or reference position when the shaft axis 191 of the golf club head 100 is at a 60 degree bottom angle θ relative to the ground plane 181 (see, e.g., FIG. 5 ) and the ball striking face 145 of the golf club head 100 is square relative to the imaginary target line 101 (see, e.g., FIG. 7 ). Positioning the golf club head 100 at the address or reference position, as shown in FIGS. 3, 4, 5 and 9A , facilitates the use of a club head origin coordinate system 185 centered on the geometric center of the ball striking face 145 (e.g., center plane 183) for various measurements. When the golf club head is at an address or reference position, various parameters described throughout this case including head height, club head center of gravity (CG) location, and moment of inertia (MOI) may be measured relative to the club head origin coordinate system 185 or relative to another reference or references using USGA methods.

為獲得更多詳細信息或清晰度，建議讀者參考‘946申請和USGA程序中描述的測量方法。然而，值得注意的是，與本案中使用的球桿頭原點坐標系185相關聯的原點和軸線可能不一定以與‘946申請或USGA程序中描述的那些相同的方式對齊或定向。下面提供了關於定位球桿頭原點坐標系185的更多細節。For more details or clarity, the reader is referred to the measurement methods described in the '946 application and USGA procedures. However, it is noted that the origin and axes associated with the club head origin coordinate system 185 used in this case may not necessarily be aligned or oriented in the same manner as those described in the '946 application or USGA procedures. Further details regarding locating the club head origin coordinate system 185 are provided below.

在一些實例中，本文所述的高爾夫球桿頭包括發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭，其可至少部分地被識別為具有總表面積至少為3,500mm²，較佳地為至少為3,800mm²，並且甚至更佳地至少為3,900mm²(例如，在一個實例中在3,500mm²至5,000mm²之間，在各種實例中小於5,000mm²，並且在另一實例中在3,700mm²至4,300mm²之間)的擊球面的高爾夫球桿頭。在一些實例中，諸如當擊球面由非金屬材料限定時，擊球面的總表面積不大於4,300mm²且不小於3,300mm²。擊球面的總表面積是擊球面的最外面積，在一些實例中，該面積可以是面部插入件的最外面積。在某些實例中，擊球面的總表面積是擊球面的表面的表面積，該表面積在其外圍由所有點限定，在這些點處，擊球面從基本均勻的凸起半徑(即，擊球面跟部到趾部的曲率半徑)和基本均勻的滾動半徑(即，擊球面冠部到底面的曲率半徑)過渡到高爾夫球桿頭的主體。在某些實例中，本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球面以與2019年10月22日提交的美國專利申請公開號2020/0139208、2014年8月12日頒佈的美國專利號8,801,541和2011年9月6日頒佈的美國專利號8,012,039中的一項或多項相同的方式定義，所有這些專利申請均通過引用整體併入本文。在另外一些實例中，擊球面具有均勻的凸起半徑和均勻的滾動半徑，除了具有較高的翹起趾部和較低的翹起跟部的部分之外，諸如在2020年8月28日提交的美國專利申請號17/006,561、2017年11月14日頒佈的美國專利號9,814,944、2019年4月23日頒佈的美國專利號10,265,586以及2018年10月15日提交的美國專利申請公開號2019/0076705中所描述的，所有這些專利申請均通過引用整體併入本文。In some examples, the golf club heads described herein include driver-style golf club heads that can be at least partially identified as golf club heads having a ball striking face having a total surface area of at least 3,500 mm² , preferably at least 3,800 mm² , and even more preferably at least 3,900 mm² (e.g., between 3,500 mm² and 5,000 mm² in one example, less than 5,000 mm² in various examples, and between 3,700 mm² and 4,300 mm² in another example). In some examples, such as when the ball striking face is defined by a non-metallic material, the total surface area of the ball striking face is no greater than 4,300 mm² and no less than 3,300 mm² . The total surface area of the ball striking face is the outermost area of the ball striking face, which in some examples may be the outermost area of the face insert. In some examples, the total surface area of the ball striking face is the surface area of the surface of the ball striking face, which is defined at its periphery by all points where the ball striking face transitions from a substantially uniform radius of bulge (i.e., radius of curvature from heel to toe of the ball striking face) and a substantially uniform radius of roll (i.e., radius of curvature from crown to base of the ball striking face) to the body of the golf club head. In some examples, the striking face of the golf club head disclosed herein is defined in the same manner as one or more of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2020/0139208 filed on October 22, 2019, U.S. Patent No. 8,801,541 issued on August 12, 2014, and U.S. Patent No. 8,012,039 issued on September 6, 2011, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. In other examples, the striking face has a uniform raised radius and a uniform rolling radius, in addition to a portion having a higher raised toe and a lower raised heel, as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 17/006,561 filed on August 28, 2020, U.S. Patent No. 9,814,944 issued on November 14, 2017, U.S. Patent No. 10,265,586 issued on April 23, 2019, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2019/0076705 filed on October 15, 2018, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

此外，在某些實例中，發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭包括平行於水平(y軸)的重心(CG)突出部分，在一個實例中，其在擊球面的中心面上方或下方至多3mm，並且較佳地在中心面上方或下方至多1mm，如沿垂直軸線(z軸)測量的，或者在另一個實例中，在擊球面的中心面下方至多5mm，並且較佳地在中心面下方至多4mm，如沿垂直軸線(z軸)測量的。在一些實例中，CG突出部分在擊球面的幾何中心的趾部方向。此外，在一些實例中，發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭繞垂直軸線(例如，穿過CG並平行於球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸的CGz軸)具有相對高的轉動慣量(例如Izz>400kg-mm²，較佳地Izz>450kg-mm²，更佳地Izz>500kg-mm²，但在某些實現方式中小於590kg-mm²)，繞水平軸線(例如，穿過CG並平行於球桿頭原點坐標系185的x軸的CGx軸)相對高的轉動慣量(例如Ixx>250kg-mm²，並且較佳地Ixx>300kg-mm²或320kg-mm²，更佳地Ixx>350kg-mm²，更佳地Ixx>375kg-mm²，更佳地Ixx>385kg-mm²，更佳地Ixx>400kg-mm²，更佳地Ixx>415kg-mm²，更佳地Ixx>430kg-mm²，更佳地Ixx>450kg-mm²，但在一些實例中不超過590kg.mm²)，並且較佳地Ixx/Izz的比率>0.70。關於慣性Izz和Ixx的更多細節可以在2020年5月7日公佈的美國專利申請公開號2020/0139208中找到，其全部內容通過引用併入本文。In addition, in some examples, the driver-type golf club head includes a center of gravity (CG) protrusion parallel to the horizontal (y-axis), in one example, up to 3 mm above or below the center plane of the striking face, and preferably up to 1 mm above or below the center plane, as measured along the vertical axis (z-axis), or in another example, up to 5 mm below the center plane of the striking face, and preferably up to 4 mm below the center plane, as measured along the vertical axis (z-axis). In some examples, the CG protrusion is in the toe direction of the geometric center of the striking face. In addition, in some examples, the driver-type golf club head has a relatively high rotational inertia (e.g., Izz>400kg-mm² , preferably Izz>450kg-mm² , more preferably Izz>500kg-mm 2 , but less than 590kg-mm² in some implementations) about a vertical axis (e.g., a CGz axis passing through the CG and parallel to the z-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185) and a relatively high rotational inertia (e.g., Ixx>250kg-mm² , and preferably Ixx>300kg-mm² or 320kg-mm² ) about a horizontal axis (e.g., a CGx axis passing through the CG and parallel to the x-^axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185). , preferably Ixx>350kg-mm^2, more preferably Ixx>375kg-mm² , more preferably Ixx>385kg-mm 2, more preferably Ixx>400kg-mm² , more preferably Ixx>415kg-mm² , more preferably Ixx>430kg-mm² , more preferably Ixx>450kg-mm² , but not more than 590kg.mm² in some examples), and preferably the ratio of Ixx/Izz>0.70. More details about inertia Izz and Ixx can be found in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2020/0139208 published on May 7, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

根據某些實例，Ixx和Izz的總和大於780kg-mm²、800kg-mm²、820kg-mm²、825kg-mm²、850kg-mm²、860kg-mm²、875kg-mm²、900kg-mm²、925kg-mm²、950kg-mm²、975kg-mm²或1000kg-mm²，但小於1,100kg-mm²。例如，Ixx和Izz的總和可以在740kg-mm²至1,100kg-mm²之間，諸如約869kg-mm²。在一些實例中，Ixx是Izz的至少65%，在一些實例中甚至更佳地Ixx是Izz的至少68%。在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭質量的範圍可以從190克至210克，較佳地在195克至205克之間，甚至更佳地不超過203克。高爾夫球桿頭質量包括任何FCT系統和緊固FCT系統的緊固件的質量，但不包括高爾夫球桿頭的桿身或高爾夫球桿頭的握把。平行於y軸測量的從球桿頭的前緣到後緣的最大距離較佳地在112mm至127mm之間，較佳地在115mm至127mm之間，甚至更佳地在119mm至127mm之間。According to some examples, the sum of Ixx and Izz is greater than 780 kg-mm² , 800 kg-mm² , 820 kg-mm² , 825 kg-mm² , 850 kg-mm² , 860 kg-mm² , 875 kg-mm² , 900^kg -mm² , 925 kg-mm² , 950 kg-mm^{2 , 975 kg-mm 2} or 1000 kg-mm² , but less than 1,100 kg-mm² . For example, the sum of Ixx and Izz may be between 740 kg-mm² and 1,100 kg-mm² , such as about 869 kg-mm² . In some examples, Ixx is at least 65% of Izz, and in some examples even more preferably Ixx is at least 68% of Izz. In some examples, the golf club head mass may range from 190 grams to 210 grams, preferably between 195 grams and 205 grams, and even more preferably not more than 203 grams. The golf club head mass includes the mass of any FCT system and the fasteners that secure the FCT system, but does not include the shaft of the golf club head or the grip of the golf club head. The maximum distance from the leading edge to the trailing edge of the club head measured parallel to the y-axis is preferably between 112 mm and 127 mm, preferably between 115 mm and 127 mm, and even more preferably between 119 mm and 127 mm.

通過包括前向配重和後向配重，可以實現較大的慣性值和較低的CG突出部分，例如中心面上方不超過3mm，如下面更詳細討論的。前向配重可以是單個前向配重或兩個或更多個前向配重。前向配重可以位於穿過y軸的假想垂直平面附近，或者前向配重可以偏移到穿過y軸的假想垂直平面的趾側或跟側，或者穿過高爾夫球桿頭的y軸的假想垂直平面的趾側和跟側。前向配重可以單獨形成並通過螺紋附接、焊接或結合到高爾夫球桿頭，或者前向配重可以是高爾夫球桿頭的加厚區域，或者在某些情況下，前向配重可以模製或包覆成型為高爾夫球桿頭的前向部分。參見下文和2019年3月5日頒佈的美國專利號10,220,270，該專利的全部內容通過引用併入本文，以進一步討論前向和後向配重的各種位置。前向配重位於高爾夫球桿頭的重心前方，後向配重位於高爾夫球桿頭的重心後方。By including forward and rearward weights, larger inertia values and lower CG overhang, such as no more than 3 mm above the center plane, can be achieved, as discussed in more detail below. The forward weight can be a single forward weight or two or more forward weights. The forward weight can be located near an imaginary vertical plane passing through the y-axis, or the forward weight can be offset to the toe or heel side of an imaginary vertical plane passing through the y-axis, or to the toe and heel side of an imaginary vertical plane passing through the y-axis of the golf club head. The forward weight may be formed separately and threadably attached, welded, or bonded to the golf club head, or the forward weight may be a thickened area of the golf club head, or in some cases, the forward weight may be molded or overmolded into the forward portion of the golf club head. See below and U.S. Patent No. 10,220,270, issued March 5, 2019, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, for further discussion of various locations for forward and rearward weights. The forward weight is located forward of the center of gravity of the golf club head and the rearward weight is located rearward of the center of gravity of the golf club head.

在一些實例中，本文所述的高爾夫球桿頭具有不超過25mm、較佳地在20mm至25mm之間的△1值。發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的△1是高爾夫球桿頭的CG與XZ平面之間沿桿頭中心面原點坐標系185的y軸穿過桿頭中心面原點坐標系185的x軸和z軸以及穿過桿頸軸線191的距離。在某些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為335kg．mm²且△1不超過25mm，高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為345kg．mm²且△1不超過25mm，高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為355kg．mm²且△1不超過25mm，高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為365kg．mm²且△1不超過25mm，或高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為375kg．mm²且△1不超過25mm。In some examples, the golf club heads described herein have a Δ1 value of no more than 25 mm, preferably between 20 mm and 25 mm. The Δ1 of a driver-type golf club head is the distance between the CG of the golf club head and the XZ plane along the y-axis of the club head center plane origin coordinate system 185 through the x-axis and z-axis of the club head center plane origin coordinate system 185 and through the shaft neck axis 191. In some examples, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 335 kg. mm² and the Δ1 does not exceed 25 mm, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 345 kg. mm² and the Δ1 does not exceed 25 mm, and the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 355 kg. mm 2.^mm2 and △1 does not exceed 25mm, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 365kg.^mm2 and △1 does not exceed 25mm, or the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 375kg.^mm2 and △1 does not exceed 25mm.

在一些實例中，本文所述的高爾夫球桿頭具有在20mm至35mm之間的△1值。在某些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為335kg．mm²並且△1在22mm至32mm之間，高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為345kg．mm²並且△1在22mm至32mm之間，高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為355kg．mm²且△1在22mm至32mm之間，高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為365kg．mm²且△1在22mm至32mm之間，高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為375kg．mm²且△1在23mm至32mm之間，高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為385kg．mm²且△1在24mm至32mm之間，Ixx高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為395kg．mm²且△1在25mm至32mm之間，或高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為405kg．mm²且△1在27mm至32mm之間。In some examples, the golf club heads described herein have a Δ1 value between 20 mm and 35 mm. In certain examples, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 335 kg.^{mm 2} and the Δ1 is between 22 mm and 32 mm, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 345 kg. mm² and the Δ1 is between 22 mm and 32 mm, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 355 kg. mm 2 and the Δ1 is between 22 mm and 32 mm, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 365 kg. mm² and the Δ1 is between 22 mm and 32 mm, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 375 kg.^{mm 2and} the Δ1 is between 23 mm and 32 mm, and the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 385 kg. mm 2.^mm2 and △1 is between 24mm and 32mm, Ixx golf club head Ixx is at least 395kg.^mm2 and △1 is between 25mm and 32mm, or Ixx golf club head Ixx is at least 405kg.^mm2 and △1 is between 27mm and 32mm.

參考圖1和圖2，根據一些實例，本揭示的高爾夫球桿頭100包括趾部部分114和與趾部部分114相對的跟部部分116。此外，高爾夫球桿頭100包括前向部分112(例如，正面部分)和與前向部分112相對的後向部分118。高爾夫球桿頭100另外包括在高爾夫球桿頭100的底部區域處的底面部分117和與底面部分117相對並且在高爾夫球桿頭100的頂部區域處的冠部部分119。而且，高爾夫球桿頭100包括限定過渡區域的裙邊部分121，在該過渡區域中高爾夫球桿頭100在冠部部分119和底面部分117之間過渡。因此，裙邊部分121位於冠部部分119和底面部分117之間並且繞高爾夫球桿頭100的周邊延伸。參考圖9A，高爾夫球桿頭100進一步包括由前向部分112、後向部分118、冠部部分119、底面部分117、跟部部分116、趾部部分114和裙邊部分121共同限定和包圍的內腔113。1 and 2 , according to some examples, the golf club head 100 of the present disclosure includes a toe portion 114 and a heel portion 116 opposite to the toe portion 114. In addition, the golf club head 100 includes a forward portion 112 (e.g., a front portion) and a rearward portion 118 opposite to the forward portion 112. The golf club head 100 further includes a sole portion 117 at a bottom region of the golf club head 100 and a crown portion 119 opposite to the sole portion 117 and at a top region of the golf club head 100. Moreover, the golf club head 100 includes a skirt portion 121 defining a transition region in which the golf club head 100 transitions between the crown portion 119 and the sole portion 117. Therefore, the skirt portion 121 is located between the crown portion 119 and the sole portion 117 and extends around the periphery of the golf club head 100. Referring to FIG. 9A , the golf club head 100 further includes an inner cavity 113 defined and surrounded by the forward portion 112, the rearward portion 118, the crown portion 119, the sole portion 117, the heel portion 116, the toe portion 114, and the skirt portion 121.

擊球面145沿著前向部分112從底面部分117延伸到冠部部分119，並且從趾部部分114延伸到跟部部分116。此外，擊球面145和前向部分112的與擊球面145相對的內表面166的至少一部分在從上到下的方向上是平坦的。如進一步定義的，擊球面145面向大致向前的方向。在一些實例中，擊球面145與主體102共同形成。在這樣的實例中，前向部分112在擊球面145處的最小厚度在1.5mm至2.5mm之間並且前向部分112在擊球面145處的最大厚度小於3.7mm。在一些實例中，與擊球面145相對的前向部分112的內表面166未被化學蝕刻並且具有不超過0.30mm的α殼厚度。The ball striking face 145 extends along the forward portion 112 from the sole portion 117 to the crown portion 119 and from the toe portion 114 to the heel portion 116. In addition, the ball striking face 145 and at least a portion of an inner surface 166 of the forward portion 112 opposite the ball striking face 145 are flat in a top-to-bottom direction. As further defined, the ball striking face 145 faces in a generally forward direction. In some examples, the ball striking face 145 is formed together with the body 102. In such an example, the minimum thickness of the forward portion 112 at the ball striking face 145 is between 1.5 mm and 2.5 mm and the maximum thickness of the forward portion 112 at the ball striking face 145 is less than 3.7 mm. In some examples, the inner surface 166 of the forward portion 112 opposite the ball striking face 145 is not chemically etched and has an alpha shell thickness of no more than 0.30 mm.

參考圖9A、圖9B和圖38-41，在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100包括不與主體102共同形成的擊球板143。擊球板143與主體102分開形成，並結合到主體102。如圖所示，擊球板143限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的擊球面145。在這些實例中，主體102包括在高爾夫球桿頭100的前向部分112處的板開口149和繞板開口149連續延伸的板開口凹陷凸緣147。在一些實例中，板開口凹陷凸緣147是非平坦的或彎曲的。板開口凹陷凸緣147的內周限定板開口149。板開口凹陷凸緣147至少被劃分為沿高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119在跟部到趾部的方向上相鄰地延伸的頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A和沿高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117在跟部到趾部的方向上相鄰地延伸的底板開口凹陷凸緣147B。儘管未示出，板開口凹陷凸緣進一步分為趾部板開口凹陷凸緣和跟部板開口凹陷凸緣。在2016年3月8日頒佈的美國專利號9,278,267中可以找到板開口凹陷凸緣的一些特性，該專利通過引用整體併入本文。Referring to FIGS. 9A, 9B and 38-41, in some examples, the golf club head 100 includes a striking plate 143 that is not formed together with the main body 102. The striking plate 143 is formed separately from the main body 102 and is bonded to the main body 102. As shown in the figures, the striking plate 143 defines a striking face 145 of the golf club head 100. In these examples, the main body 102 includes a plate opening 149 at the forward portion 112 of the golf club head 100 and a plate opening recessed ridge 147 extending continuously around the plate opening 149. In some examples, the plate opening recessed ridge 147 is non-flat or curved. The inner periphery of the plate opening recessed ridge 147 defines the plate opening 149. The plate opening recessed ridge 147 is divided into at least a top plate opening recessed ridge 147A extending adjacently along the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 in the heel-to-toe direction and a bottom plate opening recessed ridge 147B extending adjacently along the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 in the heel-to-toe direction. Although not shown, the plate opening recessed ridge is further divided into a toe plate opening recessed ridge and a heel plate opening recessed ridge. Some features of the plate opening recessed ridge can be found in U.S. Patent No. 9,278,267 issued on March 8, 2016, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

如圖9B所示，頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A具有寬度(TPLW)和厚度(TPLT)。寬度TPLW被定義為從限定板開口149的凸緣147A的內周緣到凸緣147A的黏附表面遠離內周緣的最遠範圍的距離。厚度TPLT被定義為限定凸緣147A的黏附表面的材料的厚度。在一些實例中，凹部190(例如，內部凹部)形成在主體102的內表面中並且具有在從後到前的方向上延伸的深度，使得在底部到冠部的方向上，凹部190位於頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A和高爾夫球桿頭100的頂部之間。換句話說，凹部190在冠部到底面的方向上與頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A重疊。值得注意的是，在凹部190的後方，冠部的厚度可以局部增加，使得靠近冠部插入件接合球桿頭的位置的冠部部分的厚度比凹部190處的厚度厚。這樣做可以加強冠部接頭的整體結構並減輕複合冠部接頭中的應力。As shown in FIG. 9B , the top plate opening recessed lip 147A has a width (TPLW) and a thickness (TPLT). The width TPLW is defined as the distance from the inner periphery of the lip 147A defining the plate opening 149 to the farthest extent of the adhesion surface of the lip 147A away from the inner periphery. The thickness TPLT is defined as the thickness of the material defining the adhesion surface of the lip 147A. In some examples, a recess 190 (e.g., an inner recess) is formed in the inner surface of the body 102 and has a depth extending in a back-to-front direction such that the recess 190 is located between the top plate opening recessed lip 147A and the top of the golf club head 100 in the sole-to-crown direction. In other words, the recess 190 overlaps the top plate opening recessed lip 147A in the direction from the crown to the bottom surface. It is worth noting that the thickness of the crown can be locally increased behind the recess 190, so that the thickness of the crown portion near the position where the crown insert engages the club head is thicker than the thickness at the recess 190. Doing so can strengthen the overall structure of the crown joint and reduce stress in the composite crown joint.

參考圖30-32，在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100進一步包括在與頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A相鄰的位置處在冠部部分119中形成的內部質量墊129。內部質量墊129也位於高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分116和趾部部分114之間並偏離(例如，間隔開)。在一些實例中，凹部190的一部分形成在內部質量墊129中。內部質量墊129僅沿頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A的一部分長度延伸。頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A的長度在跟部到趾部的方向上延伸。此外，在一些實例中，頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A是非平坦的或彎曲的。根據一些實例，凹部190處的冠部部分的厚度(WT)在內部質量墊129處(參見例如圖31)比遠離內部質量墊129(參見例如圖32)處更厚。30-32, in some examples, the golf club head 100 further includes an inner mass pad 129 formed in the crown portion 119 at a location adjacent to the top plate opening recessed rim 147A. The inner mass pad 129 is also located between and offset (e.g., spaced apart) the heel portion 116 and the toe portion 114 of the golf club head 100. In some examples, a portion of the recess 190 is formed in the inner mass pad 129. The inner mass pad 129 extends along only a portion of the length of the top plate opening recessed rim 147A. The length of the top plate opening recessed rim 147A extends in a heel-to-toe direction. In addition, in some examples, the top plate opening recessed lip 147A is non-flat or curved. According to some examples, the thickness (WT) of the crown portion at the recess 190 is thicker at the inner mass pad 129 (see, e.g., FIG. 31 ) than away from the inner mass pad 129 (see, e.g., FIG. 32 ).

在某些實例中，頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A的寬度TPLW大於4.5mm(例如，在一些實例中大於5.0mm，在其他實例中大於5.5mm但小於8.0mm，較佳地在一些實例中小於7.0mm)。在一些實例中，寬度TPLW與擊球板143的最大高度的比率在0.08至0.15之間。在相同或不同的實例中，寬度TPLW與板開口149的最大高度的比率在0.07至0.15之間，諸如0.1，其中在一些實例中，板開口149的最大高度在50-60mm之間，例如53mm。In some examples, the width TPLW of the top plate opening recessed lip 147A is greater than 4.5 mm (e.g., greater than 5.0 mm in some examples, greater than 5.5 mm but less than 8.0 mm in other examples, preferably less than 7.0 mm in some examples). In some examples, the ratio of the width TPLW to the maximum height of the striking plate 143 is between 0.08 and 0.15. In the same or different examples, the ratio of the width TPLW to the maximum height of the plate opening 149 is between 0.07 and 0.15, such as 0.1, wherein in some examples, the maximum height of the plate opening 149 is between 50-60 mm, such as 53 mm.

根據一些實例，頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A的厚度TPLT在0.8mm的最小值至1.7mm的最大值之間(例如，在一些實例中在0.9mm至1.6mm之間並且在其他實例中，在0.95mm至1.5mm之間)。如圖所示，遠離凸緣147A的內周緣的厚度TPLT大於凸緣147A的內周緣處的厚度TPLT。因此，在一些實例中，厚度TPLT沿著凸緣147A的寬度TPLW變化。例如，如圖所示，厚度TPLT在冠部到底面的方向(例如，朝向板開口149的中心)逐漸變細或減小。在一些實例中，頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A的頂部凸緣厚度TPLT變化，使得頂部凸緣厚度TPLT的最大值比頂部凸緣厚度TPLT的最小值大30%至60%。在某些實例中，厚度TPLT與擊球板的厚度之比在0.2至1.2之間。根據某些實例，寬度TPLW與厚度TPLT的比率在2.6至10之間。According to some examples, the thickness TPLT of the top plate opening recessed flange 147A is between a minimum of 0.8 mm and a maximum of 1.7 mm (e.g., between 0.9 mm and 1.6 mm in some examples and between 0.95 mm and 1.5 mm in other examples). As shown, the thickness TPLT away from the inner periphery of the flange 147A is greater than the thickness TPLT at the inner periphery of the flange 147A. Therefore, in some examples, the thickness TPLT varies along the width TPLW of the flange 147A. For example, as shown, the thickness TPLT tapers or decreases in the direction from the crown to the bottom surface (e.g., toward the center of the plate opening 149). In some examples, the top flange thickness TPLT of the top plate opening recessed flange 147A varies so that the maximum value of the top flange thickness TPLT is 30% to 60% greater than the minimum value of the top flange thickness TPLT. In some examples, the ratio of the thickness TPLT to the thickness of the striking plate is between 0.2 and 1.2. According to some examples, the ratio of the width TPLW to the thickness TPLT is between 2.6 and 10.

底板開口凹陷凸緣147B具有寬度(BPLW)和厚度(BPLT)。寬度BPLW被定義為從限定板開口149的凸緣147B的內周緣到凸緣147B的黏附表面遠離內周緣的最遠範圍的距離。厚度BPLT被定義為限定凸緣147B的黏附表面的材料的厚度。The bottom plate opening recessed flange 147B has a width (BPLW) and a thickness (BPLT). The width BPLW is defined as the distance from the inner periphery of the flange 147B defining the plate opening 149 to the farthest extent of the adhesion surface of the flange 147B away from the inner periphery. The thickness BPLT is defined as the thickness of the material defining the adhesion surface of the flange 147B.

在某些實例中，底板開口凹陷凸緣147B的寬度BPLW大於4.5mm(例如，在一些實例中大於5.0mm，在其他實例中大於5.5mm但小於8.0mm，較佳地在一些實例中小於7.0mm)。在一些實例中，寬度BPLW與擊球板143的最大高度的比率在0.08至0.15之間。在相同或不同的實例中，寬度BPLW與板開口149的最大高度的比率在0.07至0.15之間，諸如0.1，其中在一些實例中，板開口149的最大高度在50-60mm之間，例如53mm。In some examples, the width BPLW of the bottom plate opening recessed ridge 147B is greater than 4.5 mm (e.g., greater than 5.0 mm in some examples, greater than 5.5 mm but less than 8.0 mm in other examples, preferably less than 7.0 mm in some examples). In some examples, the ratio of the width BPLW to the maximum height of the striking plate 143 is between 0.08 and 0.15. In the same or different examples, the ratio of the width BPLW to the maximum height of the plate opening 149 is between 0.07 and 0.15, such as 0.1, wherein in some examples, the maximum height of the plate opening 149 is between 50-60 mm, such as 53 mm.

根據一些實例，底板開口凹陷凸緣147B的厚度BPLT在0.8mm至1.7mm之間(例如，在一些實例中在0.9mm至1.6mm之間並且在其他實例中在0.95mm至1.5mm之間)。如圖所示，遠離凸緣147B的內周緣的厚度BPLT大於凸緣147B的內周緣處的厚度BPLT。因此，在一些實例中，厚度BPLT沿著凸緣147B的寬度BPLW變化。例如，如圖所示，厚度BPLT沿底部到鞋冠的方向(例如，朝向板開口149的中心)減小。在一些實例中，底板開口凹陷凸緣147B的底部凸緣厚度BPLT變化，使得底部凸緣厚度BPLT的最大值比底部凸緣厚度BPLT的最小值大30%至60%。在某些實例中，厚度BPLT與擊球板的厚度之比在0.2至1.2之間。根據某些實例，寬度BPLW與厚度BPLT的比率在2.6至10之間。According to some examples, the thickness BPLT of the bottom plate opening recessed flange 147B is between 0.8 mm and 1.7 mm (e.g., between 0.9 mm and 1.6 mm in some examples and between 0.95 mm and 1.5 mm in other examples). As shown in the figure, the thickness BPLT away from the inner periphery of the flange 147B is greater than the thickness BPLT at the inner periphery of the flange 147B. Therefore, in some examples, the thickness BPLT varies along the width BPLW of the flange 147B. For example, as shown in the figure, the thickness BPLT decreases in the direction from the bottom to the crown (e.g., toward the center of the plate opening 149). In some examples, the bottom flange thickness BPLT of the bottom plate opening recessed flange 147B varies so that the maximum value of the bottom flange thickness BPLT is 30% to 60% greater than the minimum value of the bottom flange thickness BPLT. In some examples, the ratio of the thickness BPLT to the thickness of the striking plate is between 0.2 and 1.2. According to some examples, the ratio of the width BPLW to the thickness BPLT is between 2.6 and 10.

如圖所示，擊球板143通過將擊球板143固定為至少與頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A和底板開口凹陷凸緣147B就位接合而附接到主體102。當以這種方式接合到頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A和底板開口凹陷凸緣147B時，擊球板143覆蓋或包圍板開口149。此外，在一些實例中，頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A和擊球板143的大小、形狀和位置相對於高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119設置，使得擊球板143在與頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A就位接合時抵靠冠部部分119。抵靠冠部部分119的擊球板143限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的頂線。此外，在一些實例中，擊球板143的可見外觀與高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119的外觀形成了足夠的對比，從而明顯增強了高爾夫球桿頭100的頂線。因為擊球板143與主體102分開形成，所以擊球板143可由與主體102的材料不同的材料製成。在一個實例中，擊球板143由纖維增強聚合材料製成，如下文所述。As shown, the striking plate 143 is attached to the body 102 by securing the striking plate 143 in position engagement with at least the top plate opening recessed lip 147A and the bottom plate opening recessed lip 147B. When engaged to the top plate opening recessed lip 147A and the bottom plate opening recessed lip 147B in this manner, the striking plate 143 covers or surrounds the plate opening 149. Furthermore, in some examples, the top plate opening recessed lip 147A and the striking plate 143 are sized, shaped, and positioned relative to the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 such that the striking plate 143 abuts against the crown portion 119 when in position engagement with the top plate opening recessed lip 147A. The striking plate 143 against the crown portion 119 defines the top line of the golf club head 100. Moreover, in some examples, the visible appearance of the striking plate 143 forms a sufficient contrast with the appearance of the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 to significantly enhance the top line of the golf club head 100. Because the striking plate 143 is formed separately from the body 102, the striking plate 143 can be made of a material different from the material of the body 102. In one example, the striking plate 143 is made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material, as described below.

值得注意的是，TPLW、TPLT、BPLW和BPLT尺寸有助於控制球桿頭的局部剛度並確保有足夠的結合面積將擊球板結合到主體102。如果由纖維增強聚合材料形成，則擊球板的模量將與由金屬材料形成的主體的模量大不相同，從而使得兩者的剛度或柔順性不同，並且在擊打擊球板期間和由於模量不同，主體將以不同的速率移動，除非在設計中採取預防措施來考慮剛度差異。凹部190和TPLW、TPLT、BPLW和BPLT尺寸都在控制擊球面和主體在擊打期間的整體順應性和速率方面發揮作用。此外，TPLW和BPLW有助於確保足夠的結合面積和正面性能。結合面積太小，結合接頭會失效，結合面積太大，擊球面不能發揮作用，即不能優化恢復係數，在一些實例中，結合面積太大會導致由於剛度的不同擊球面從球桿頭上剝落。因此，TPLW、TPLT、BPLW和BPLT尺寸有助於球桿頭的整體性能並有助於避免結合接頭失效。在一些實例中，結合面積將在850mm²至1800mm²的範圍內，較佳地在1,300mm²至1,500mm²之間。在一些實例中，結合面積與擊球板的內表面積(擊球板的後表面積)的比率將在21%至45%的範圍內。在一些實例中，擊球板的總結合面積將小於冠部插入件的總結合面積。在一些實例中，凸緣寬度TPLW和/或BPLW將小於前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A的凸緣寬度(沿y軸測量的前後)。It is noteworthy that the TPLW, TPLT, BPLW, and BPLT dimensions help control the local stiffness of the club head and ensure that there is sufficient bonding area to bond the blade to the body 102. If formed of a fiber-reinforced polymer material, the modulus of the blade will be very different from the modulus of the body formed of a metal material, making the two different in stiffness or compliance, and during impact with the blade and due to the different moduli, the body will move at different rates unless precautions are taken in the design to account for the stiffness difference. The recess 190 and the TPLW, TPLT, BPLW, and BPLT dimensions all play a role in controlling the overall compliance and rate of the striking face and body during impact. In addition, the TPLW and BPLW help ensure sufficient bonding area and frontal performance. If the bonding area is too small, the joint will fail. If the bonding area is too large, the striking face cannot function, i.e., the coefficient of restitution cannot be optimized. In some instances, too large a bonding area may cause the striking face to peel off the club head due to the difference in stiffness. Therefore, the TPLW, TPLT, BPLW, and BPLT dimensions contribute to the overall performance of the club head and help avoid joint failure. In some instances, the bonding area will be in the range of 850^mm2 to 1800^mm2 , preferably between 1,300^mm2 and 1,500^mm2 . In some instances, the ratio of the bonding area to the inner surface area of the blade (the rear surface area of the blade) will be in the range of 21% to 45%. In some examples, the total combined area of the striking blade will be less than the total combined area of the crown insert. In some examples, the flange width TPLW and/or BPLW will be less than the flange width of the forward crown opening recessed flange 168A (measured front to back along the y-axis).

前向部分112包括側壁146，側壁146限定板開口凹陷凸緣147的深度並且限定板開口凹陷凸緣147遠離板開口149的中心的徑向外周。側壁146相對於板開口凹陷凸緣147成角度(例如，銳角、鈍角或直角)。在一些實例中，側壁146與板開口凹陷凸緣147之間限定的角度在70°至120°之間。在某些實例中，側壁146與板開口凹陷凸緣147之間限定的角度大於90°。主體102進一步包括板開口凹陷凸緣147和側壁146之間的過渡部分。在一些實例中，過渡部分限定了徑向表面，其將板開口凹陷凸緣147和側壁146的表面耦合在一起。The forward portion 112 includes a sidewall 146 that defines a depth of the plate opening recessed lip 147 and defines a radial periphery of the plate opening recessed lip 147 away from the center of the plate opening 149. The sidewall 146 is angled (e.g., sharp, blunt, or right angled) relative to the plate opening recessed lip 147. In some examples, the angle defined between the sidewall 146 and the plate opening recessed lip 147 is between 70° and 120°. In some examples, the angle defined between the sidewall 146 and the plate opening recessed lip 147 is greater than 90°. The body 102 further includes a transition portion between the plate opening recessed lip 147 and the sidewall 146. In some examples, the transition portion defines a radial surface that couples together the surface of the panel opening recessed lip 147 and the sidewall 146.

參考圖9A、圖9B和圖31，黏合帶174將擊球板143黏性結合到主體102。在一些實例中，黏合帶174插置在板開口凹陷凸緣147與擊球板143之間並插置在側壁146與擊球板143之間。例如，黏合帶174的擊球板凸緣條176A位於板開口凹陷凸緣147和擊球板143之間，並且黏合帶174的擊球板側壁條176B插置在側壁146和擊球板143之間。然而，在其他實例中，黏合帶174的擊球板凸緣條176A插置在板開口凹陷凸緣147和擊球板143之間，但是黏合帶174的擊球板側壁條176B未插置在側壁146和擊球板143之間。參考圖31，在一些實例中，在板開口凹陷凸緣147和擊球板143之間的擊球板凸緣條176A的厚度(LT)大於在側壁146和擊球板143之間的擊球板側壁條176B的厚度(ST)。根據一個具體實例，在板開口凹陷凸緣147和擊球板143之間的擊球板凸緣條176A的厚度(LT)在0.25mm至0.45mm之間，以及在側壁146和擊球板143之間的擊球板側壁條176B的厚度(ST)在0.15mm至0.25mm之間。完全成形的高爾夫球桿頭100的黏合帶174的厚度(例如，在黏合帶174已經被壓縮和固化(即，熱激活)之後)可以不同於完全成形的高爾夫球桿頭100之前的黏合帶174的厚度(例如，在黏合帶174被壓縮和固化之前)。上面給出的黏合帶174的厚度值是在壓縮和固化黏合帶174之前。9A, 9B and 31, the adhesive tape 174 adhesively bonds the striking plate 143 to the main body 102. In some examples, the adhesive tape 174 is inserted between the plate opening recessed rim 147 and the striking plate 143 and between the side wall 146 and the striking plate 143. For example, a striking plate rim strip 176A of the adhesive tape 174 is located between the plate opening recessed rim 147 and the striking plate 143, and a striking plate side wall strip 176B of the adhesive tape 174 is inserted between the side wall 146 and the striking plate 143. However, in other examples, the striking plate edge strip 176A of the adhesive tape 174 is interposed between the plate opening recessed edge 147 and the striking plate 143, but the striking plate sidewall strip 176B of the adhesive tape 174 is not interposed between the sidewall 146 and the striking plate 143. Referring to FIG. 31 , in some examples, the thickness (LT) of the striking plate edge strip 176A between the plate opening recessed edge 147 and the striking plate 143 is greater than the thickness (ST) of the striking plate sidewall strip 176B between the sidewall 146 and the striking plate 143. According to a specific example, the thickness (LT) of the striking plate flange strip 176A between the plate opening recessed flange 147 and the striking plate 143 is between 0.25 mm and 0.45 mm, and the thickness (ST) of the striking plate sidewall strip 176B between the sidewall 146 and the striking plate 143 is between 0.15 mm and 0.25 mm. The thickness of the adhesive tape 174 of the fully formed golf club head 100 (e.g., after the adhesive tape 174 has been compressed and cured (i.e., heat activated)) can be different from the thickness of the adhesive tape 174 before the fully formed golf club head 100 (e.g., before the adhesive tape 174 is compressed and cured). The thickness values of the adhesive tape 174 given above are before the adhesive tape 174 is compressed and cured.

在一些實例中，擊球板可具有不超過55mm的最大面板高度，如沿通過球桿頭原點的z軸測量的，較佳不超過55mm且不小於40mm，甚至更佳在49mm至54mm之間。在一些情況下，由纖維增強聚合材料形成的擊球板可具有不超過4,180mm²，較佳地在3,200mm²至4,180mm²之間，更佳地在3,500mm²至4,180mm²之間的前表面積。根據某些實例，擊球面145具有至少300mm的第一凸起半徑和至少250mm的第一滾動半徑。一般來說，大於300mm的凸起半徑具有更好的CT潛變率，具有凸起的球桿頭的凸起半徑不小於300mm且滾動半徑在凸起半徑的30-50mm範圍內表現良好。In some examples, the striking plate may have a maximum panel height of no more than 55 mm, as measured along the z-axis through the origin of the club head, preferably no more than 55 mm and no less than 40 mm, and even more preferably between 49 mm and 54 mm. In some cases, the striking plate formed of the fiber-reinforced polymer material may have a front surface area of no more than 4,180 mm² , preferably between 3,200 mm² and 4,180 mm² , and more preferably between 3,500 mm² and 4,180 mm^2. According to some examples, the striking face 145 has a first convex radius of at least 300 mm and a first rolling radius of at least 250 mm. Generally speaking, a raised radius greater than 300mm has better CT latent rate, and a club head with a raised radius not less than 300mm and a rolling radius within the range of 30-50mm of the raised radius performs well.

高爾夫球桿頭100包括主體102、在高爾夫球桿頭100的頂部處附接到主體102的冠部插入件108(或冠部面板)以及在高爾夫球桿頭100的底部處附接到主體102的底面插入件110(或底面面板)(參見例如圖10和11)。因此，主體102有效地提供了一個框架，一個或多個插入件、面板或板附接到該框架。主體102包括鑄造杯104和環106(例如，後環)。環106在趾側接頭112A和跟側接頭112B處接合到鑄造杯104。鑄造杯104限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的前向部分112的至少一部分。環106限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的後向部分118的至少一部分。此外，鑄造杯104限定了冠部部分119、底面部分117、跟部部分116、趾部部分114和裙邊部分121的一部分。類似地，環106限定了跟部部分116、趾部部分114和裙邊部分121的一部分。The golf club head 100 includes a body 102, a crown insert 108 (or crown panel) attached to the body 102 at the top of the golf club head 100, and a sole insert 110 (or sole panel) attached to the body 102 at the bottom of the golf club head 100 (see, e.g., FIGS. 10 and 11). Thus, the body 102 effectively provides a frame to which one or more inserts, panels, or plates are attached. The body 102 includes a cast cup 104 and a ring 106 (e.g., a rear ring). The ring 106 is joined to the cast cup 104 at a toe joint 112A and a heel joint 112B. The cast cup 104 defines at least a portion of a forward portion 112 of the golf club head 100. The ring 106 defines at least a portion of the rearward portion 118 of the golf club head 100. In addition, the cast cup 104 defines a portion of the crown portion 119, the sole portion 117, the heel portion 116, the toe portion 114, and the skirt portion 121. Similarly, the ring 106 defines a portion of the heel portion 116, the toe portion 114, and the skirt portion 121.

鑄造杯104(或只是杯)是杯形的。更具體地，如圖14所示，包括擊球面145的鑄造杯104在一端被擊球面145包圍，在四個側面上被包圍(例如，被冠部部分119、底面部分117、趾部部分114和跟部部分116包圍)，它們從擊球面145基本上橫向延伸，並在與擊球面145相對的一端開口。因此，鑄造杯104在與擊球面145結合時類似於杯或杯狀單元。The cast cup 104 (or just cup) is cup-shaped. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 14 , the cast cup 104 including the ball striking face 145 is surrounded at one end by the ball striking face 145, surrounded on four sides (e.g., surrounded by the crown portion 119, the sole portion 117, the toe portion 114, and the heel portion 116), which extend substantially transversely from the ball striking face 145, and open at one end opposite the ball striking face 145. Therefore, the cast cup 104 resembles a cup or a cup-shaped unit when combined with the ball striking face 145.

環106不是周向閉合的或者不形成連續的環形或圓形形狀。取而代之的是，環106是周向敞開的並且限定了大致半圓形的形狀。因此，如本文所定義，環106被稱為環，因為它具有環狀、半圓形形狀，並且當接合到鑄造杯104時，與鑄造杯104形成周向閉合或環形形狀。Ring 106 is not circumferentially closed or does not form a continuous annular or circular shape. Instead, ring 106 is circumferentially open and defines a generally semicircular shape. Therefore, as defined herein, ring 106 is referred to as a ring because it has an annular, semicircular shape and, when joined to cast cup 104, forms a circumferentially closed or annular shape with cast cup 104.

鑄造杯104與環106分開形成並且環106隨後接合到鑄造杯104。因此，主體102具有至少兩件式構造，其中鑄造杯104限定主體102的一件而環106限定主體102的另一件。因此，在鑄造杯104和環106鄰接的趾側接頭112A和跟側接頭112B中的每一個處限定接縫。鑄造杯104和環106使用各種製造技術中的任一種單獨形成。在一個實例中，鑄造杯104和環106使用鑄造工藝形成。由於鑄造杯104和環106是分開形成的，所以鑄造杯104和環106可以由不同的材料製成。例如，鑄造杯104可以由第一材料製成並且環106可以由不同於第一材料的第二材料製成。The cast cup 104 is formed separately from the ring 106 and the ring 106 is subsequently joined to the cast cup 104. Thus, the body 102 has at least a two-piece construction, wherein the cast cup 104 defines one piece of the body 102 and the ring 106 defines another piece of the body 102. Thus, a seam is defined at each of the toe-side joint 112A and the heel-side joint 112B where the cast cup 104 and the ring 106 abut. The cast cup 104 and the ring 106 are formed separately using any of a variety of manufacturing techniques. In one example, the cast cup 104 and the ring 106 are formed using a casting process. Since the cast cup 104 and the ring 106 are formed separately, the cast cup 104 and the ring 106 can be made of different materials. For example, the cast cup 104 can be made of a first material and the ring 106 can be made of a second material different from the first material.

參考圖14至圖15，鑄造杯104包括趾-環接合表面150A和跟-環接合表面150B。類似地，環106包括趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B。趾側接頭112A通過將鑄造杯104的趾-環接合表面150A和環106的趾-杯接合表面152A鄰接並固定在一起並且將鑄造杯104的跟-環接合表面150B和環106的跟-杯接合表面152B鄰接並固定在一起而形成。接合表面經由任何合適的固定技術，諸如焊接、銅焊、黏合劑、機械緊固件等固定在一起。在所示的實例中，如圖9A、圖14和圖15所示，接合表面經由黏合帶174結合在一起。14-15, the cast cup 104 includes a toe-loop engagement surface 150A and a heel-loop engagement surface 150B. Similarly, the loop 106 includes a toe-cup engagement surface 152A and a heel-cup engagement surface 152B. The toe side joint 112A is formed by abutting and securing together the toe-loop engagement surface 150A of the cast cup 104 and the toe-cup engagement surface 152A of the loop 106 and abutting and securing together the heel-loop engagement surface 150B of the cast cup 104 and the heel-cup engagement surface 152B of the loop 106. The engagement surfaces are secured together by any suitable securing technique, such as welding, brazing, adhesives, mechanical fasteners, etc. In the illustrated example, as shown in FIGS. 9A , 14 and 15 , the joining surfaces are bonded together via adhesive tape 174 .

為了幫助增強和加強趾側接頭112A和跟側接頭112B，互補的配合元件可以結合到接合表面中或耦合到接合表面。在圖示的實例中，鑄造杯104包括從趾-環接合表面150A突出的趾部突出部分154A和從跟-環接合表面150B突出的跟部突出部分154B。相比之下，在圖示的實例中，環106包括形成在趾-杯接合表面152A中的趾部接受器156A和形成在跟-杯接合表面152B中的跟部接受器156B。當接合表面彼此鄰接以形成接頭時，趾部突出部分154A與趾部接受器156A配合(例如，接收在其中)並且跟部突出部分154B與跟部接受器156B配合(例如，接收在其中)。儘管在圖示的實例中，趾部突出部分154A和跟部突出部分154B形成鑄造杯104的一部分並且趾部接受器和跟部接受器156B形成環106的一部分，但是在其他實例中，配合元件可以顛倒以使得趾部突出部分154A和跟部突出部分154B形成環106的一部分並且趾部接受器和跟部接受器156B形成鑄造杯104的一部分。此外，除了或代替突出部分和接受器之外，還可以使用不同類型的互補配合元件，諸如凸片和凹口。To help strengthen and reinforce the toe-side joint 112A and the heel-side joint 112B, complementary mating elements may be incorporated into or coupled to the engagement surfaces. In the illustrated example, the cast cup 104 includes a toe projection 154A that projects from the toe-loop engagement surface 150A and a heel projection 154B that projects from the heel-loop engagement surface 150B. In contrast, in the illustrated example, the loop 106 includes a toe receiver 156A formed in the toe-cup engagement surface 152A and a heel receiver 156B formed in the heel-cup engagement surface 152B. When the engagement surfaces are abutted against each other to form the joint, the toe projection 154A engages with (e.g., is received therein) the toe receiver 156A and the heel projection 154B engages with (e.g., is received therein) the heel receiver 156B. Although in the illustrated example, toe protrusion 154A and heel protrusion 154B form part of cast cup 104 and toe receiver and heel receiver 156B form part of ring 106, in other examples, the mating elements may be reversed so that toe protrusion 154A and heel protrusion 154B form part of ring 106 and toe receiver and heel receiver 156B form part of cast cup 104. Furthermore, different types of complementary mating elements, such as tabs and notches, may be used in addition to or in lieu of protrusions and receivers.

在一些實例中，趾側接頭112A和跟側接頭112B位於距擊球面145足夠的距離以避免由於高爾夫球桿頭100在擊打高爾夫球時所經受的劇烈擊打而導致的潛在故障。例如，趾側接頭112A和跟側接頭112B中的每一個可以間隔至少20mm、至少30mm、至少40mm、至少50mm、至少60mm至/或距擊球面145的中心面183後方20mm至70mm，如沿球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸(前後方向)測量的。參考圖14，根據某些實例，從擊球面145到跟-環接合表面150B的第一距離D1小於從擊球面145到趾-環接合表面150A的第二距離D2。換句話說，在一些實例中，鑄造杯104在跟部部分116處從擊球面145向後延伸比在趾部部分114處更短的距離。In some examples, the toe joint 112A and the heel joint 112B are located a sufficient distance from the ball striking face 145 to avoid potential failure due to the harsh impact experienced by the golf club head 100 when hitting a golf ball. For example, each of the toe joint 112A and the heel joint 112B can be spaced at least 20 mm, at least 30 mm, at least 40 mm, at least 50 mm, at least 60 mm and/or 20 mm to 70 mm behind the center plane 183 of the ball striking face 145, as measured along the y-axis (front-to-back direction) of the club head origin coordinate system 185. 14, according to some examples, a first distance D1 from the ball striking face 145 to the heel-loop engagement surface 150B is less than a second distance D2 from the ball striking face 145 to the toe-loop engagement surface 150A. In other words, in some examples, the casting cup 104 extends a shorter distance rearward from the ball striking face 145 at the heel portion 116 than at the toe portion 114.

參考圖10-13，主體102包括冠部開口162和底面開口164。冠部開口162位於高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119處並且當打開時提供從高爾夫球桿頭100的頂部進入高爾夫球桿頭100的內腔113的入口。相比之下，底面開口164位於高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117處並且當打開時提供從高爾夫球桿頭100的底部進入高爾夫球桿頭100的內腔113的入口。冠部開口162和底面開口164的對應段由鑄造杯104和環106限定。更具體地，參考圖10-15，冠部開口162的前向段162A和底面開口164的前向段164A由鑄造杯104限定，冠部開口162的後向段162B和底面開口164的後向段164B由環106限定。因此，當鑄造杯104和環106接合在一起時，前向段162A和後向段162B共同限定冠部開口162，並且前向段164A和後向段164B共同限定底面開口164。10-13, the body 102 includes a crown opening 162 and a sole opening 164. The crown opening 162 is located at the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 and provides access to the interior cavity 113 of the golf club head 100 from the top of the golf club head 100 when opened. In contrast, the sole opening 164 is located at the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 and provides access to the interior cavity 113 of the golf club head 100 from the bottom of the golf club head 100 when opened. The corresponding sections of the crown opening 162 and the sole opening 164 are defined by the casting cup 104 and the ring 106. More specifically, referring to FIGS. 10-15 , the forward segment 162A of the crown opening 162 and the forward segment 164A of the bottom opening 164 are defined by the cast cup 104, and the rearward segment 162B of the crown opening 162 and the rearward segment 164B of the bottom opening 164 are defined by the ring 106. Thus, when the cast cup 104 and the ring 106 are joined together, the forward segment 162A and the rearward segment 162B jointly define the crown opening 162, and the forward segment 164A and the rearward segment 164B jointly define the bottom opening 164.

鑄造杯104另外包括前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A和前向底面開口凹陷凸緣170A。環106包括後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B和後向底面開口凹陷凸緣170B。前向底面開口凹陷凸緣170A和後向底面開口凹陷凸緣170B形成高爾夫球桿頭100的底面開口凹陷凸緣170。此外，在一些實例中，底面開口凹陷凸緣170是非平坦的或彎曲的。凸緣從圍繞凸緣的主體102的外表面向內朝向內腔113偏移與冠部插入件108和底面插入件110的厚度相對應的距離。在一些實例中，凸緣從主體102的外表面的偏移約等於冠部插入件108和底面插入件110的對應厚度，使得插入件在附接到凸緣時與主體102的對應周圍外表面齊平。然而，在一些實例中，當與對應凸緣就位接合時，冠部插入件108和底面插入件110不需要與主體102的周圍外表面齊平(例如，可以相對於其升高或凹陷)。在一些實例中，底面插入件110的厚度大於冠部插入件108的厚度。此外，底面插入件110由第一數量的堆疊片層構成，每一個由纖維增強的聚合材料製成，並且冠部插入件108由第二數量的堆疊片層構成，每一個由纖維增強的聚合材料製成。在一些實例中，堆疊片層的第一數量大於堆疊片層的第二數量。The casting cup 104 further includes a forward crown opening recessed rim 168A and a forward bottom opening recessed rim 170A. The ring 106 includes a rearward crown opening recessed rim 168B and a rearward bottom opening recessed rim 170B. The forward bottom opening recessed rim 170A and the rearward bottom opening recessed rim 170B form the bottom opening recessed rim 170 of the golf club head 100. Moreover, in some examples, the bottom opening recessed rim 170 is non-flat or curved. The rim is offset inwardly from the outer surface of the body 102 surrounding the rim toward the inner cavity 113 by a distance corresponding to the thickness of the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110. In some examples, the flange is offset from the outer surface of the body 102 by approximately the same thickness as the corresponding thickness of the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110, so that the inserts are flush with the corresponding peripheral outer surface of the body 102 when attached to the flange. However, in some examples, the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 need not be flush with the peripheral outer surface of the body 102 (e.g., may be raised or recessed relative thereto) when in place with the corresponding flange. In some examples, the thickness of the bottom insert 110 is greater than the thickness of the crown insert 108. In addition, the bottom insert 110 is constructed of a first number of stacked plies, each made of a fiber-reinforced polymeric material, and the crown insert 108 is constructed of a second number of stacked plies, each made of a fiber-reinforced polymeric material. In some examples, the first number of stacked slices is greater than the second number of stacked slices.

當鑄造杯104和環106接合時，前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A和後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B共同限定了主體102的冠部開口凹陷凸緣168，並且前向底面開口凹陷凸緣170A和後向底面開口凹陷凸緣170B共同限定了主體102的底面開口凹陷凸緣170。前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A的內周限定了冠部開口162的前向段162A，並且後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B的內周限定了冠部開口162的後向段162B。同樣地，前向底面開口凹陷凸緣170A的內周限定了底面開口164的前向段164A的周邊，並且後向底面開口凹陷凸緣170B的內周限定了底面開口164的後向段164B的周邊。因此，冠部開口凹陷凸緣168的內周限定了冠部開口162的周邊並且底面開口凹陷凸緣170的內周限定了底面開口164的周邊。When the cast cup 104 and the ring 106 are joined, the forward crown opening recessed rim 168A and the rearward crown opening recessed rim 168B together define the crown opening recessed rim 168 of the body 102, and the forward bottom surface opening recessed rim 170A and the rearward bottom surface opening recessed rim 170B together define the bottom surface opening recessed rim 170 of the body 102. The inner periphery of the forward crown opening recessed rim 168A defines the forward section 162A of the crown opening 162, and the inner periphery of the rearward crown opening recessed rim 168B defines the rearward section 162B of the crown opening 162. Likewise, the inner perimeter of the forward bottom opening recessed lip 170A defines the perimeter of the forward segment 164A of the bottom opening 164, and the inner perimeter of the rearward bottom opening recessed lip 170B defines the perimeter of the rearward segment 164B of the bottom opening 164. Thus, the inner perimeter of the crown opening recessed lip 168 defines the perimeter of the crown opening 162 and the inner perimeter of the bottom opening recessed lip 170 defines the perimeter of the bottom opening 164.

參考圖31，主體102在冠部部分119處的厚度從冠部開口凹陷凸緣168的前向延伸部132在從後向到前向的方向上減小，並且在前向到後向的方向上從冠部開口凹陷凸緣168的前向延伸部132減小。這導致在前向延伸部132處的局部厚度增加，這有助於增強和加強主體102和冠部插入件108之間的接頭。Referring to FIG. 31 , the thickness of the body 102 at the crown portion 119 decreases in the posterior-to-anterior direction from the forward extension 132 of the crown opening recessed flange 168, and decreases in the forward-to-posterior direction from the forward extension 132 of the crown opening recessed flange 168. This results in a local increase in thickness at the forward extension 132, which helps to strengthen and reinforce the joint between the body 102 and the crown insert 108.

冠部插入件108和底面插入件110彼此分開形成並且與主體102分開形成。因此，如圖10和圖11所示，冠部插入件108和底面插入件110附接到主體102。在所示的實例中，冠部插入件108安置在冠部開口凹陷凸緣168上並結合到冠部開口凹陷凸緣168，例如利用黏合帶174。例如，黏合帶174的冠部插入條178在冠部開口凹陷凸緣168和冠部插入件108之間。此外，在所示的實例中，底面插入件110安置在底面開口凹陷凸緣170上並結合到底面開口凹陷凸緣170，例如利用黏合帶174。例如，黏合帶174的底面插入條180位於底面開口凹陷凸緣170和底面插入件110之間。以此方式，冠部插入件108包圍或覆蓋冠部開口162並且至少部分地限定高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119，並且底面插入件110包圍或覆蓋底面開口164並且至少部分地限定高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117。The crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are formed separately from each other and from the main body 102. Therefore, as shown in Figures 10 and 11, the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are attached to the main body 102. In the example shown, the crown insert 108 is placed on the crown opening recessed rim 168 and is bonded to the crown opening recessed rim 168, such as using adhesive tape 174. For example, the crown insert strip 178 of the adhesive tape 174 is between the crown opening recessed rim 168 and the crown insert 108. In addition, in the example shown, the bottom insert 110 is placed on the bottom opening recessed rim 170 and is bonded to the bottom opening recessed rim 170, such as using adhesive tape 174. For example, the sole insert strip 180 of adhesive tape 174 is located between the sole opening recessed lip 170 and the sole insert 110. In this manner, the crown insert 108 surrounds or covers the crown opening 162 and at least partially defines the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100, and the sole insert 110 surrounds or covers the sole opening 164 and at least partially defines the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100.

冠部插入件108和底面插入件110可以具有各種形狀中的任一種。參考圖4，在一個實例中，冠部插入件108被成形為使得對應於高爾夫球桿頭100的峰冠高度的位置(PCH)在高爾夫球桿頭100的桿頸120的後方並且在高爾夫球桿頭100的桿頸120的桿頸軸線191的後方。峰冠高度是高爾夫球桿頭的最大冠高，其中沿高爾夫球桿頭的給定位置處的冠高是當高爾夫球桿頭位於地平面上的瞄準位置時從地平面181到給定位置處的冠部部分的最高點的距離。在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部高度在遠離擊球面145的前後方向上增加然後減小。在某些實例中，冠部部分的限定峰冠高度的部分或外表面由至少一種第一材料製成。根據一些實例，第一冠高被限定在前向冠部區域中的球桿面連接到球桿頭的冠部部分的球桿面到冠部的過渡區域，第二冠高被限定在冠部部分連接到高爾夫球桿頭的後端附近的高爾夫球桿頭的裙邊的冠部到裙邊過渡區域，並且最大冠高限定在第一冠高的後方和第二冠高的前方，其中最大冠高大於第一冠高和第二冠高。在一些實例中，最大冠高出現在擊球面的幾何中心的趾部方向。根據某些實例，最大冠高由非金屬複合冠部插入件形成。The crown insert 108 and the sole insert 110 can have any of a variety of shapes. Referring to FIG4 , in one example, the crown insert 108 is shaped so that the position corresponding to the peak crown height (PCH) of the golf club head 100 is behind the neck 120 of the golf club head 100 and behind the neck axis 191 of the neck 120 of the golf club head 100. The peak crown height is the maximum crown height of the golf club head, where the crown height at a given position along the golf club head is the distance from the ground plane 181 to the highest point of the crown portion at the given position when the golf club head is at an address position on the ground plane. In some examples, the crown height of the golf club head 100 increases and then decreases in a front-to-rear direction away from the ball striking face 145. In some examples, a portion or outer surface of the crown portion that defines the peak crown height is made of at least one first material. According to some examples, a first crown height is defined in a club face to crown transition region where the club face in the forward crown region connects to the crown portion of the club head, a second crown height is defined in a crown to skirt transition region where the crown portion connects to the skirt of the golf club head near the rear end of the golf club head, and a maximum crown height is defined behind the first crown height and in front of the second crown height, wherein the maximum crown height is greater than the first crown height and the second crown height. In some examples, the maximum crown height occurs in the toe direction of the geometric center of the ball striking face. According to some examples, the maximum crown height is formed by a non-metallic composite crown insert.

參考圖3，峰值裙邊高度(顯示為與位置(PSH)相關聯)是高爾夫球桿頭的最大裙邊高度，其中沿高爾夫球桿頭的給定位置處的裙邊高度是當高爾夫球桿頭位於地平面上的瞄準位置時從地平面到高爾夫球桿頭上的裙邊部分的最後點處的裙邊部分的最上點的距離。Referring to FIG. 3 , the peak skirt height (shown as being associated with position (PSH)) is the maximum skirt height of a golf club head, wherein the skirt height at a given position along the golf club head is the distance from the ground plane to the uppermost point of the skirt portion at the rearmost point of the skirt portion on the golf club head when the golf club head is at an address position on the ground plane.

根據一些實例，冠部部分119的峰冠高度與裙邊部分121的裙峰高度的比率範圍在約0.45至0.59之間，較佳地為0.49-0.55，並且在一個實例中，裙邊高度為約34mm並且峰冠高度約為65mm，這導致峰裙高度與峰冠高度的比值約為0.52。峰裙高度通常在28mm至38mm之間，較佳地在31mm至36mm之間的範圍內。峰冠高度通常在60mm至70mm之間，較佳地在62mm至67mm之間的範圍內。期望將峰冠高度和峰裙高度之間的差限制為不超過40mm，較佳地在27mm至35mm之間。期望峰裙高度等於或大於高爾夫球桿頭的Z-up值，即沿z軸從地平面181到重心的垂直距離。理想的是峰冠高度比高爾夫球桿頭的Z-up值大兩倍(2x)。更大的峰裙高度可能有助於更好的空氣動力學和更好的氣流附件，尤其是對於更快的揮桿速度。同樣，如果峰冠高度和峰裙高度之間的差異太大，則流動較早地從高爾夫球桿頭分離的可能性更大，即湍流的可能性增加。According to some examples, the ratio of the peak crown height of the crown portion 119 to the skirt peak height of the skirt portion 121 ranges from about 0.45 to 0.59, preferably 0.49-0.55, and in one example, the skirt height is about 34 mm and the peak crown height is about 65 mm, which results in a peak skirt height to peak crown height ratio of about 0.52. The peak skirt height is typically between 28 mm and 38 mm, preferably in the range of 31 mm to 36 mm. The peak crown height is typically between 60 mm and 70 mm, preferably in the range of 62 mm to 67 mm. It is desirable to limit the difference between the peak crown height and the peak skirt height to no more than 40 mm, preferably between 27 mm and 35 mm. It is desirable for the peak skirt height to be equal to or greater than the Z-up value of the golf club head, which is the vertical distance from ground plane 181 to the center of gravity along the z-axis. It is ideal for the peak crown height to be two times (2x) greater than the Z-up value of the golf club head. A larger peak skirt height may contribute to better aerodynamics and better airflow attachment, especially for faster swing speeds. Likewise, if the difference between the peak crown height and the peak skirt height is too large, there is a greater likelihood that the flow will separate from the golf club head early, i.e., the likelihood of turbulence increases.

高爾夫球桿頭100的構造和材料多樣性使高爾夫球桿頭100能夠具有期望的重心(CG)位置和峰頂高度位置。在一個實例中，在球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸上，峰冠高度的位置(PCH)的y軸坐標在約26mm至約42mm之間。在相同或不同的實例中，當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時，與球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸平行的從地平面181到峰冠高度的位置(PCH)的距離在60mm至70mm之間，較佳地在62mm至67mm之間的範圍內，如上面所述。根據一些實例，高爾夫球桿頭100的重心(CG)在桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸上的y軸坐標在25mm至50mm之間，較佳地在32mm至38mm之間，更佳地在36.5mm至42mm之間的範圍內，高爾夫球桿頭100的重心(CG)在桿頭原點坐標系185的x軸上的x軸坐標在-10mm至10mm之間，較佳地在-6mm至6mm之間，並且更佳地在-7mm至7mm之間的範圍內，以及高爾夫球桿頭100的重心(CG)在桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸上的z軸坐標小於2mm，諸如在-10mm至2mm之間，較佳地在-7mm至-2mm之間的範圍內。The configuration and material diversity of the golf club head 100 enables the golf club head 100 to have a desired center of gravity (CG) location and peak height location. In one example, the y-axis coordinate of the peak crown height location (PCH) is between about 26 mm and about 42 mm on the y-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185. In the same or different examples, when the golf club head 100 is in the address position, the distance from the ground plane 181 parallel to the z-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185 to the peak crown height location (PCH) is between 60 mm and 70 mm, preferably in the range of 62 mm to 67 mm, as described above. According to some examples, the y-axis coordinate of the center of gravity (CG) of the golf club head 100 on the y-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185 is between 25 mm and 50 mm, preferably between 32 mm and 38 mm, and more preferably between 36.5 mm and 42 mm. The x-axis coordinate of the center of gravity (CG) of the golf club head 100 on the x-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185 is In the range of -10mm to 10mm, preferably -6mm to 6mm, and more preferably -7mm to 7mm, and the z-axis coordinate of the center of gravity (CG) of the golf club head 100 on the z-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185 is less than 2mm, such as in the range of -10mm to 2mm, preferably -7mm to -2mm.

此外，高爾夫球桿頭100的構造和材料多樣性使高爾夫球桿頭100能夠具有期望的質量分佈特性。參考圖3、5和6，高爾夫球桿頭100包括後向質量和前向質量。高爾夫球桿頭100的後向質量定義為高爾夫球桿頭100在假想的後向箱體133內的質量，該假想的後向箱體133具有平行於冠部到底面方向(平行於高爾夫球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸)的為35mm的高度(HRB)、在前後方向(平行於高爾夫球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸)上的為35mm的深度(DRB)以及在趾部到跟部的方向上(平行於高爾夫球桿頭原點坐標系185的x軸)的大於高爾夫球桿頭100的最大寬度的寬度(WRB)。如圖所示，當高爾夫球桿頭100位於地平面181上的瞄準位置時，假想的後向箱體133的後側與高爾夫球桿頭100的最後端共同延伸，並且假想的後向箱體133的底側與地平面181共同延伸。高爾夫球桿頭100的前向質量定義為高爾夫球桿頭100在假想的前向盒體135內的質量，該假想的前向盒體135具有平行於冠部到底面方向的為20mm的高度(HFB)、在前後方向上為35mm的深度(DFB)以及在趾部到跟部方向上的大於高爾夫球桿頭100的最大寬度的寬度(WFB)。如圖所示，當高爾夫球桿頭100位於地平面181上的瞄準位置時，假想的前向箱體135的前側與高爾夫球桿頭100的最前端共同延伸，並且假想的前向箱體135的底側與地平面181共同延伸。In addition, the configuration and material diversity of the golf club head 100 enables the golf club head 100 to have a desired mass distribution characteristic. Referring to Figures 3, 5 and 6, the golf club head 100 includes a rearward mass and a forward mass. The rearward mass of the golf club head 100 is defined as the mass of the golf club head 100 within the imaginary rearward box 133, which has a height (HRB) of 35 mm parallel to the crown to bottom direction (parallel to the z-axis of the golf club head origin coordinate system 185), a depth (DRB) of 35 mm in the front-to-back direction (parallel to the y-axis of the golf club head origin coordinate system 185), and a width (WRB) greater than the maximum width of the golf club head 100 in the toe-to-heel direction (parallel to the x-axis of the golf club head origin coordinate system 185). As shown, when the golf club head 100 is at the address position on the ground plane 181, the rear side of the imaginary rearward box 133 is coextensive with the rearmost end of the golf club head 100, and the bottom side of the imaginary rearward box 133 is coextensive with the ground plane 181. The forward mass of the golf club head 100 is defined as the mass of the golf club head 100 within the imaginary forward box 135, which has a height (HFB) of 20 mm parallel to the crown to bottom direction, a depth (DFB) of 35 mm in the front-to-back direction, and a width (WFB) greater than the maximum width of the golf club head 100 in the toe-to-heel direction. As shown in the figure, when the golf club head 100 is at the aiming position on the ground plane 181, the front side of the imaginary forward box 135 extends together with the front end of the golf club head 100, and the bottom side of the imaginary forward box 135 extends together with the ground plane 181.

根據一些實例，從後向質量的重心(RMCG)到發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的CG的第一矢量距離(V1)在49mm至64mm之間(例如，55.7mm)，從前向質量的重心(FMCG)到發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的CG的第二矢量距離(V2)在22mm至34mm之間(例如，29.0mm)，並且從後向質量的CG(RMCG)到前向質量的CG(FMCG)的第三矢量距離(V3)在75mm至82mm之間(例如，79.75mm)。在某些實例中，V1不超過56.3mm。在一些實例中，V2不小於23.7mm，較佳地不小於25mm，或者甚至更佳地不小於27mm。在下表1中提供了高爾夫球桿頭100的各種實例的V1和V2相對於Zup和CGy值的一些附加值。如本文所定義，當高爾夫球桿頭100位於接地平面181上的正確瞄準位置時，Zup測量沿著垂直軸線(例如，平行於球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸)高爾夫球桿頭100相對於地平面181的重心。CGy是高爾夫球桿頭100的重心在球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸上的坐標。According to some examples, a first vector distance (V1) from the center of gravity of the rearward mass (RMCG) to the CG of the driver-type golf club head is between 49 mm and 64 mm (e.g., 55.7 mm), a second vector distance (V2) from the center of gravity of the forward mass (FMCG) to the CG of the driver-type golf club head is between 22 mm and 34 mm (e.g., 29.0 mm), and a third vector distance (V3) from the CG of the rearward mass (RMCG) to the CG of the forward mass (FMCG) is between 75 mm and 82 mm (e.g., 79.75 mm). In some examples, V1 is no more than 56.3 mm. In some examples, V2 is no less than 23.7 mm, preferably no less than 25 mm, or even more preferably no less than 27 mm. Some additional values of V1 and V2 relative to Zup and CGy values for various examples of golf club heads 100 are provided in Table 1 below. As defined herein, Zup measures the center of gravity of the golf club head 100 relative to the ground plane 181 along a vertical axis (e.g., parallel to the z-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185) when the golf club head 100 is in a properly addressed position on the ground plane 181. CGy is the coordinate of the center of gravity of the golf club head 100 on the y-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185.

冠部插入件108具有冠部插入件外表面，其限定冠部部分119的面向外的表面或外表面。類似地，底面插入件110具有限定底面部分117的面向外的表面或外表面的底面插入件外表面。如本文所定義，如果使用多個冠部插入件或多個底面插入件，則冠部插入件外表面和底面插入件外表面分別包括多個冠部插入件和多個底面插入件的組合外表面。在一個實例中，底面插入件外表面的總表面積小於冠部插入件外表面的總表面積。根據一個實例，冠部插入件外表面的總表面積至少為9,482mm²。在一個實例中，底面插入件外表面的總表面積至少為8,750mm²並且底面插入件具有至少在80mm至120mm之間的平行於跟部到趾部方向的最大寬度。冠部插入件外表面的總表面積可以在5,300mm²至11,000mm²之間，較佳地在9,200mm²至10,300mm²之間，較佳地在5,300mm²至7,000mm²之間的範圍內。底面插入件外表面的總表面積可以在4,300mm²至10,200mm²之間，較佳地在7,700mm²至9,900mm²之間，較佳地在4,300mm²至6,600mm²之間的範圍內。The crown insert 108 has a crown insert outer surface that defines an outwardly facing surface or outer surface of the crown portion 119. Similarly, the bottom insert 110 has a bottom insert outer surface that defines an outwardly facing surface or outer surface of the bottom portion 117. As defined herein, if multiple crown inserts or multiple bottom inserts are used, the crown insert outer surface and the bottom insert outer surface comprise the combined outer surfaces of the multiple crown inserts and the multiple bottom inserts, respectively. In one example, the total surface area of the bottom insert outer surfaces is less than the total surface area of the crown insert outer surfaces. According to one example, the total surface area of the crown insert outer surfaces is at least 9,482 mm² . In one example, the total surface area of the sole insert outer surface is at least 8,750^mm2 and the sole insert has a maximum width parallel to the heel to toe direction of at least between 80 mm and 120 mm. The total surface area of the crown insert outer surface may be in the range of 5,300^mm2 to 11,000^mm2 , preferably 9,200^mm2 to 10,300^mm2 , more preferably 5,300^mm2 to 7,000^mm2 . The total surface area of the outer surface of the bottom insert may be in the range of 4,300^mm2 to 10,200^mm2 , preferably 7,700^mm2 to 9,900^mm2 , more preferably 4,300^mm2 to 6,600^mm2 .

較佳地，在底面的至少一部分由複合材料形成的情況下，底面插入件外表面的總表面積大於底面插入件外表面的總表面積。在一些實例中，由複合材料形成的冠部插入件外表面的總表面積與由複合材料形成的底面插入件外表面的總表面積的比率可以是至少2：1，在其他實例中，該比率可以是在0.95至1.5之間，更佳在1.03至1.4之間，甚至更佳在1.05至1.3之間。在該實例中，複合材料的密度通常在約1g/cc至約2g/cc之間，較佳地在約1.3g/cc至約1.7g/cc之間。Preferably, where at least a portion of the bottom surface is formed of a composite material, the total surface area of the outer surface of the bottom insert is greater than the total surface area of the outer surface of the bottom insert. In some examples, the ratio of the total surface area of the outer surface of the crown insert formed of a composite material to the total surface area of the outer surface of the bottom insert formed of a composite material can be at least 2:1, and in other examples, the ratio can be between 0.95 and 1.5, more preferably between 1.03 and 1.4, and even more preferably between 1.05 and 1.3. In this example, the density of the composite material is generally between about 1 g/cc and about 2 g/cc, preferably between about 1.3 g/cc and about 1.7 g/cc.

在一些實施例中，以平方釐米為單位的總暴露複合表面積乘以以釐米為單位的CGy並且所得結果除以以立方釐米為單位的體積的範圍可以為1.22至2.1，較佳地在1.24至1.65之間，甚至更佳地在1.49至2.1之間，甚至更佳地在1.7至2.1之間。In some embodiments, the total exposed composite surface area in square centimeters multiplied by the CGy in centimeters and divided by the volume in cubic centimeters can range from 1.22 to 2.1, preferably from 1.24 to 1.65, even more preferably from 1.49 to 2.1, and even more preferably from 1.7 to 2.1.

此外，在一些實例中，冠部插入件108的總質量小於底面插入件110的總質量。根據一些實例，在冠部插入件108和底面插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成並且主體102由金屬材料製成的情況下，主體102的總暴露表面積與冠部插入件108和底面插入件110的總暴露表面積的比率(例如，面向外的表面的表面積)在0.95至1.25之間(例如，1.08)。在一些實例中，無論是單件還是分成多件，冠部插入件108的質量為9克，而底面插入件110，無論是單件還是分成多件，都具有13克的質量。此外，在某些實例中，冠部插入件108約0.65mm厚並且底面插入件110約1.0mm厚。然而，在某些實例中，冠部部分119的最小厚度小於0.6mm。根據一些實例，高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119的面積重量在冠部部分119的整個表面積的超過50%上小於0.35g/cm²或冠部部分119的至少一部分由密度在約1g/cm³至約2g/cm³之間的非金屬材料形成。冠部插入件108和底面插入件110的這些和其他特性可以在2020年4月23日公佈的美國專利申請公開號2020/0121994中找到，該申請通過引用整體併入本文。在某些實例中，底面部分117的面積重量在底面部分117的整個表面積的超過約50%上小於約0.35g/cm²。在某些實例中，冠部插入件108的面積重量小於底面插入件110的面積重量。在某些實例中，冠部部分119的至少50%具有可變厚度，其沿著冠部部分119的至少50%變化至少25%。In addition, in some examples, the total mass of the crown insert 108 is less than the total mass of the bottom insert 110. According to some examples, where the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material and the body 102 is made of a metal material, the ratio of the total exposed surface area of the body 102 to the total exposed surface area of the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 (e.g., the surface area of the outwardly facing surface) is between 0.95 and 1.25 (e.g., 1.08). In some examples, the crown insert 108, whether a single piece or divided into multiple pieces, has a mass of 9 grams, while the bottom insert 110, whether a single piece or divided into multiple pieces, has a mass of 13 grams. In addition, in some examples, the crown insert 108 is about 0.65 mm thick and the sole insert 110 is about 1.0 mm thick. However, in some examples, the minimum thickness of the crown portion 119 is less than 0.6 mm. According to some examples, the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 has an area weight of less than 0.35 g/^cm2 over more than 50% of the entire surface area of the crown portion 119 or at least a portion of the crown portion 119 is formed of a non-metallic material having a density between about 1 g/^cm3 and about 2 g/^cm3 . These and other characteristics of the crown insert 108 and the sole insert 110 can be found in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2020/0121994, published on April 23, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some examples, the area weight of the sole portion 117 is less than about 0.35 g/cm² over more than about 50% of the entire surface area of the sole portion 117. In some examples, the area weight of the crown insert 108 is less than the area weight of the sole insert 110. In some examples, at least 50% of the crown portion 119 has a variable thickness that varies by at least 25% along at least 50% of the crown portion 119.

主體102的鑄造杯104還包括桿頸120，桿頸120限定了桿頸軸線191，桿頸軸線191同軸地延伸穿過桿頸120的孔193(參見例如圖14)。桿頸120被構造為附接到高爾夫球桿的桿身。在一些實例中，桿頸120有助於在桿頸120和桿身之間包括飛行控制技術(FCT)系統123以控制高爾夫球桿頭100相對於桿身的定位。The cast cup 104 of the body 102 also includes a neck 120 that defines a neck axis 191 that coaxially extends through a hole 193 of the neck 120 (see, e.g., FIG. 14 ). The neck 120 is configured to be attached to a shaft of a golf club. In some examples, the neck 120 facilitates including a flight control technology (FCT) system 123 between the neck 120 and the shaft to control the positioning of the golf club head 100 relative to the shaft.

FCT系統123可以包括緊固件125，該緊固件125可通過形成在鑄造杯104的底面區域中的下部開口195接近。FCT系統123的附加實例與圖19和20的高爾夫球桿頭400相關聯地示出，高爾夫球桿頭400具有桿頸420和下部開口495以促進FCT系統123附接到主體102。FCT系統123包括安裝在桿頸120內並從桿頸120延伸的多個可移動部件。緊固件125通過鬆開緊固件125並通過擰緊緊固件125保持高爾夫球桿頭相對於桿身的可調節位置來促進FCT系統123系統的可調節性。下部開口195通向桿頸120的孔193。為了促進任意質量的增加，桿頸120的內部部分127(即桿頸120的位於內腔113內的部分)包括通向內腔113的橫向開口189。由於橫向開口189，桿頸120的內部部分127僅部分地環繞延伸穿過桿頸120的孔193的FCT部件。在一些實例中，橫向開口189在平行於桿頸軸線191的方向上的高度在10mm至15mm之間，橫向開口189在垂直於桿頸軸線191的方向上的寬度至少為1弧度和/或橫向開口189的突出面積至少為75mm²。The FCT system 123 may include a fastener 125 accessible through a lower opening 195 formed in a bottom surface area of the casting cup 104. Additional examples of the FCT system 123 are shown in association with the golf club head 400 of FIGS. 19 and 20 , which has a neck 420 and a lower opening 495 to facilitate attachment of the FCT system 123 to the body 102. The FCT system 123 includes a plurality of movable components mounted within and extending from the neck 120. The fastener 125 facilitates the adjustability of the FCT system 123 by loosening the fastener 125 and maintaining an adjustable position of the golf club head relative to the shaft by tightening the fastener 125. The lower opening 195 leads to the bore 193 of the club neck 120. To facilitate the addition of any mass, the inner portion 127 of the club neck 120 (i.e., the portion of the club neck 120 located within the interior cavity 113) includes a transverse opening 189 that leads to the interior cavity 113. Due to the transverse opening 189, the inner portion 127 of the club neck 120 only partially surrounds the FCT component that extends through the bore 193 of the club neck 120. In some examples, the height of the transverse opening 189 in a direction parallel to the shaft neck axis 191 is between 10 mm and 15 mm, the width of the transverse opening 189 in a direction perpendicular to the shaft neck axis 191 is at least 1 arc, and/or the protruding area of the transverse opening 189 is at least 75 mm² .

參考圖15，在一些實例中，鑄造杯104包括擊球面145。換句話說，在一些實例中，擊球面145與鑄造杯104的所有其他部分共同形成(例如，共同鑄造)。因此，在這些實例中，擊球面145由與鑄造杯104的其餘部分相同的材料製成。然而，在其他實例中，類似於與圖9A、圖9B、圖17至圖18的高爾夫球桿頭相關聯的那些實例，擊球面145由擊球板限定，擊球板與鑄造杯104分開形成並且單獨附接到鑄造杯104。根據某些實例，高爾夫球桿頭100的限定擊球面145的部分或限定擊球面145的擊球板包括與美國專利申請號12/006,060；以及美國專利申請號6,997,820；6,800,038；和6,824,475中更詳細描述的那些相似的可變厚度特徵，這些專利申請的全部內容通過引用整體併入本文。15 , in some examples, the casting cup 104 includes a ball striking face 145. In other words, in some examples, the ball striking face 145 is formed (e.g., co-cast) with all other portions of the casting cup 104. Thus, in these examples, the ball striking face 145 is made of the same material as the remainder of the casting cup 104. However, in other examples, similar to those associated with the golf club heads of FIGS. 9A , 9B, 17-18 , the ball striking face 145 is defined by a ball striking plate that is formed separately from the casting cup 104 and is separately attached to the casting cup 104. According to certain examples, the portion of the golf club head 100 defining the ball striking face 145 or the striking plate defining the ball striking face 145 includes variable thickness features similar to those described in greater detail in U.S. Patent Application No. 12/006,060; and U.S. Patent Application Nos. 6,997,820; 6,800,038; and 6,824,475, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

圖21圖示了本文揭示的一個或多個高爾夫球桿頭的面部部分600的例示性後表面。在圖21中，後表面是從後部觀察的，其中桿頸/跟部在左側，趾部在右側。圖22和23圖示了具有可變厚度輪廓的另一個例示性面部部分700，並且圖24圖示了具有可變厚度輪廓的又一個例示性面部部分800。面部部分700的可變厚度輪廓由錐形突出部分形成，在一些實例中，錐形突出部分可以具有朝向擊球面的幾何中心的幾何中心。本文揭示的面部部分可以作為鑄造過程和對面部部分的可選的鑄造後修改的結果而形成。因此，面部部分可具有多種新穎的厚度輪廓。例如，在一個實例中，在擊球面處的前向部分的厚度沿著擊球面變化至少25%。通過將面部鑄造成所需的幾何形狀，而不是在傳統工藝中由平軋金屬板形成面板，面部可以用更多種類的幾何形狀製成，並且可以具有不同的材料特性，諸如不同的紋理方向和化學雜質含量，這可為高爾夫球性能和製造提供優勢。FIG. 21 illustrates an exemplary rear surface of a face portion 600 of one or more golf club heads disclosed herein. In FIG. 21 , the rear surface is viewed from the rear with the neck/heel on the left and the toe on the right. FIGS. 22 and 23 illustrate another exemplary face portion 700 having a variable thickness profile, and FIG. 24 illustrates yet another exemplary face portion 800 having a variable thickness profile. The variable thickness profile of face portion 700 is formed by a tapered protrusion, which in some examples may have a geometric center toward the geometric center of the ball striking face. The face portion disclosed herein may be formed as a result of a casting process and optional post-casting modifications to the face portion. Thus, the face portion may have a variety of novel thickness profiles.For example, in one embodiment, the thickness of the forward portion at the striking face varies by at least 25% along the striking face. By casting the face into the desired geometry, rather than forming the faceplate from flat-rolled sheet metal in a conventional process, the face can be made in a wider variety of geometries and can have different material properties, such as different grain orientations and chemical impurity levels, which can provide advantages for golf ball performance and manufacturing.

在傳統工藝中，面板由具有均勻厚度的平板金屬製成。這種金屬板材通常沿一個軸線軋製以將厚度減小到整個板材上的某一均勻厚度。這種軋製工藝可以在板材中賦予紋理方向，與垂直於軋製方向的方向相比，該方向在軋製軸線方向上產生不同的材料特性。材料特性的這種變化可能是不合需要的，並且可以通過使用所揭示的鑄造方法代替來產生面部部分來避免。In conventional processes, panels are made from a flat sheet of metal having a uniform thickness. This sheet of metal is typically rolled along one axis to reduce the thickness to a uniform thickness across the sheet. This rolling process can impart a texture direction in the sheet that produces different material properties in the direction of the rolling axis compared to the direction perpendicular to the rolling direction. This variation in material properties can be undesirable and can be avoided by using the disclosed casting method to produce the face portion instead.

此外，因為傳統的面板開始時是厚度均勻的平板，整個板的厚度必須至少與所需的最終產品面板的最大厚度一樣大，這意味著大部分起始板材料不得不被移除和浪費，從而增加材料成本。相比之下，在所揭示的鑄造方法中，面部部分最初形成得越接近最終形狀和質量，必須移除和浪費的材料就越少。這樣可以節省時間和成本。Furthermore, because conventional panels start out as flat sheets of uniform thickness, the overall sheet thickness must be at least as great as the desired maximum thickness of the final product panel, which means that much of the starting sheet material has to be removed and wasted, increasing material costs. In contrast, in the disclosed casting method, the closer the face portion is initially formed to final shape and quality, the less material must be removed and wasted. This saves time and cost.

更進一步，在傳統工藝中，必須在特殊工藝中彎曲初始平坦金屬板，以賦予面板所需的凸起和滾動曲率。當使用所揭示的鑄造方法時不需要這樣的彎曲過程。Furthermore, in conventional processes, the initially flat metal sheet must be bent in a special process to give the panel the desired convex and rolling curvature. Such a bending process is not required when using the disclosed casting method.

圖22-25中圖示的獨特的厚度輪廓通過使用鑄造方法，諸如在2020年12月29日頒佈的美國專利號10,874,915中揭示的那些方法成為可能，該專利通過引用整體併入本文，並且以前不可能使用傳統工藝來實現，諸如從具有均勻厚度的金屬板開始，將板安裝在車床或類似機器中並車削該板材以在面板的後部產生可變厚度的輪廓。在這樣的車削工藝中，賦予的厚度輪廓必須關於中心車削軸線對稱，這將厚度輪廓限制為同心圓環形狀的組合，每個同心圓環形狀在距中心點的任何給定半徑處具有均勻的厚度。相反，使用所揭示的鑄造方法沒有強加這樣的限制，並且可以創建更複雜的面部幾何形狀。The unique thickness profiles illustrated in FIGS. 22-25 are made possible by the use of casting methods, such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 10,874,915, issued on December 29, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, and were previously impossible to achieve using conventional processes, such as starting with a sheet of metal having a uniform thickness, mounting the sheet in a lathe or similar machine and turning the sheet to produce a variable thickness profile on the rear of the panel. In such turning processes, the imparted thickness profile must be symmetrical about a central turning axis, which limits the thickness profile to a combination of concentric annular shapes, each having a uniform thickness at any given radius from a center point. In contrast, use of the disclosed casting method imposes no such limitation and enables the creation of more complex facial geometries.

通過使用鑄造方法，可以更快和更有效地製造大量揭示的球桿頭。例如，可以在單個鑄造樹上同時鑄造50個或更多個球桿頭，而使用傳統的車床銑削方法在面板上創建新穎的面部厚度輪廓需要更長的時間和更多的資源，一個一次。By using a casting method, large numbers of revealed club heads can be manufactured faster and more efficiently. For example, 50 or more club heads can be cast simultaneously on a single casting tree, whereas using traditional lathe milling methods to create novel face thickness profiles on panels would take longer and require more resources, one at a time.

在圖22中，面部部分600的背面表面或內表面包括非對稱的可變厚度輪廓，僅圖示出了使用所揭示的鑄造方法可能實現的多種可變厚度輪廓的一個實例。面部的中心602可以具有中心厚度，並且面部厚度可以從中心徑向向外穿過內部混合區603逐漸增加到最大厚度環604，該環可以是圓形的。從最大厚度環604穿過可變混合區606到第二環608，面部厚度可以逐漸減小，第二環608可以是非圓形的，諸如橢圓形的。從第二環608徑向向外移動，穿過外部混合區609到具有恒定厚度(例如，面部部分的最小厚度)的跟部和趾部區610和/或到限定面部部分600的面部過渡到高爾夫球桿頭100的其餘部分的範圍的徑向周邊區域612，面部厚度可以逐漸減小。In FIG. 22 , the back or inner surface of the face portion 600 includes an asymmetric variable thickness profile, illustrating only one example of a variety of variable thickness profiles that may be achieved using the disclosed casting methods. The center 602 of the face may have a center thickness, and the face thickness may gradually increase from the center radially outward through the inner mixing zone 603 to a maximum thickness ring 604, which may be circular. From the maximum thickness ring 604 through the variable mixing zone 606 to the second ring 608, the face thickness may gradually decrease, and the second ring 608 may be non-circular, such as elliptical. Moving radially outward from the second ring 608, the face thickness may gradually decrease through the outer blending zone 609 to the heel and toe regions 610 having a constant thickness (e.g., a minimum thickness of the face portion) and/or to the radial peripheral region 612 defining the range where the face of the face portion 600 transitions to the remainder of the golf club head 100.

第二環608本身可以具有可變的厚度輪廓，使得第二環608的厚度作為繞中心602的圓周位置的函數而變化。類似地，可變混合區606可以具有作為繞中心602的圓周位置的函數而變化的厚度輪廓並且提供從最大厚度環604到第二環608的可變且較小厚度的厚度過渡。例如，可變混合區606到第二環608可被劃分為八個扇區，在圖22中標記為A-H，包括頂部區A、頂趾部區B、趾部區C、底趾部區D、底部區E、底跟部區F、跟部區G和頂跟部區H。這八個區域可以具有如圖所示的不同角寬度，或者可以各自具有相同的角寬度(例如，360度的八分之一)。八個區域中的每一個可以具有其自己的厚度變化，每個範圍從鄰近環604的共同最大厚度到第二環608處的不同最小厚度。例如，第二環在區域A和E中可以更厚，在區域C和G中更薄，在區域B、D、F和H中具有中間厚度。在此實例中，區域B、D、F和H的厚度可以沿徑向方向(徑向向外移動變薄)和沿圓周方向變化(從區域A和E向區域C和G移動變薄)。The second ring 608 itself may have a variable thickness profile such that the thickness of the second ring 608 varies as a function of the circumferential position about the center 602. Similarly, the variable mixing zone 606 may have a thickness profile that varies as a function of the circumferential position about the center 602 and provide a variable and lesser thickness thickness transition from the maximum thickness ring 604 to the second ring 608. For example, the variable mixing zone 606 to the second ring 608 may be divided into eight sectors, labeled A-H in FIG. 22 , including top zone A, top toe zone B, toe zone C, bottom toe zone D, bottom zone E, bottom heel zone F, heel zone G, and top heel zone H. The eight regions can have different angular widths as shown, or can each have the same angular width (e.g., one eighth of 360 degrees). Each of the eight regions can have its own thickness variation, each ranging from a common maximum thickness at the adjacent ring 604 to a different minimum thickness at the second ring 608. For example, the second ring can be thicker in regions A and E, thinner in regions C and G, and have an intermediate thickness in regions B, D, F, and H. In this example, the thickness of regions B, D, F, and H can vary in the radial direction (thinner moving radially outward) and in the circumferential direction (thinner moving from regions A and E to regions C and G).

面部部分600的一個實例可具有以下厚度：在中心602處為3.1mm，在環604處為3.3mm，第二環608可以從區域A中的2.8mm變化到區域C中的2.2mm變化到區域E中的2.4mm變化到區域G中的2.0mm以及變化到跟部和趾部區域610中的1.8mm。An example of face portion 600 may have the following thickness: 3.1 mm at center 602, 3.3 mm at ring 604, second ring 608 may vary from 2.8 mm in region A to 2.2 mm in region C to 2.4 mm in region E to 2.0 mm in region G and to 1.8 mm in heel and toe regions 610.

根據一個實例，環604可距中心602約8mm，而環608可距中心602約19mm。面部部分600在中心602處的厚度可以在2.8mm至3.0mm之間。面部部分600沿環604的厚度可以在2.9mm至3.1mm之間。面部部分600沿環608的靠近區域A的厚度可以在2.35mm至2.55mm之間，靠近區域C的厚度可以在2.3mm至2.5mm之間，靠近區域E的厚度可以在2.1mm至2.3mm之間，並且靠近區域G的厚度可以在2.6mm至2.8mm之間。遠離中心602約35mm處的面部部分600的厚度可以在1.7mm至1.9mm之間。According to one example, the ring 604 may be approximately 8 mm from the center 602, and the ring 608 may be approximately 19 mm from the center 602. The thickness of the facial portion 600 at the center 602 may be between 2.8 mm and 3.0 mm. The thickness of the facial portion 600 along the ring 604 may be between 2.9 mm and 3.1 mm. The thickness of the facial portion 600 along the ring 608 near region A may be between 2.35 mm and 2.55 mm, the thickness near region C may be between 2.3 mm and 2.5 mm, the thickness near region E may be between 2.1 mm and 2.3 mm, and the thickness near region G may be between 2.6 mm and 2.8 mm. The thickness of the facial portion 600 at approximately 35 mm away from the center 602 may be between 1.7 mm and 1.9 mm.

根據又一實例，面部部分600在中心602處的厚度在2.95mm至3.35mm之間，在離中心約9mm處602在3.3mm至3.65mm之間，在離中心602約16mm處在2.95mm至3.36mm之間，並且在離中心602約28mm處在2.03mm至2.27mm之間。遠離中心602大於28mm的面部部分600的厚度在面部部分600的趾側可以在1.8mm至1.95mm之間並且在面部部分600的跟側在1.83mm至1.98mm之間。According to yet another example, the thickness of the face portion 600 at the center 602 is between 2.95 mm and 3.35 mm, at about 9 mm from the center 602 is between 3.3 mm and 3.65 mm, at about 16 mm from the center 602 is between 2.95 mm and 3.36 mm, and at about 28 mm from the center 602 is between 2.03 mm and 2.27 mm. The thickness of the face portion 600 greater than 28 mm from the center 602 may be between 1.8 mm and 1.95 mm on the toe side of the face portion 600 and between 1.83 mm and 1.98 mm on the heel side of the face portion 600.

圖23和24示出了包括非對稱可變厚度輪廓的另一個例示性面部部分700的背面表面。面部的中心702可以具有中心厚度，並且面部厚度可以從中心徑向向外穿過內部混合區703逐漸增加到最大厚度環704，該環可以是圓形的。從最大厚度環704穿過可變混合區705到由具有不同厚度的多個楔形扇區A-H組成的外部區域706，面部厚度可以逐漸減小。如圖24中最佳所示，扇區A、C、E和G可以相對較厚，而扇區B、D、F和H可以相對較薄。環繞外部區域706的外部混合區708的厚度從可變扇區向下過渡到具有相對較小但恒定厚度的周邊環710。外部區域706還可包括扇區A-H中的每一個之間的混合區，其厚度從一個扇區逐漸過渡到相鄰扇區。23 and 24 show the back surface of another exemplary face portion 700 including an asymmetric variable thickness profile. The center 702 of the face can have a center thickness, and the face thickness can gradually increase from the center radially outward through an inner mixing zone 703 to a maximum thickness ring 704, which can be circular. The face thickness can gradually decrease from the maximum thickness ring 704 through a variable mixing zone 705 to an outer region 706 composed of multiple wedge-shaped sectors A-H with different thicknesses. As best shown in FIG. 24, sectors A, C, E, and G can be relatively thick, while sectors B, D, F, and H can be relatively thin. The thickness of the outer mixing zone 708 surrounding the outer region 706 transitions from the variable sector downward to a peripheral ring 710 with a relatively small but constant thickness. The outer region 706 may also include a mixing region between each of sectors A-H, the thickness of which gradually transitions from one sector to an adjacent sector.

面部部分700的一個實例可具有以下厚度：在702中心處的3.9mm，在704環處的4.05mm，在區域A處的3.6mm，在區域B處的3.25mm，在區域C處的3.25mm，在區域D處的2.05mm，在區域E處的3.35mm，在區域F處的2.05mm，在區域G處的3.00mm、在區域H處的2.65mm，以及在周邊環710處的1.9mm。An example of facial portion 700 may have the following thicknesses: 3.9 mm at center 702, 4.05 mm at ring 704, 3.6 mm at region A, 3.25 mm at region B, 3.25 mm at region C, 2.05 mm at region D, 3.35 mm at region E, 2.05 mm at region F, 3.00 mm at region G, 2.65 mm at region H, and 1.9 mm at peripheral ring 710.

圖25示出了另一例示性面部部分800的背面，其包括具有朝向跟側(左側)偏移的目標厚度的非對稱可變厚度輪廓。面部的中心802具有中心厚度，並且到趾部/頂部/底部，穿過內部混合區803到具有比中心802處更大的厚度的內環804，厚度逐漸增加。厚度然後隨著徑向向外移動越過第二混合區805至厚度小於內環804的厚度的第二環806而減小。厚度然後隨著徑向向外移動越過第三混合區807至厚度小於第二環806的厚度的第三環808而減小。厚度然後隨著徑向向外移動越過第四混合區810至厚度小於第三環808的厚度的第四環811而減小。趾端區812跨過外部混合區813混合到具有相對較小厚度的外周814。FIG. 25 shows the back side of another exemplary face portion 800, which includes an asymmetric variable thickness profile with a target thickness offset toward the heel side (left side). The center 802 of the face has a center thickness, and the thickness gradually increases to the toe/top/bottom, through the inner blending zone 803 to the inner ring 804 having a greater thickness than the center 802. The thickness then decreases as it moves radially outward across the second blending zone 805 to the second ring 806 having a thickness less than the thickness of the inner ring 804. The thickness then decreases as it moves radially outward across the third blending zone 807 to the third ring 808 having a thickness less than the thickness of the second ring 806. The thickness then decreases moving radially outward across the fourth mixing zone 810 to a fourth ring 811 having a thickness less than that of the third ring 808. The toe region 812 blends across the outer mixing zone 813 to an outer periphery 814 having a relatively smaller thickness.

到跟側，厚度偏移設定量(例如，0.15mm)以使其相對於趾側的對應區域稍厚。加厚區820(虛線)提供了一種過渡，其中所有厚度逐漸向跟側處的較厚偏移區822(虛線)增加。在偏移區822中，環823在跟側比環806厚設定量(例如，0.15mm)，並且環825比環808厚相同設定量。混合區824和826的厚度隨著徑向向外移動而逐漸減小，並且每個都比它們在趾側的對應混合區807和810更厚。在加厚區820中，內環804的厚度朝著跟部移動而逐漸增加。To the heel side, the thickness is offset by a set amount (e.g., 0.15 mm) to make it slightly thicker than the corresponding area on the toe side. Thickened zone 820 (dashed line) provides a transition where all thicknesses gradually increase toward a thicker offset zone 822 (dashed line) at the heel side. In offset zone 822, ring 823 is thicker than ring 806 by a set amount (e.g., 0.15 mm) on the heel side, and ring 825 is thicker than ring 808 by the same set amount. The thickness of blended zones 824 and 826 gradually decreases as they move radially outward, and each is thicker than their corresponding blended zones 807 and 810 on the toe side. In thickened zone 820, the thickness of inner ring 804 gradually increases moving toward the heel.

面部部分800的一個實例可具有以下厚度：中心802處為3.8mm，內環804處為4.0mm並且跨加厚區820增厚至4.15mm，第二環806處為3.5mm且環823處為3.65mm，第三環808處為2.4mm，環825處為2.55mm，第四環811處為2.0mm，並且在外周814處為1.8mm。An example of the face portion 800 may have the following thicknesses: 3.8 mm at the center 802, 4.0 mm at the inner ring 804 and thickening to 4.15 mm across the thickened area 820, 3.5 mm at the second ring 806 and 3.65 mm at the ring 823, 2.4 mm at the third ring 808, 2.55 mm at the ring 825, 2.0 mm at the fourth ring 811, and 1.8 mm at the periphery 814.

圖25中所示的目標偏移厚度輪廓可以幫助提供所需的整個面部的CT輪廓。例如，加厚跟側可以幫助避免在面部的跟側出現CT尖峰，例如，這可以幫助避免整個面部出現不一致的CT輪廓。這種偏移厚度輪廓可以類似地應用於面部的趾側，或同時應用於面部的趾側和跟側，以避免在面部的跟側和趾側處出現CT尖峰。在其他實施例中，可以將偏移厚度輪廓應用於面部的上側和/或朝向面部的底側。The targeted offset thickness profile shown in FIG. 25 can help provide a desired CT profile across the face. For example, thickening the heel side can help avoid a CT peak at the heel side of the face, for example, which can help avoid an inconsistent CT profile across the face. This offset thickness profile can be similarly applied to the toe side of the face, or to both the toe side and the heel side of the face to avoid a CT peak at the heel side and toe side of the face. In other embodiments, the offset thickness profile can be applied to the upper side of the face and/or toward the bottom side of the face.

如圖2、圖4、圖8、圖9A和圖13所示，在一些實例中，鑄造杯104進一步包括位於高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117中的狹槽171。狹槽171向高爾夫球桿頭100的外部敞開並且從跟部部分116縱向延伸到趾部部分114。更具體地，狹槽171在大致平行於但偏離擊球面145的縱向方向上是細長的。通常，狹槽171是在高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117處的鑄造杯104中形成的凹槽或通道。在一些實施方式中，狹槽171是貫通槽，或者是從高爾夫球桿頭100的外部向內腔113敞開的狹槽。然而，在其他實施方式中，狹槽171不是貫通槽，而是封閉在狹槽171的內腔側或內側上。例如，狹槽171可以由主體102的底面部分117的側壁的一部分限定，該部分突出到內腔113中並且具有凹形外表面，該凹形外表面具有各種橫截面形狀中的任一種，諸如大致為U形、V形等。As shown in FIGS. 2 , 4 , 8 , 9A and 13 , in some examples, the casting cup 104 further includes a slot 171 located in the bottom portion 117 of the golf club head 100. The slot 171 is open to the exterior of the golf club head 100 and extends longitudinally from the heel portion 116 to the toe portion 114. More specifically, the slot 171 is elongated in a longitudinal direction that is generally parallel to but offset from the striking face 145. Generally, the slot 171 is a groove or channel formed in the casting cup 104 at the bottom portion 117 of the golf club head 100. In some embodiments, the slot 171 is a through slot, or a slot that is open from the exterior of the golf club head 100 to the inner cavity 113. However, in other embodiments, the slot 171 is not a through slot, but is closed on the inner cavity side or inner side of the slot 171. For example, the slot 171 can be defined by a portion of the side wall of the bottom surface portion 117 of the main body 102, which protrudes into the inner cavity 113 and has a concave outer surface, which has any of a variety of cross-sectional shapes, such as approximately U-shaped, V-shaped, etc.

在一些實例中，狹槽171從擊球面145偏移偏移距離，該偏移距離是穿過擊球面145的中心的第一垂直平面與在與擊球面145的中心相同的x軸坐標處的狹槽之間的最小距離，該距離在約5mm至約50mm之間，諸如在約5mm至約35mm之間，諸如在約5mm至約30mm之間，諸如在約5mm至約20mm之間，或諸如在約5mm至約15mm之間。In some examples, the slot 171 is offset from the ball striking face 145 by an offset distance, which is the minimum distance between a first vertical plane passing through the center of the ball striking face 145 and the slot at the same x-axis coordinate as the center of the ball striking face 145, which is between about 5 mm and about 50 mm, such as between about 5 mm and about 35 mm, such as between about 5 mm and about 30 mm, such as between about 5 mm and about 20 mm, or such as between about 5 mm and about 15 mm.

儘管未示出，鑄造杯104和/或環106可以包括後向狹槽，其構造類似於狹槽171，但是定向在前後方向上，而不是從跟部到趾部的方向上。鑄造杯104包括後向狹槽，但在一些實例中沒有狹槽171，並且在其他實例中包括後向狹槽和狹槽171。在一個實例中，後向狹槽位於狹槽171的後方。在一些實施方式中，後向狹槽可以充當配重軌道。此外，後向軌道從擊球面145偏移偏移距離，該偏移距離是穿過擊球面145的中心的第一垂直平面與在與擊球面145的中心相同的x軸坐標處的後向軌道之間的最小距離，該距離在約5mm至約50mm之間，諸如在約5mm至約40mm之間，諸如在約5mm至約30mm之間，或諸如在約10mm至約30mm之間。Although not shown, the cast cup 104 and/or the ring 106 may include a rearward slot similar in configuration to the slot 171, but oriented in a front-to-back direction rather than a heel-to-toe direction. The cast cup 104 includes a rearward slot, but in some instances does not have the slot 171, and in other instances includes both the rearward slot and the slot 171. In one instance, the rearward slot is located rearward of the slot 171. In some embodiments, the rearward slot may function as a counterweight track. In addition, the rearward track is offset from the ball striking face 145 by an offset distance, which is the minimum distance between a first vertical plane passing through the center of the ball striking face 145 and the rearward track at the same x-axis coordinate as the center of the ball striking face 145, which is between about 5 mm and about 50 mm, such as between about 5 mm and about 40 mm, such as between about 5 mm and about 30 mm, or such as between about 10 mm and about 30 mm.

在某些實施例中，狹槽171以及後向狹槽(如果存在的話)具有特定狹槽寬度，其被測量為第一狹槽壁和第二狹槽壁之間的水平距離。對於狹槽171以及後向狹槽，狹槽寬度可以在約5mm至約20mm之間，諸如在約10mm至約18mm之間，或者諸如在約12mm至約16mm之間。根據一些實施例，狹槽171的深度(即，底部狹槽壁與包含底面部分117的鄰近狹槽171的相對狹槽壁的區域的假想平面之間的垂直距離)可在約6mm至約20mm之間，諸如在約8mm至約18mm之間，或諸如在約10mm至約16mm之間。In some embodiments, the slot 171 and the rearward slot (if present) have a specific slot width, which is measured as the horizontal distance between the first slot wall and the second slot wall. For the slot 171 and the rearward slot, the slot width can be between about 5 mm and about 20 mm, such as between about 10 mm and about 18 mm, or such as between about 12 mm and about 16 mm. According to some embodiments, the depth of the slot 171 (i.e., the vertical distance between the bottom slot wall and an imaginary plane of the area of the bottom portion 117 adjacent to the slot 171 opposite the slot wall) may be between about 6 mm and about 20 mm, such as between about 8 mm and about 18 mm, or such as between about 10 mm and about 16 mm.

此外，狹槽171以及後向狹槽(如果存在的話)具有特定的狹槽長度，其可以被測量為狹槽端壁和另一個狹槽端壁之間的水平距離。對於狹槽171和後向狹槽，它們的長度可以在約30mm至約120mm之間，諸如在約50mm至約100mm之間，或者諸如在約60mm至約90mm之間。另外或可替代地，狹槽171的長度可以表示為擊球面145的總長度的百分比。例如，狹槽171可以在擊球面145的長度的約30%至約100%之間，諸如在擊球面145的長度的約50%至約90%之間，或者諸如在約60%至約80%之間。In addition, the slots 171, as well as the rearward slots (if present), have a specific slot length, which can be measured as the horizontal distance between the slot end wall and the other slot end wall. For the slots 171 and the rearward slots, their lengths can be between about 30 mm and about 120 mm, such as between about 50 mm and about 100 mm, or such as between about 60 mm and about 90 mm. Additionally or alternatively, the length of the slots 171 can be expressed as a percentage of the total length of the ball striking face 145. For example, the slots 171 can be between about 30% and about 100% of the length of the ball striking face 145, such as between about 50% and about 90% of the length of the ball striking face 145, or such as between about 60% and about 80%.

在一些實例中，狹槽171是改進和/或增加穿過擊球面145的恢復係數(COR)的特徵。關於COR特徵，狹槽171可以採用各種形式，諸如通道或貫通槽。高爾夫球桿頭100的COR是當高爾夫球被高爾夫球桿頭100擊打時高爾夫球桿頭100和高爾夫球之間的能量損失或保持的量度。理想地，高爾夫球桿頭100的COR高以促進在用球擊打期間能量從高爾夫球桿頭100到球的有效傳遞。因此，高爾夫球桿頭100的COR特徵促進了高爾夫球桿頭100的COR的增加。通常，狹槽171通過增加或增強擊球面145的柔韌性來增加高爾夫球桿頭100的COR。在本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的一些實例中，對於中心區域內的擊球面的至少25%，COR為至少0.8，如下文所定義。In some examples, the slots 171 are features that improve and/or increase the coefficient of restitution (COR) across the ball striking face 145. With respect to the COR feature, the slots 171 may take various forms, such as channels or through-slots. The COR of the golf club head 100 is a measure of the energy lost or retained between the golf club head 100 and the golf ball when the golf ball is struck by the golf club head 100. Ideally, the COR of the golf club head 100 is high to promote efficient transfer of energy from the golf club head 100 to the ball during a strike with the ball. Thus, the COR feature of the golf club head 100 promotes an increase in the COR of the golf club head 100. Typically, the grooves 171 increase the COR of the golf club head 100 by increasing or enhancing the flexibility of the ball striking face 145. In some examples of golf club heads disclosed herein, the COR is at least 0.8 for at least 25% of the ball striking face within the center region, as defined below.

關於作為高爾夫球桿頭100的COR特徵的狹槽171的進一步細節可以在分別在2011年12月27日、2012年5月10日和2013年3月14日提交的美國專利申請號13/338,197、13/469,031、13/828,675中，在2013年3月15日提交的美國專利申請號13/839,727、在2010年6月1日提交的美國專利號8,235,844、在2011年12月13日提交的美國專利號8,241,143、在2011年12月14日提交的美國專利號8,241,141中找到，所有這些專利申請的內容通過引用併入本文。Further details regarding the slot 171 as a COR feature of the golf club head 100 can be found in U.S. Patent Application Nos. 13/338,197, 13/469,031, 13/828,675, filed on December 27, 2011, May 10, 2012, and March 14, 2013, respectively, and in U.S. Patent Nos. 13/828,675, filed on March 15, 2013. 13/839,727, U.S. Patent No. 8,235,844 filed on June 1, 2010, U.S. Patent No. 8,241,143 filed on December 13, 2011, and U.S. Patent No. 8,241,141 filed on December 14, 2011, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.

狹槽171可以是2013年3月14日提交的美國專利號9,044,653中描述的各種柔性邊界結構(FBS)中的任一種，該專利通過引用整體併入本文。另外地或可替代地，高爾夫球桿頭100可以包括在高爾夫球桿頭100上的各種其他位置中的任一個位置處的一個或多個其他FBS。狹槽171可以由彎曲段或可以是彎曲段和直線段的組合的若干段組成。此外，狹槽171可以被機械加工或鑄造到高爾夫球桿頭100中。儘管在高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117中示出，但是狹槽171可以可替代地或附加地結合到高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119中。The slot 171 may be any of the various flexible boundary structures (FBS) described in U.S. Patent No. 9,044,653 filed on March 14, 2013, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Additionally or alternatively, the golf club head 100 may include one or more other FBS at any of a variety of other locations on the golf club head 100. The slot 171 may be composed of a curved segment or several segments that may be a combination of curved segments and straight segments. Furthermore, the slot 171 may be machined or cast into the golf club head 100. Although shown in the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100, the slot 171 may alternatively or additionally be incorporated into the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100.

在一些實例中，狹槽171填充有填料材料。然而，在其他實例中，狹槽171沒有填充有填料材料，而是在狹槽171內保持開放、空置的空間。在一些實施方式中，填料材料可由非金屬，諸如熱塑性材料、熱固性材料等製成。當狹槽171是貫通槽時，狹槽171可以填充有材料以防止灰塵和其他碎屑進入狹槽並且可能進入高爾夫球桿頭100的內腔113。填料材料可以是任何相對低模量的材料，包括聚胺酯、彈性橡膠、聚合物、各種橡膠、泡沫和填料。填料材料在使用時不應基本上防止高爾夫球桿頭100的變形，因為這會抵消高爾夫球桿頭100的柔韌性。In some examples, the slot 171 is filled with a filler material. However, in other examples, the slot 171 is not filled with a filler material, but rather an open, empty space is maintained within the slot 171. In some embodiments, the filler material may be made of a non-metal, such as a thermoplastic material, a thermosetting material, etc. When the slot 171 is a through slot, the slot 171 may be filled with a material to prevent dust and other debris from entering the slot and potentially entering the interior cavity 113 of the golf club head 100. The filler material may be any relatively low modulus material, including polyurethane, elastomeric rubber, polymers, various rubbers, foams, and fillers. The filler material should not substantially prevent deformation of the golf club head 100 during use, as this would offset the flexibility of the golf club head 100.

根據一個實施例，填料材料最初是一種黏性材料，它被注入或以其他方式插入到狹槽171中。可適合用作放置到狹槽、通道或其他柔性邊界結構中的填料的材料的實例包括但不限於：黏彈性彈性體；含或不含無機填料的乙烯基共聚物；含或不含礦物填料(如硫酸鋇)的聚醋酸乙烯酯；亞克力；聚酯；聚胺酯；聚醚；聚醯胺；聚丁二烯；聚苯乙烯；聚異戊二烯；聚乙烯；聚烯烴；苯乙烯/異戊二烯嵌段共聚物；氫化苯乙烯熱塑性彈性體；金屬化聚酯；金屬化亞克力；環氧樹脂；環氧樹脂和石墨複合材料；天然和合成橡膠；壓電陶瓷；熱固性和熱塑性橡膠；發泡聚合物；離聚物；低密度玻璃纖維；瀝青；矽酮；及其混合物。金屬化聚酯和丙烯酸樹脂可包含鋁作為金屬。市售材料包括彈性聚合材料，諸如來自3M的Scotchweld^TM(例如，DP-105^TM)和Scotchdamp^TM、來自Sorbothane公司的Sorbothane^TM、來自Soundcoat公司的DYAD^TM和GP^TM、來自Dynamat Control of North America公司的Dynamat^TM、來自Pole Star Maritime集團公司的NoViFlex^TM Sylomer^TM、來自陶氏化學公司的Isoplast^TM、來自Piqua Technologies公司的Legetolex^TM和來自Kuraray公司的Hybrar^TM。在一些實施例中，固體填料材料可以壓配合或黏附到狹槽、通道或其他柔性邊界結構中。在其他實施例中，填料材料可傾倒、注入或以其他方式插入狹槽或通道中並允許在原地固化，從而形成充分硬化或彈性的外表面。在其他實施例中，填料材料可被放置到狹槽或通道中並用彈性帽或由金屬、金屬合金、金屬、複合材料、硬塑料、彈性的彈性體或其他合適材料形成的其他結構密封就位。According to one embodiment, the filler material is initially a viscous material that is injected or otherwise inserted into the slot 171. Examples of materials suitable for use as fillers placed into slots, channels or other flexible boundary structures include, but are not limited to: viscoelastic elastomers; vinyl copolymers with or without inorganic fillers; polyvinyl acetate with or without mineral fillers (such as barium sulfate); acrylics; polyesters; polyurethanes; polyethers; polyamides; polybutadiene; polystyrene; polyisoprene; polyethylene; polyolefins; styrene/isoprene block copolymers; hydrogenated styrene thermoplastic elastomers; metallized polyesters; metallized acrylics; epoxies; epoxy and graphite composites; natural and synthetic rubbers; piezoelectric ceramics; thermoset and thermoplastic rubbers; foamed polymers; polymers; low-density fiberglass; asphalt; silicones; and mixtures thereof. Metallized polyesters and acrylics may contain aluminum as the metal. Commercially available materials include flexible polymeric materials such as Scotchweld^™ (e.g., DP-105^™ ) and Scotchdamp^™ from 3M, Sorbothane^™ from Sorbothane, DYAD^™ and GP^™ from Soundcoat, Dynamat^™ from Dynamat Control of North America, NoViFlex^™ Sylomer^™ from Pole Star Maritime Group, Isoplast^™ from Dow Chemical, Legetolex^™ from Piqua Technologies, and Hybrar^™ from Kuraray. In some embodiments, the solid filler material may be press-fit or adhered into a slot, channel, or other flexible boundary structure. In other embodiments, the filler material may be poured, injected, or otherwise inserted into the slot or channel and allowed to cure in place, thereby forming a substantially hardened or flexible outer surface. In other embodiments, the filler material may be placed into the slot or channel and sealed in place with a flexible cap or other structure formed of metal, metal alloy, metal, composite, hard plastic, flexible elastomer, or other suitable material.

參考圖4、圖8、圖9A至圖14，在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100進一步包括附接到鑄造杯104的配重173。鑄造杯104包括接收並保持配重173的螺紋端口175。螺紋端口175向高爾夫球桿頭100的外部和內腔113敞開並且在某些實例中包括內螺紋。在其他實例中，螺紋端口175對內腔113是封閉的。配重173包括外螺紋，其與螺紋端口175的內螺紋螺紋接合以將配重173保持在螺紋端口175內。當螺紋端口175對內腔113敞開時，配重173有效地封閉螺紋端口175以防止在螺紋附接到螺紋端口175內的鑄造杯104時進入內腔113。如圖所示，當螺紋端口175向內腔113敞開時，配重173的一部分位於內腔113的外部，而另一部分位於內腔113內。相比之下，在其他實例中，諸如當螺紋端口175對內腔113封閉時，整個配重173位於內腔113的外部。儘管未示出，但在一個實例中，螺紋端口175可以對內腔113敞開並且對高爾夫球桿頭100的外部封閉(例如，螺紋端口175面向內而不是面向外)。在這樣的實例中，整個配重173將位於內腔113內。如本文所定義，當配重173的任何部分相對於內腔113在內部或在內腔113內時，配重173被認為在內腔113內部，並且當配重173的任何部分相對於內腔113在外部時，配重173可替代地或者也被認為是在內腔113的外部。4, 8, 9A to 14, in some examples, the golf club head 100 further includes a weight 173 attached to the casting cup 104. The casting cup 104 includes a threaded port 175 that receives and holds the weight 173. The threaded port 175 is open to the exterior of the golf club head 100 and the interior cavity 113 and includes internal threads in some examples. In other examples, the threaded port 175 is closed to the interior cavity 113. The weight 173 includes an external thread that engages with the internal thread of the threaded port 175 to hold the weight 173 in the threaded port 175. When the threaded port 175 is open to the interior cavity 113, the weight 173 effectively closes the threaded port 175 to prevent entry into the interior cavity 113 when threadedly attached to the cast cup 104 within the threaded port 175. As shown, when the threaded port 175 is open to the interior cavity 113, a portion of the weight 173 is located outside the interior cavity 113 and another portion is located inside the interior cavity 113. In contrast, in other examples, such as when the threaded port 175 is closed to the interior cavity 113, the entire weight 173 is located outside the interior cavity 113. Although not shown, in one example, the threaded port 175 can be open to the interior cavity 113 and closed to the exterior of the golf club head 100 (e.g., the threaded port 175 faces inward rather than outward). In such an example, the entire counterweight 173 will be located within the interior cavity 113. As defined herein, the counterweight 173 is considered to be within the interior cavity 113 when any portion of the counterweight 173 is interior relative to the interior cavity 113 or within the interior cavity 113, and the counterweight 173 may alternatively or also be considered to be outside the interior cavity 113 when any portion of the counterweight 173 is exterior relative to the interior cavity 113.

在一些實例中，如圖所示，螺紋端口175並因此配重173位於高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117中。此外，根據某些實例，螺紋端口175和配重173比趾部部分114更靠近跟部部分116。在一個實例中，螺紋端口175和配重比狹槽171更靠近跟部部分116。在一些實例中，配重173具有約3g至約23g(例如，6g)之間的質量。In some examples, as shown, the threaded port 175 and thus the weight 173 are located in the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100. In addition, according to some examples, the threaded port 175 and the weight 173 are closer to the heel portion 116 than the toe portion 114. In one example, the threaded port 175 and the weight are closer to the heel portion 116 than the slot 171. In some examples, the weight 173 has a mass between about 3g and about 23g (e.g., 6g).

參考圖9A、圖11至圖14，鑄造杯104進一步包括附接到鑄造杯104的其餘部分或與鑄造杯104的其餘部分共同形成的質量墊186。質量墊186的厚度大於鑄造杯104的任何其他部分。在圖示的實例中，質量墊186位於靠近高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117的位置，因此靠近鑄造杯104的底面區域的位置。此外，在某些實例中，質量墊186的一部分位於靠近高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分116處的位置，因此靠近鑄造杯104的跟部區域的位置。如本文所定義，當位於高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117處時，質量墊186被認為是底面質量墊，而當位於高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分116處時，質量墊186被認為是跟部質量墊。應當認識到當質量墊186位於底面部分117和跟部部分116兩者處時，質量墊186被認為是底面質量墊和跟部質量墊。9A, 11-14, the casting cup 104 further includes a mass pad 186 attached to or formed with the rest of the casting cup 104. The mass pad 186 has a thickness greater than any other portion of the casting cup 104. In the illustrated example, the mass pad 186 is located near the bottom portion 117 of the golf club head 100, and thus near the bottom region of the casting cup 104. In addition, in some examples, a portion of the mass pad 186 is located near the heel portion 116 of the golf club head 100, and thus near the heel region of the casting cup 104. As defined herein, the mass pad 186 is considered a sole mass pad when located at the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100, and is considered a heel mass pad when located at the heel portion 116 of the golf club head 100. It should be recognized that when the mass pad 186 is located at both the sole portion 117 and the heel portion 116, the mass pad 186 is considered a sole mass pad and a heel mass pad.

參考圖11和圖14，在一些實例中，鑄造杯104進一步包括與鑄造杯104的其他部分共同形成的內部肋187。內部肋187可以位於鑄造杯104內的任何不同位置。在圖示的實例中，內部肋187位於(例如，形成在)鑄造杯104的底部區域中，與鑄造杯104的跟部區域相比，該底部區域更靠近鑄造杯104的趾部區域。內部肋187有助於加強和促進高爾夫球桿頭100的理想聲學特性。Referring to FIGS. 11 and 14 , in some examples, the casting cup 104 further includes an internal rib 187 formed with other portions of the casting cup 104. The internal rib 187 can be located at any of a variety of locations within the casting cup 104. In the illustrated example, the internal rib 187 is located (e.g., formed) in a bottom region of the casting cup 104 that is closer to a toe region of the casting cup 104 than a heel region of the casting cup 104. The internal rib 187 helps to enhance and promote the desired acoustic properties of the golf club head 100.

參考圖11、圖14至圖15，環106包括懸臂部分161，以及從懸臂部分161延伸的趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B。趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B位於高爾夫球桿頭100的相對側，起始於懸臂部分161，終止於趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B中的對應一個。懸臂部分161限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的後向部分118的至少一部分並且進一步限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的最後端。此外，在圖示的實例中，懸臂部分161從冠部部分119延伸到底面部分117。因此，在一些實例中，懸臂部分161限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117的一部分，諸如限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117的面向外的表面。11, 14 and 15, the ring 106 includes a cantilever portion 161, and a toe arm portion 163A and a heel arm portion 163B extending from the cantilever portion 161. The toe arm portion 163A and the heel arm portion 163B are located on opposite sides of the golf club head 100, starting from the cantilever portion 161 and terminating at a corresponding one of the toe-cup engagement surface 152A and the heel-cup engagement surface 152B. The cantilever portion 161 defines at least a portion of the rearward portion 118 of the golf club head 100 and further defines the rearmost end of the golf club head 100. In addition, in the illustrated example, the cantilever portion 161 extends from the crown portion 119 to the sole portion 117. Thus, in some examples, the cantilever portion 161 defines a portion of the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100, such as defining an outwardly facing surface of the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100.

在一些實例中，當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時，懸臂部分161靠近地平面181。根據某些實例，峰冠高度與從峰冠高度到環106的懸臂部分161的最低表面的垂直距離的比率為至少6.0、至少5.0、至少4.0，或更佳地至少3.0。可替代地或另外地，在一些實例中，當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時，從裙邊部分的裙峰高度到環106的懸臂部分161的最下表面的垂直距離不小於20mm至30mm之間。In some examples, when the golf club head 100 is in the address position, the cantilever portion 161 is close to the ground plane 181. According to some examples, the ratio of the peak crown height to the vertical distance from the peak crown height to the lowest surface of the cantilever portion 161 of the ring 106 is at least 6.0, at least 5.0, at least 4.0, or more preferably at least 3.0. Alternatively or additionally, in some examples, when the golf club head 100 is in the address position, the vertical distance from the skirt peak height of the skirt portion to the lowest surface of the cantilever portion 161 of the ring 106 is not less than 20 mm to 30 mm.

趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B分別限定了裙邊部分121的趾側和裙邊部分121的跟側，以及分別限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的趾部部分114和跟部部分116的一部分。懸臂部分161遠離趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B向下延伸，而趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B遠離懸臂部分161向前延伸。因此，當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時，懸臂部分161比趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B更靠近地平面181。換句話說，參考圖3、4和9A，當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時，環106的最低表面在地平面181上方的在豎直方向上的高度(HR)，在沿著懸臂部分161的任何位置處都小於沿著趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B的任何位置處。The toe arm portion 163A and the heel arm portion 163B define the toe side of the skirt portion 121 and the heel side of the skirt portion 121, respectively, and define a portion of the toe portion 114 and the heel portion 116, respectively, of the golf club head 100. The cantilever arm portion 161 extends downward away from the toe arm portion 163A and the heel arm portion 163B, while the toe arm portion 163A and the heel arm portion 163B extend forward away from the cantilever arm portion 161. Therefore, when the golf club head 100 is in the address position, the cantilever arm portion 161 is closer to the ground plane 181 than the toe arm portion 163A and the heel arm portion 163B. In other words, referring to FIGS. 3, 4 and 9A, when the golf club head 100 is at the address position, the vertical height (HR) of the lowest surface of the ring 106 above the ground plane 181 is less at any position along the cantilever arm portion 161 than at any position along the toe arm portion 163A and the heel arm portion 163B.

在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的趾部部分114處的趾臂部分163A的最低表面的高度HR不同於高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分116處的跟臂部分163B的最低表面的高度HR。更具體地，在一個實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的趾部部分114處的趾臂部分163A的最低表面的高度HR大於高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分116處的跟臂部分163B的最低表面的高度HR。In some examples, the height HR of the lowest surface of the toe arm portion 163A at the toe portion 114 of the golf club head 100 is different from the height HR of the lowest surface of the heel arm portion 163B at the heel portion 116 of the golf club head 100. More specifically, in one example, the height HR of the lowest surface of the toe arm portion 163A at the toe portion 114 of the golf club head 100 is greater than the height HR of the lowest surface of the heel arm portion 163B at the heel portion 116 of the golf club head 100.

根據某些實例，如圖3、圖4和圖9A所示，當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時在豎直方向上測量的環106的寬度(WR)在前後方向上(例如，沿著環106的長度)變化。在一個實例中，寬度WR在前後方向上從最小寬度增加到最大寬度。換句話說，在某些實例中，環106的寬度WR在前後方向上變化。在一些實例中，環106的最大寬度WR在高爾夫球桿頭100的最後端處。在一個實例中，環106的最大寬度WR至少為20mm。根據某些實例，如圖14所示，環106在趾部部分114處的寬度WR小於環106在跟部部分116處的寬度WR。根據一些附加實例，環106的厚度可以在前後方向上沿著環106變化。According to some examples, as shown in FIGS. 3 , 4 , and 9A , the width (WR) of the ring 106 measured in the vertical direction when the golf club head 100 is in the address position varies in the front-to-back direction (e.g., along the length of the ring 106). In one example, the width WR increases from a minimum width to a maximum width in the front-to-back direction. In other words, in some examples, the width WR of the ring 106 varies in the front-to-back direction. In some examples, the maximum width WR of the ring 106 is at the rearmost end of the golf club head 100. In one example, the maximum width WR of the ring 106 is at least 20 mm. According to some examples, as shown in FIG. 14 , the width WR of the ring 106 at the toe portion 114 is smaller than the width WR of the ring 106 at the heel portion 116. According to some additional examples, the thickness of the ring 106 may vary along the ring 106 in the front-to-back direction.

參考圖2-4、圖6、圖8、圖9A和圖11-15，在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100進一步包括附接到環106的懸臂部分161的質量元件159，諸如在高爾夫球桿頭100的最後端處。質量元件159可選擇性地從懸臂部分161移除(例如，可與不同重量的質量元件互換)或永久附接到懸臂部分161。根據一個實例，質量元件159和配重173可互換地耦合到鑄造杯104和環106的懸臂部分161。因此，在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的飛行控制技術部件、質量元件159和配重173相對於高爾夫球桿頭100是可調節的。在某些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的飛行控制技術部件、質量元件159和配重173被構造為可經由單個或相同的工具進行調節。2-4, 6, 8, 9A, and 11-15, in some examples, the golf club head 100 further includes a mass element 159 attached to the cantilever portion 161 of the ring 106, such as at the rearmost end of the golf club head 100. The mass element 159 can be selectively removed from the cantilever portion 161 (e.g., interchangeable with a mass element of a different weight) or permanently attached to the cantilever portion 161. According to one example, the mass element 159 and the weight 173 can be interchangeably coupled to the casting cup 104 and the cantilever portion 161 of the ring 106. Thus, in some examples, the flight control technology components, mass element 159, and weight 173 of golf club head 100 are adjustable relative to golf club head 100. In some examples, the flight control technology components, mass element 159, and weight 173 of golf club head 100 are configured to be adjustable via a single or identical tool.

在一個實例中，質量元件159包括外螺紋。高爾夫球桿頭100可以另外包括附接到環106的懸臂部分161的質量容器157。質量容器157可以包括具有內螺紋的螺紋孔，其與質量元件159螺紋接合以將質量元件159固定到懸臂部分161。在一些實例中，質量容器157被焊接到懸臂部分161，而在其他實例中被黏附到懸臂部分161。在某些實例中，質量容器157與懸臂部分161共同形成。懸臂部分161還包括質量墊155(參見例如圖9A、12至15)或懸臂部分161的具有局部增加的厚度並因此具有局部增加的質量的一部分。質量容器157可以形成在懸臂部分161的質量墊155中。在一些實例中，質量元件159具有約15g至約35g(例如，24g)之間的質量。In one example, the mass element 159 includes an external thread. The golf club head 100 may further include a mass container 157 attached to the cantilever portion 161 of the ring 106. The mass container 157 may include a threaded hole with an internal thread that threadably engages the mass element 159 to secure the mass element 159 to the cantilever portion 161. In some examples, the mass container 157 is welded to the cantilever portion 161, and in other examples is adhered to the cantilever portion 161. In some examples, the mass container 157 is formed together with the cantilever portion 161. The cantilever portion 161 also includes a mass pad 155 (see, e.g., FIGS. 9A, 12 to 15) or a portion of the cantilever portion 161 having a locally increased thickness and, therefore, a locally increased mass. The mass container 157 may be formed in the mass pad 155 of the cantilever portion 161. In some examples, the mass element 159 has a mass between about 15 g and about 35 g (e.g., 24 g).

在圖示的實例中，質量元件159和配重173中的一者或兩者的外周形狀為圓形。因此，質量元件159和配重173中的一者或兩者的取向可分別繞質量元件159和配重173的中心軸線以0度至360度之間的各種取向中的任何取向旋轉。然而，在其他實例中，質量元件159和配重173中的至少一者或兩者的外周形狀是非圓形的，諸如卵形、三角形、梯形、方形等。例如，如圖16所示，配重273具有梯形或矩形的外周形狀。在某些實例中，具有非圓形外周形狀的質量元件159和/或配重173可分別繞質量元件159和配重173的中心軸線在某些實現方式中以0度至至少90度之間而在其他實現方式中以0度至至少180度之間的各種取向中的任何取向旋轉。In the illustrated example, the peripheral shape of one or both of the mass element 159 and the counterweight 173 is circular. Therefore, the orientation of one or both of the mass element 159 and the counterweight 173 can be rotated in any orientation among various orientations between 0 and 360 degrees around the central axis of the mass element 159 and the counterweight 173, respectively. However, in other examples, the peripheral shape of at least one or both of the mass element 159 and the counterweight 173 is non-circular, such as oval, triangular, trapezoidal, square, etc. For example, as shown in FIG. 16 , the counterweight 273 has a trapezoidal or rectangular peripheral shape. In some examples, the mass element 159 and/or the counterweight 173 having a non-circular peripheral shape can be rotated about the central axis of the mass element 159 and the counterweight 173, respectively, in any of a variety of orientations between 0 degrees and at least 90 degrees in some implementations and between 0 degrees and at least 180 degrees in other implementations.

高爾夫球桿頭100的構造和材料多樣性使配重173(例如，第一配重或前向配重)的位置相對於質量元件159(例如，第二配重或後向配重)的位置具有靈活性。在一些實例中，配重173和質量元件159的相對位置可以類似於2020年1月24日提交的美國專利申請號16/752,397中揭示的那些位置。參考圖9A，根據一個實例，第一配重的CG(FWCG)的z軸坐標在球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸上在-30mm至-10mm之間(例如，-21mm)，第一配重的CG(FWCG)的y軸坐標在球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸上在10mm至30mm之間(例如，23mm)，以及第一配重的CG(FWCG)的x軸坐標在球桿頭原點坐標系185的x軸上在15mm至35mm之間(例如，22mm)。根據相同或不同的實例，第二配重的CG(SWCG)的z軸坐標在球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸上在-30mm至10mm之間(例如，-11mm)，第二配重的CG(SWCG)的y軸坐標在球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸上在90mm至120mm之間(例如，110mm)，以及第二配重的CG(SWCG)的x軸坐標在球桿頭原點坐標系185的x軸上在-20mm至10mm之間(例如，-7mm)。The configuration and material diversity of the golf club head 100 allows flexibility in the position of the weight 173 (e.g., the first weight or the forward weight) relative to the position of the mass element 159 (e.g., the second weight or the rearward weight). In some examples, the relative positions of the weight 173 and the mass element 159 can be similar to those disclosed in U.S. Patent Application No. 16/752,397 filed on January 24, 2020. 9A , according to one example, the z-axis coordinate of the first weighted CG (FWCG) is between -30 mm and -10 mm (e.g., -21 mm) on the z-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185, the y-axis coordinate of the first weighted CG (FWCG) is between 10 mm and 30 mm (e.g., 23 mm) on the y-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185, and the x-axis coordinate of the first weighted CG (FWCG) is between 15 mm and 35 mm (e.g., 22 mm) on the x-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185. According to the same or different examples, the z-axis coordinate of the second weighted CG (SWCG) is between -30 mm and 10 mm (e.g., -11 mm) on the z-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185, the y-axis coordinate of the second weighted CG(SWCG) is between 90 mm and 120 mm (e.g., 110 mm) on the y-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185, and the x-axis coordinate of the second weighted CG (SWCG) is between -20 mm and 10 mm (e.g., -7 mm) on the x-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185.

在某些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的底面部分117包括在縱向方向上伸長的慣性生成特徵177。縱向方向垂直於或傾斜於擊球面145。根據一些實例，慣性生成特徵177包括與2019年10月22日提交的美國專利申請號16/660,561中揭示的慣性生成器相同的特徵並提供相同的優點，該專利申請通過引用整體併入本文。在圖示的實例中，底面插入件110形成慣性生成特徵177的至少一部分。更具體地，在一些實例中，底面插入件110形成慣性生成特徵177的全部或大部分。在某些實例中，環106的懸臂部分161還形成慣性生成特徵177的一部分，諸如最後部分。慣性生成特徵177有助於增加高爾夫球桿頭100的慣性並降低高爾夫球桿頭100的重心(CG)。In some examples, the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 includes an inertia generating feature 177 that is elongated in a longitudinal direction. The longitudinal direction is perpendicular to or inclined to the striking face 145. According to some examples, the inertia generating feature 177 includes the same features and provides the same advantages as the inertia generator disclosed in U.S. Patent Application No. 16/660,561 filed on October 22, 2019, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In the illustrated example, the sole insert 110 forms at least a portion of the inertia generating feature 177. More specifically, in some examples, the sole insert 110 forms all or a majority of the inertia generating feature 177. In some examples, the cantilevered portion 161 of the ring 106 also forms a portion of the inertia generating feature 177, such as the last portion. The inertia generating feature 177 helps increase the inertia of the golf club head 100 and lower the center of gravity (CG) of the golf club head 100.

慣性生成特徵177包括升高或升降平臺，該平臺從桿頸120向後的位置延伸到靠近高爾夫球桿頭100的後向部分118的位置。慣性生成特徵177包括在底面部分117的周圍外表面上方升高(或從其突出，取決於高爾夫球桿頭100的取向)的基本上平坦或平坦的表面。在某些實例中，慣性生成特徵177的至少一部分在底面部分117的周圍外表面上方升高至少1.5mm、至少1.8mm、至少2.1mm或至少3.0mm。慣性生成特徵177還具有小於底面部分117的整個寬度(例如，小於整個寬度的一半)的寬度。鑒於前述，慣性生成特徵177具有帶有多個拐點的複雜彎曲幾何形狀。因此，限定慣性生成特徵177的底面插入件110具有具有多個拐點的複雜曲面。The inertia generating feature 177 includes a raised or elevated platform that extends from a position rearward of the neck 120 to a position proximate to the rearward portion 118 of the golf club head 100. The inertia generating feature 177 includes a substantially flat or planar surface that is raised above (or protrudes from, depending on the orientation of the golf club head 100) the peripheral outer surface of the sole portion 117. In some examples, at least a portion of the inertia generating feature 177 is raised above the peripheral outer surface of the sole portion 117 by at least 1.5 mm, at least 1.8 mm, at least 2.1 mm, or at least 3.0 mm. The inertia generating feature 177 also has a width that is less than the entire width of the sole portion 117 (e.g., less than half the entire width). In view of the foregoing, the inertia generating feature 177 has a complex curved geometry with multiple inflection points. Therefore, the bottom surface insert 110 defining the inertia generating feature 177 has a complex curved surface with multiple inflection points.

參考圖1-3和圖5，在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100包括在主體102中的趾部部分114處的貫通孔172。貫通孔172完全延伸穿過主體102的壁，使得通過孔172可進入內腔113。孔172可用於將加強件插入到內腔113中，抵靠前向部分112的內表面，以幫助設定擊球面145的CT。加強件、插入過程和加強件對擊球面145的CT的影響的進一步細節可以在2019年7月4日公佈的美國專利申請公開號2019/0201754中找到，該專利申請通過引用整體併入本文。如圖所示，貫通孔172不位於前向部分112(例如，擊球面145)中。因此，在一些實例中，擊球面145沒有通向內腔113或高爾夫球桿頭100的中空內部區域的貫通孔。此外，在一些實例中，沒有肖氏D值大於10、大於5或大於1的材料接觸前向部分112的內表面166，內表面166與擊球面145相對並通向中空內部區域，並在擊球面145的幾何中心趾部方向和/或跟部方向的位置。在其他實例中，無論硬度如何，沒有材料接觸前向部分112的與擊球面145相對並且向中空內部區域敞開的內表面166。1-3 and 5, in some examples, the golf club head 100 includes a through hole 172 at the toe portion 114 in the body 102. The through hole 172 extends completely through the wall of the body 102 so that the inner cavity 113 is accessible through the hole 172. The hole 172 can be used to insert a reinforcement into the inner cavity 113 against the inner surface of the forward portion 112 to help set the CT of the striking face 145. Further details of the reinforcement, the insertion process, and the effect of the reinforcement on the CT of the striking face 145 can be found in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2019/0201754, published on July 4, 2019, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. As shown, the through hole 172 is not located in the forward portion 112 (e.g., the striking face 145). Therefore, in some examples, the striking face 145 has no through hole leading to the inner cavity 113 or the hollow interior area of the golf club head 100. In addition, in some examples, no material with a Shore D value greater than 10, greater than 5, or greater than 1 contacts the inner surface 166 of the forward portion 112, which is opposite the striking face 145 and leads to the hollow interior area, and is located in the toe direction and/or heel direction of the geometric center of the striking face 145. In other examples, no material, regardless of hardness, contacts the inner surface 166 of the forward portion 112 that is opposite the striking face 145 and opens to the hollow interior area.

本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的CT特性可以定義為擊球面145的中心區域內的CT值。中心區域是以擊球面的中心為中心並且在跟部到趾部的方向上拉長的四十毫米乘二十毫米的矩形區域。在一些實例中，擊球面145的中心可以是擊球面145的幾何中心。在中心區域內，擊球面145具有不超過257微秒的特徵時間(CT)。在一些實例中，中心區域內擊球面的至少60%的CT為至少235微秒。根據一些實例，中心區域內擊球面的至少35%的CT為至少240微秒。The CT characteristics of the golf club head disclosed herein can be defined as the CT value within the central region of the striking face 145. The central region is a rectangular region of forty millimeters by twenty millimeters centered at the center of the striking face and elongated in the heel-to-toe direction. In some examples, the center of the striking face 145 can be the geometric center of the striking face 145. In the central region, the striking face 145 has a characteristic time (CT) of no more than 257 microseconds. In some examples, at least 60% of the striking face in the central region has a CT of at least 235 microseconds. According to some examples, at least 35% of the striking face in the central region has a CT of at least 240 microseconds.

在擊球面的幾何中心處的擊球面145的CT具有初始CT值。初始CT值是在用標準高爾夫球進行任何擊打之前擊球面145的CT值。如本文所定義，用標準高爾夫球的擊打是當高爾夫球以每秒52米的速度行進時標準高爾夫球的擊打。根據一些實例，初始CT值是至少244微秒。在某些實例中，本文揭示的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭，包括高爾夫球桿頭100，被構造為使得在標準高爾夫球在擊球面145的幾何中心處擊打500次之後，在中心區域內的任何點處擊球面的CT值都小於256微秒，並且擊球面的幾何中心處的CT與初始CT值相差(例如，大於)不超過5微秒。The CT of the ball striking face 145 at the geometric center of the ball striking face has an initial CT value. The initial CT value is the CT value of the ball striking face 145 before any hit with a standard golf ball. As defined herein, a hit with a standard golf ball is a hit with a standard golf ball when the golf ball travels at a speed of 52 meters per second. According to some examples, the initial CT value is at least 244 microseconds. In some examples, the driver-type golf club head disclosed herein, including the golf club head 100, is constructed so that after 500 hits with a standard golf ball at the geometric center of the ball striking face 145, the CT value of the ball striking face at any point in the center area is less than 256 microseconds, and the CT at the geometric center of the ball striking face does not differ (e.g., is greater than) from the initial CT value by more than 5 microseconds.

在某些實例中，本文揭示的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭，包括高爾夫球桿頭100，被構造為在標準高爾夫球在擊球面的幾何中心處受到1,000、1,500、2,000、2,500或3,000次擊打後，中心區域內任何一點處的擊球面的CT小於256微秒。根據一些實例，在標準高爾夫球在擊球面的幾何中心處的2,000次擊打之後，在中心區域內的任何點處的擊球面145的CT值與初始CT相差不超過7微秒或9微秒。此外，在某些實例中，標準高爾夫球在擊球面的幾何中心處受到2000次擊打之後，擊球面145在擊球面的幾何中心處的CT與初始CT值相差不小於249微秒且不大於10微秒。根據一些實例，在標準高爾夫球在擊球面的幾何中心處的3,000次擊打之後，在中心區域內的任何點處的擊球面145的CT值與初始CT相差不超過9微秒或13微秒。在某些實例中，諸如擊球面145由金屬材料製成的那些實例中，在標準高爾夫球在擊球面的幾何中心處進行500次擊打之後，擊球面145的向內表面前進小於0.01英寸。In some examples, the driver-type golf club heads disclosed herein, including the golf club head 100, are configured such that after 1,000, 1,500, 2,000, 2,500, or 3,000 hits with a standard golf ball at the geometric center of the striking face, the CT of the striking face at any point in the central region is less than 256 microseconds. According to some examples, after 2,000 hits with a standard golf ball at the geometric center of the striking face, the CT value of the striking face 145 at any point in the central region does not differ from the initial CT by more than 7 microseconds or 9 microseconds. Furthermore, in some examples, after a standard golf ball is hit 2,000 times at the geometric center of the striking face, the CT of the striking face 145 at the geometric center of the striking face differs from the initial CT value by no less than 249 microseconds and no more than 10 microseconds. According to some examples, after a standard golf ball is hit 3,000 times at the geometric center of the striking face, the CT value of the striking face 145 at any point in the central area differs from the initial CT by no more than 9 microseconds or 13 microseconds. In some examples, such as those where the striking face 145 is made of a metal material, after a standard golf ball is hit 500 times at the geometric center of the striking face, the inward surface advance of the striking face 145 is less than 0.01 inches.

參考圖16和圖17，並且根據本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的另一實例，示出了高爾夫球桿頭200。高爾夫球桿頭200包括與高爾夫球桿頭100的特徵相似的特徵，相似的數字(例如，相同的數字但以200為系列)指代相同的特徵。例如，像高爾夫球桿頭100一樣，高爾夫球桿頭200包括趾部部分214和與趾部部分214相對的跟部部分216。此外，高爾夫球桿頭200包括前向部分212和與前向部分212相對的後向部分218。高爾夫球桿頭200另外包括在高爾夫球桿頭200的底部區域處的底面部分217和與底面部分217相對並且在高爾夫球桿頭200的頂部區域處的冠部部分219。而且，高爾夫球桿頭200包括限定過渡區域的裙邊部分221，在該過渡區域中高爾夫球桿頭200在冠部部分219和底面部分217之間過渡。高爾夫球桿頭200進一步包括由前向部分212、後向部分218、冠部部分219、底面部分217、跟部部分216、趾部部分214和裙邊部分221共同限定和包圍的內腔213。此外，前向部分212包括沿著前向部分212從底面部分217延伸到冠部部分219並且從趾部部分214延伸到跟部部分216的擊球面245。此外，高爾夫球桿頭200進一步包括主體202、在高爾夫球桿頭200的頂部附接到主體202的冠部插入件208以及在高爾夫球桿頭100的底部附接到主體202的底面插入件210。主體202包括鑄造杯204和環206。環206在趾側接頭212A和跟側接頭212B處接合到鑄造杯204。主體202的鑄造杯204還包括在高爾夫球桿頭200的底面部分217中的狹槽271。此外，高爾夫球桿頭200另外包括附接到主體202的環206的質量元件259和質量容器257，以及附接到鑄造杯204的配重273。因此，鑒於前述，高爾夫球桿頭200與高爾夫球桿頭100共享一些相似之處。Referring to FIGS. 16 and 17 , and according to another example of a golf club head disclosed herein, a golf club head 200 is shown. The golf club head 200 includes features similar to those of the golf club head 100, and similar numbers (e.g., the same numbers but in the 200 series) refer to the same features. For example, like the golf club head 100, the golf club head 200 includes a toe portion 214 and a heel portion 216 opposite the toe portion 214. In addition, the golf club head 200 includes a forward portion 212 and a rearward portion 218 opposite the forward portion 212. The golf club head 200 additionally includes a sole portion 217 at a bottom region of the golf club head 200 and a crown portion 219 opposite to the sole portion 217 and at a top region of the golf club head 200. Moreover, the golf club head 200 includes a skirt portion 221 defining a transition region in which the golf club head 200 transitions between the crown portion 219 and the sole portion 217. The golf club head 200 further includes an inner cavity 213 collectively defined and surrounded by the forward portion 212, the rearward portion 218, the crown portion 219, the sole portion 217, the heel portion 216, the toe portion 214, and the skirt portion 221. In addition, the forward portion 212 includes a ball striking face 245 extending from the sole portion 217 to the crown portion 219 along the forward portion 212 and extending from the toe portion 214 to the heel portion 216. In addition, the golf club head 200 further includes a body 202, a crown insert 208 attached to the body 202 at the top of the golf club head 200, and a sole insert 210 attached to the body 202 at the bottom of the golf club head 100. The body 202 includes a casting cup 204 and a ring 206. The ring 206 is joined to the casting cup 204 at a toe joint 212A and a heel joint 212B. The casting cup 204 of the body 202 also includes a slot 271 in the bottom portion 217 of the golf club head 200. Moreover, the golf club head 200 additionally includes a mass element 259 and a mass container 257 attached to the ring 206 of the body 202, and a weight 273 attached to the casting cup 204. Thus, in view of the foregoing, the golf club head 200 shares some similarities with the golf club head 100.

然而，與高爾夫球桿頭100不同，圖16和圖17中的高爾夫球桿頭200的擊球面245不與鑄造杯204共同形成。相反，擊球面245形成擊球板243的一部分，擊球板243與鑄造杯204分開形成並通過黏合帶174結合到鑄造杯204。因此，擊球板243限定了擊球面245。鑄造杯204包括在高爾夫球桿頭200的前向部分212處的板開口249和繞板開口249連續延伸的板開口凹陷凸緣247。板開口凹陷凸緣247的內周限定板開口249。通過將擊球板243固定為與板開口凹陷凸緣247就位接合，擊球板243附接到鑄造杯204。當以這種方式接合到板開口凹陷凸緣247時，擊球板243覆蓋或包圍板開口249。此外，頂板開口凹陷凸緣247和擊球板243的大小、形狀和位置相對於高爾夫球桿頭200的冠部部分219設置，使得擊球板243在與頂板開口凹陷凸緣247就位接合時抵靠冠部部分219。抵靠冠部部分219的擊球板243限定了高爾夫球桿頭200的頂線。此外，在一些實例中，擊球板243的可見外觀與高爾夫球桿頭200的冠部部分219的可見外觀形成了足夠的對比，冠部部分219的可見外觀部分地由鑄造杯204限定，使得高爾夫球桿頭200的頂線是明顯增強的。因為擊球板243與鑄造杯204分開形成，所以擊球板243可由與鑄造杯204的材料不同的材料製成。在一個實例中，擊球板243由纖維增強聚合材料製成。在又一實例中，擊球板243由金屬材料，諸如鈦合金(例如，Ti6-4、Ti9-1-1和ZA1300)製成。However, unlike the golf club head 100, the ball striking face 245 of the golf club head 200 in FIGS. 16 and 17 is not formed together with the casting cup 204. Instead, the ball striking face 245 forms a part of a ball striking plate 243, which is formed separately from the casting cup 204 and is bonded to the casting cup 204 by the adhesive tape 174. Therefore, the ball striking plate 243 defines the ball striking face 245. The casting cup 204 includes a plate opening 249 at the forward portion 212 of the golf club head 200 and a plate opening recessed ridge 247 extending continuously around the plate opening 249. The inner periphery of the plate opening recessed ridge 247 defines the plate opening 249. The striking plate 243 is attached to the casting cup 204 by securing the striking plate 243 in position engagement with the plate opening recessed lip 247. When engaged to the plate opening recessed lip 247 in this manner, the striking plate 243 covers or surrounds the plate opening 249. In addition, the top plate opening recessed lip 247 and the striking plate 243 are sized, shaped, and positioned relative to the crown portion 219 of the golf club head 200 so that the striking plate 243 abuts the crown portion 219 when in position engagement with the top plate opening recessed lip 247. The striking plate 243 abutting the crown portion 219 defines the top line of the golf club head 200. Furthermore, in some examples, the visible appearance of the striking plate 243 forms a sufficient contrast to the visible appearance of the crown portion 219 of the golf club head 200, which is partially defined by the casting cup 204, so that the top line of the golf club head 200 is significantly enhanced. Because the striking plate 243 is formed separately from the casting cup 204, the striking plate 243 can be made of a material different from the material of the casting cup 204. In one example, the striking plate 243 is made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material. In another example, the striking plate 243 is made of a metal material, such as a titanium alloy (e.g., Ti6-4, Ti9-1-1, and ZA1300).

另外，與高爾夫球桿頭100不同，鑄造杯204包括在高爾夫球桿頭200的底面部分217中的配重軌道279。配重軌道279沿底面部分217在跟部到趾部的方向上縱向延伸。在鑄造杯204還包括狹槽271的實例中，諸如所示，配重軌道279基本上平行於狹槽271並且在前後方向上偏離狹槽271。配重軌道279包括至少一個沿配重軌道279的長度縱向延伸的凸緣。在圖示的實例中，配重軌道279包括在前後方向上彼此間隔開的前向凸緣297A和後向凸緣297B。位於配重軌道279內的配重273可選擇性地夾緊到配重軌道279的一個或多個凸緣以將配重273可釋放地固定到配重軌道279。在圖示的實例中，配重273可選擇性地夾緊到前向凸緣297A和後向凸緣297B兩者。當鬆開至配重軌道279的一個或多個凸緣時，配重273可沿著一個或多個凸緣滑動，如圖16中的方向箭頭所示，以改變配重273相對於配重軌道279的位置，並且當重新夾緊到一個或多個凸緣時，調節高爾夫球桿頭200的質量分佈、重心(CG)和其他性能特徵。Additionally, unlike the golf club head 100, the casting cup 204 includes a weight track 279 in the sole portion 217 of the golf club head 200. The weight track 279 extends longitudinally along the sole portion 217 in the heel-to-toe direction. In examples where the casting cup 204 further includes the slot 271, as shown, the weight track 279 is substantially parallel to the slot 271 and offset from the slot 271 in the fore-aft direction. The weight track 279 includes at least one flange extending longitudinally along the length of the weight track 279. In the illustrated example, the weight track 279 includes a forward flange 297A and a rearward flange 297B spaced apart from each other in the fore-aft direction. The counterweight 273 located within the counterweight track 279 can be selectively clamped to one or more flanges of the counterweight track 279 to releasably secure the counterweight 273 to the counterweight track 279. In the illustrated example, the counterweight 273 can be selectively clamped to both the forward flange 297A and the rearward flange 297B. When loosened to one or more flanges of the weight track 279, the weight 273 can slide along the one or more flanges, as shown by the directional arrows in FIG. 16, to change the position of the weight 273 relative to the weight track 279, and when re-tightened to one or more flanges, adjust the mass distribution, center of gravity (CG), and other performance characteristics of the golf club head 200.

根據一個實例，配重273包括墊圈273A、螺母273B和緊固螺栓273C，緊固螺栓273C與墊圈273A和螺母273B互連以夾在配重軌道279的凸緣297A、297B上。墊圈273A具有無螺紋孔並且螺母273B具有螺紋孔。緊固螺栓273C帶有螺紋並穿過墊圈273A的無螺紋孔以螺紋接合螺母273B的螺紋孔。緊固螺栓273C和螺母273B之間的螺紋接合允許墊圈273A和螺母273B之間的間隙變窄，這有利於墊圈273A和螺母273B之間的一個或多個凸緣的夾緊，或者加寬，這有利於從墊圈273A和螺母273B之間鬆開一個或多個凸緣。緊固螺栓273C可相對於墊圈273A和螺母273B兩者旋轉，或者形成一體式構造並與墊圈273A和螺母273B中的一者共同旋轉。According to one example, the counterweight 273 includes a washer 273A, a nut 273B, and a fastening bolt 273C, which is interconnected with the washer 273A and the nut 273B to be clamped on the flanges 297A, 297B of the counterweight track 279. The washer 273A has a non-threaded hole and the nut 273B has a threaded hole. The fastening bolt 273C is threaded and passes through the non-threaded hole of the washer 273A to threadably engage the threaded hole of the nut 273B. The threaded engagement between the clamping bolt 273C and the nut 273B allows the gap between the washer 273A and the nut 273B to be narrowed, which facilitates the clamping of one or more flanges between the washer 273A and the nut 273B, or widened, which facilitates the release of one or more flanges from between the washer 273A and the nut 273B. The clamping bolt 273C can rotate relative to both the washer 273A and the nut 273B, or form an integral structure and rotate with one of the washer 273A and the nut 273B.

為了減輕高爾夫球桿頭200的重量和配重軌道279的深度，緊固螺栓273C較短。例如，緊固螺栓273C的長度，當配重273被夾在凸緣297A、297B上時，延伸超過螺母273B(或墊圈273A，如果螺母273B和墊圈273A的位置顛倒)不超過3mm。在一些實例中，緊固螺栓273C的整個長度比墊圈273A、螺母273B和凸緣297A、297B中的一個的組合厚度大不超過15%。To reduce the weight of the golf club head 200 and the depth of the weight track 279, the fastening bolt 273C is shorter. For example, the length of the fastening bolt 273C, when the weight 273 is clamped on the flanges 297A, 297B, does not extend beyond the nut 273B (or the washer 273A, if the positions of the nut 273B and the washer 273A are reversed) by more than 3 mm. In some examples, the entire length of the fastening bolt 273C is no more than 15% greater than the combined thickness of the washer 273A, the nut 273B and one of the flanges 297A, 297B.

如圖所示，墊圈273A的外周形狀為非圓形，諸如梯形或矩形。類似地，螺母273B的外周形狀可為非圓形，諸如梯形或矩形。可替代地，如圖所示，螺母273B的外周形狀為圓形，而墊圈273A的外周形狀為非圓形。As shown in the figure, the outer circumference of the gasket 273A is non-circular, such as a trapezoid or a rectangle. Similarly, the outer circumference of the nut 273B may be non-circular, such as a trapezoid or a rectangle. Alternatively, as shown in the figure, the outer circumference of the nut 273B is circular, while the outer circumference of the gasket 273A is non-circular.

參考圖18，並且根據本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的另一實例，示出了高爾夫球桿頭300。高爾夫球桿頭300包括與高爾夫球桿頭100和高爾夫球桿頭200的特徵相似的特徵，相似的數字(例如，相同的數字但以300為系列)指代相同的特徵。例如，像高爾夫球桿頭100一樣，高爾夫球桿頭200包括主體302、在高爾夫球桿頭300的頂部處附接到主體302的冠部插入件308以及在高爾夫球桿頭300的底部處附接到主體302的底面插入件310。主體302包括鑄造杯304和環306。環306在趾側接頭和跟側接頭處接合到鑄造杯304。主體302的鑄造杯304還包括在高爾夫球桿頭300的底面部分中的狹槽371。此外，高爾夫球桿頭300另外包括附接到主體302的環306的質量元件359和質量容器357，以及經由緊固件379附接到鑄造杯304的配重373。18 , and in accordance with another example of a golf club head disclosed herein, a golf club head 300 is shown. The golf club head 300 includes features similar to those of the golf club heads 100 and 200, with similar numbers (e.g., the same numbers but in the 300 series) referring to the same features. For example, like the golf club head 100, the golf club head 200 includes a body 302, a crown insert 308 attached to the body 302 at the top of the golf club head 300, and a sole insert 310 attached to the body 302 at the bottom of the golf club head 300. The body 302 includes a cast cup 304 and a ring 306. The ring 306 is joined to the casting cup 304 at the toe joint and the heel joint. The casting cup 304 of the body 302 also includes a slot 371 in the bottom portion of the golf club head 300. In addition, the golf club head 300 further includes a mass element 359 and a mass container 357 attached to the ring 306 of the body 302, and a weight 373 attached to the casting cup 304 via a fastener 379.

另外，與高爾夫球桿頭200一樣，高爾夫球桿頭300包括限定擊球面145的擊球板343，擊球面145與鑄造杯304分開形成並附接到鑄造杯304。在一些實例中，擊球板343由纖維增強聚合物製成並且包括基部部分347和施加到基部部分347上的蓋349。在一些實例中，基部部分347與蓋349相比更厚，基部部分347由纖維增強聚合物製成，並且蓋349由無纖維聚合物製成。在某些實例中，蓋349由聚胺酯製成。而且，蓋349包括在無纖維聚合物中形成的凹槽351或刻線。蓋349的限定擊球面345的部分的表面粗糙度大於主體302的表面粗糙度。因此，鑒於前述，高爾夫球桿頭300與高爾夫球桿頭100和高爾夫球桿頭200共享一些相似之處。In addition, like golf club head 200, golf club head 300 includes a striking plate 343 defining a striking face 145, which is formed separately from and attached to casting cup 304. In some examples, striking plate 343 is made of a fiber-reinforced polymer and includes a base portion 347 and a cover 349 applied to base portion 347. In some examples, base portion 347 is thicker than cover 349, base portion 347 is made of a fiber-reinforced polymer, and cover 349 is made of a fiber-free polymer. In some examples, cover 349 is made of polyurethane. Moreover, cover 349 includes grooves 351 or score lines formed in the fiber-free polymer. The surface roughness of the portion of the cover 349 that defines the ball striking face 345 is greater than the surface roughness of the body 302. Thus, in view of the foregoing, the golf club head 300 shares some similarities with the golf club head 100 and the golf club head 200.

然而，與高爾夫球桿頭100的鑄造杯104和高爾夫球桿頭200的鑄造杯204的圖示實例不同，鑄造杯304具有多件式構造。更具體地，鑄造杯304包括上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B。上部杯狀件304A與下部杯狀件304B分開形成。因此，上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B接合或附接在一起以形成鑄造杯304。由於上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B分開形成，上部杯狀件304A可由與下部杯狀件304B的材料不同的材料製成。鑄造杯304包括桿頸320，其中桿頸320的一部分形成為上部杯狀件304A，而桿頸320的另一部分形成為下部杯狀件304B。However, unlike the illustrated examples of the casting cup 104 of the golf club head 100 and the casting cup 204 of the golf club head 200, the casting cup 304 has a multi-piece construction. More specifically, the casting cup 304 includes an upper cup-shaped member 304A and a lower cup-shaped member 304B. The upper cup-shaped member 304A is formed separately from the lower cup-shaped member 304B. Therefore, the upper cup-shaped member 304A and the lower cup-shaped member 304B are joined or attached together to form the casting cup 304. Since the upper cup-shaped member 304A and the lower cup-shaped member 304B are formed separately, the upper cup-shaped member 304A can be made of a material different from that of the lower cup-shaped member 304B. The cast cup 304 includes a stem neck 320, wherein a portion of the stem neck 320 is formed as an upper cup 304A and another portion of the stem neck 320 is formed as a lower cup 304B.

根據一些實例，上部杯狀件304A由與下部杯狀件304B的材料不同的材料製成。例如，上部杯狀件304A可由密度低於下部杯狀件304B的材料的材料製成。在一個實例中，上部杯狀件304A由鈦合金製成，而下部杯狀件304B由鋼合金製成。根據另一實例，上部杯狀件304A由鋁合金製成而下部杯狀件304B由鋼合金或鎢合金諸如10-17密度的鎢製成。與高爾夫球桿頭100的單件式鑄造杯104相比，這種構造有助於增加鑄造杯304的質量並降低鑄造杯304和高爾夫球桿頭300的重心(CG)。在替代構造中，根據一些實例，上部杯狀件304A由鋁合金製成而下部杯狀件304B由鈦合金製成。這些後來的構造有助於降低鑄造杯304的總質量。根據一些實例，上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B使用不同的製造技術製成。例如，上部杯狀件304A可以通過衝壓、鍛造和/或金屬注射成型(MIM)製成，而下部杯狀件304B可以通過衝壓、鍛造和/或金屬注射成型(MIM)的另一種或不同組合製成。上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B的材料和質量特性的組合的各種實例在下表2中示出。According to some examples, the upper cup 304A is made of a material different from the material of the lower cup 304B. For example, the upper cup 304A can be made of a material having a lower density than the material of the lower cup 304B. In one example, the upper cup 304A is made of a titanium alloy and the lower cup 304B is made of a steel alloy. According to another example, the upper cup 304A is made of an aluminum alloy and the lower cup 304B is made of a steel alloy or a tungsten alloy such as tungsten with a density of 10-17. This configuration helps to increase the mass of the cast cup 304 and lower the center of gravity (CG) of the cast cup 304 and the golf club head 300 compared to the one-piece cast cup 104 of the golf club head 100. In alternative configurations, according to some examples, the upper cup 304A is made of an aluminum alloy and the lower cup 304B is made of a titanium alloy. These latter configurations help reduce the overall mass of the cast cup 304. According to some examples, the upper cup 304A and the lower cup 304B are made using different manufacturing techniques. For example, the upper cup 304A can be made by stamping, forging, and/or metal injection molding (MIM), while the lower cup 304B can be made by another or different combination of stamping, forging, and/or metal injection molding (MIM). Various examples of combinations of materials and mass properties for the upper cup 304A and the lower cup 304B are shown in Table 2 below.

如圖所示，鑄造杯304包括一個端口375，該端口接收並保持配重373。端口375被構造為將配重373保持在高爾夫球桿頭300的底面部分上的固定位置。然而，在其他實例中，端口375可以用類似於高爾夫球桿頭200的配重軌道279的配重軌道代替，使得配重373可以選擇性地調節並且沿著配重軌道移動到各種位置中的任何位置。以這種方式，配重軌道和配重軌道的一個或多個對應凸緣可以形成多件式鑄造杯的一件的一部分。As shown, the casting cup 304 includes a port 375 that receives and retains the weight 373. The port 375 is configured to retain the weight 373 in a fixed position on the bottom portion of the golf club head 300. However, in other examples, the port 375 can be replaced with a weight track similar to the weight track 279 of the golf club head 200, so that the weight 373 can be selectively adjusted and moved along the weight track to any of a variety of positions. In this way, the weight track and one or more corresponding flanges of the weight track can form part of one piece of the multi-piece casting cup.

儘管鑄造杯304被示出為具有兩件式構造，但在其他實例中，鑄造杯304具有三件式構造或用不止三件構造。根據一個實例，鑄造杯304具有冠-趾件、冠-跟件和底部件。在某些實施方式中，冠-趾件和冠-跟件由鈦合金製成，而底部件由鋼合金製成。冠-趾件的鈦合金可以與冠-跟件的鈦合金相同或不同。Although the cast cup 304 is shown as having a two-piece construction, in other examples, the cast cup 304 has a three-piece construction or is constructed with more than three pieces. According to one example, the cast cup 304 has a crown-toe piece, a crown-heel piece, and a sole piece. In some embodiments, the crown-toe piece and the crown-heel piece are made of a titanium alloy, while the sole piece is made of a steel alloy. The titanium alloy of the crown-toe piece can be the same as or different from the titanium alloy of the crown-heel piece.

參考圖19和20，並且根據本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的另一實例，示出了高爾夫球桿頭400。高爾夫球桿頭400包括與高爾夫球桿頭100、高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300的特徵相似的特徵，相似的數字(例如，相同的數字但以400為系列)指代相同的特徵。例如，像高爾夫球桿頭100、高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300一樣，高爾夫球桿頭400包括主體402、在高爾夫球桿頭400的頂部處附接到主體402的冠部插入件408以及在高爾夫球桿頭400的底部處附接到主體402的底面插入件410。主體402包括鑄造杯404和環406。環406在趾側接頭412A和跟側接頭412B處接合到鑄造杯404。另外，與高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300一樣，高爾夫球桿頭400包括限定擊球面445的擊球板443，擊球板443與鑄造杯404分開形成並附接到鑄造杯404。因此，鑒於前述，高爾夫球桿頭400與高爾夫球桿頭100、高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300共享一些相似之處。19 and 20 , and in accordance with another example of a golf club head disclosed herein, a golf club head 400 is shown. The golf club head 400 includes features similar to those of the golf club head 100, the golf club head 200, and the golf club head 300, with similar numbers (e.g., the same numbers but in the 400 series) referring to the same features. For example, like the golf club head 100, the golf club head 200, and the golf club head 300, the golf club head 400 includes a body 402, a crown insert 408 attached to the body 402 at the top of the golf club head 400, and a sole insert 410 attached to the body 402 at the bottom of the golf club head 400. Body 402 includes a casting cup 404 and a ring 406. Ring 406 is joined to casting cup 404 at toe joint 412A and heel joint 412B. In addition, like golf club head 200 and golf club head 300, golf club head 400 includes a striking plate 443 defining a striking face 445, which is formed separately from and attached to casting cup 404. Thus, in view of the foregoing, golf club head 400 shares some similarities with golf club head 100, golf club head 200, and golf club head 300.

此外，高爾夫球桿頭400另外包括經由緊固件479附接到鑄造杯404的配重473。如圖所示，鑄造杯404包括一個端口475，該端口接收並保持配重473。端口475被構造為將配重473保持在高爾夫球桿頭400的底面部分上的固定位置。然而，在其他實例中，端口475可以用類似於高爾夫球桿頭200的配重軌道279的配重軌道代替，使得配重473可以選擇性地調節並且沿著配重軌道移動到各種位置中的任何位置。以這種方式，配重軌道和配重軌道的一個或多個對應的凸緣可以形成鑄造杯404的一部分。In addition, the golf club head 400 further includes a weight 473 attached to the casting cup 404 via fasteners 479. As shown, the casting cup 404 includes a port 475 that receives and retains the weight 473. The port 475 is configured to retain the weight 473 in a fixed position on the bottom portion of the golf club head 400. However, in other examples, the port 475 can be replaced with a weight track similar to the weight track 279 of the golf club head 200, so that the weight 473 can be selectively adjusted and moved along the weight track to any of a variety of positions. In this way, the weight track and one or more corresponding flanges of the weight track can form a part of the casting cup 404.

此外，與高爾夫球桿頭100、高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300一樣，高爾夫球桿頭400另外包括質量元件459和質量容器457。然而，與先前討論的高爾夫球桿頭的接受器的一些實例不同，高爾夫球桿頭400的質量容器457與環406的懸臂部分461形成一件式整體構造。因此，在某些實例中，質量容器457與環406共同鑄造。質量容器457包括被構造為可嵌套地接收質量元件459的開口或凹部。質量元件459可以由與環406的材料不同(例如，密度更大)的材料諸如鎢製成。質量元件459例如通經由黏合劑結合到環406以將質量元件459固定在質量容器457內。在一些實例中，質量元件459包括叉形件463，當結合到環406時，叉形件463接合質量容器457中的對應孔。叉形件463與質量容器457的對應孔之間的接合有助於增強和加強質量元件459與環406之間的耦合。In addition, like golf club head 100, golf club head 200, and golf club head 300, golf club head 400 additionally includes mass element 459 and mass container 457. However, unlike some examples of receptacles of golf club heads previously discussed, mass container 457 of golf club head 400 forms a one-piece, unitary structure with cantilever portion 461 of ring 406. Thus, in some examples, mass container 457 is co-cast with ring 406. Mass container 457 includes an opening or recess configured to nestably receive mass element 459. Mass element 459 can be made of a material different from (e.g., denser than) the material of ring 406, such as tungsten. The mass element 459 is bonded to the ring 406, for example, by an adhesive to secure the mass element 459 within the mass container 457. In some examples, the mass element 459 includes a fork 463 that engages a corresponding hole in the mass container 457 when bonded to the ring 406. The engagement between the fork 463 and the corresponding hole of the mass container 457 helps to enhance and strengthen the coupling between the mass element 459 and the ring 406.

參考圖21，環406包括限定高爾夫球桿頭400的裙邊部分421的趾側的趾臂部分463A和限定裙邊部分421的跟側的跟臂部分463B。此外，趾臂部分463A和跟臂部分463B分別限定高爾夫球桿頭400的趾部部分414和跟部部分416的一部分(參見例如圖19和20)。懸臂部分461遠離趾臂部分463A和跟臂部分463B向下延伸，而趾臂部分463A和跟臂部分463B遠離懸臂部分461向前延伸。因此，當高爾夫球桿頭400處於瞄準位置時，懸臂部分461比趾臂部分463A和跟臂部分463B更靠近地平面181。在圖21中，當高爾夫球桿頭400相對於地平面181處於瞄準位置時，環406被示出在與環406的位置相對應的位置。21 , the ring 406 includes a toe arm portion 463A defining a toe side of the skirt portion 421 of the golf club head 400 and a heel arm portion 463B defining a heel side of the skirt portion 421. In addition, the toe arm portion 463A and the heel arm portion 463B define a portion of the toe portion 414 and the heel portion 416 of the golf club head 400, respectively (see, e.g., FIGS. 19 and 20 ). The cantilever portion 461 extends downward away from the toe arm portion 463A and the heel arm portion 463B, while the toe arm portion 463A and the heel arm portion 463B extend forward away from the cantilever portion 461. Therefore, when the golf club head 400 is in the address position, the cantilever portion 461 is closer to the ground plane 181 than the toe arm portion 463A and the heel arm portion 463B. In FIG. 21 , the ring 406 is shown in a position corresponding to the position of the ring 406 when the golf club head 400 is in the address position relative to the ground plane 181 .

在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭400的趾部部分414處的趾臂部分463A的最低表面(並且在一些實例中，整體)的高度HR不同於高爾夫球桿頭400的跟部部分416處的跟臂部分463B的最低表面(並且在一些實例中，整體)的高度HR。更具體地，在一個實例中，高爾夫球桿頭400的趾部部分414處的趾臂部分463A的最低表面的高度HR大於高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分416處的跟臂部分463B的最低表面的高度HR。In some examples, the height HR of the lowest surface (and in some examples, the entirety) of the toe arm portion 463A at the toe portion 414 of the golf club head 400 is different from the height HR of the lowest surface (and in some examples, the entirety) of the heel arm portion 463B at the heel portion 416 of the golf club head 400. More specifically, in one example, the height HR of the lowest surface of the toe arm portion 463A at the toe portion 414 of the golf club head 400 is greater than the height HR of the lowest surface of the heel arm portion 463B at the heel portion 416 of the golf club head 100.

根據某些實例，在趾部部分414處的環406的趾臂部分463A的寬度WR小於在跟部部分416處的環406的跟臂部分463B的寬度WR。根據一些附加實例，環406的厚度(TR)可以在前後方向上沿著環406變化。例如，在一些實例中，環406的厚度TR在前後方向上從最小厚度變化到最大厚度。在某些實例中，如圖所示，環406的趾臂部分463A在趾部部分414處的厚度TR小於環406的跟臂部分463B在跟部部分416處的厚度TR。According to some examples, the width WR of the toe arm portion 463A of the ring 406 at the toe portion 414 is smaller than the width WR of the heel arm portion 463B of the ring 406 at the heel portion 416. According to some additional examples, the thickness (TR) of the ring 406 can vary along the ring 406 in the front-to-back direction. For example, in some examples, the thickness TR of the ring 406 varies from a minimum thickness to a maximum thickness in the front-to-back direction. In some examples, as shown in the figure, the thickness TR of the toe arm portion 463A of the ring 406 at the toe portion 414 is smaller than the thickness TR of the heel arm portion 463B of the ring 406 at the heel portion 416.

本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭，包括高爾夫球桿頭100、高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300，每個具有等於高爾夫球桿頭的體積位移的體積，該體積在390立方釐米(cm³或cc)至約600cm³之間。在更具體的實例中，本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭中的每一個的體積在約350cm³至約500cm³之間或在約420cm³至約500cm³之間。在一些實例中，本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭中的每一個的總質量在約145g至約245g之間，並且在其他實例中在185g至210g之間。The golf club heads disclosed herein, including golf club head 100, golf club head 200, and golf club head 300, each have a volume equal to the volumetric displacement of the golf club head, which is between 390 cubic centimeters (^cm3 or cc) and about 600^cm3 . In more specific examples, the volume of each of the golf club heads disclosed herein is between about 350^cm3 and about 500^cm3 or between about 420^cm3 and about 500^cm3 . In some examples, the total mass of each of the golf club heads disclosed herein is between about 145 g and about 245 g, and in other examples, between 185 g and 210 g.

本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭具有多件式構造。例如，關於高爾夫球桿頭100，鑄造杯104、環106、冠部插入件108和底面插入件110均包括多件式構造中的一件。因為多件式結構的每一件單獨形成並附接在一起，所以每一件可由與至少一個其他件不同的材料製成。這種多材料構造允許高爾夫球桿頭的材料成分的靈活性，從而允許質量成分和分佈的靈活性。The golf club heads disclosed herein have a multi-piece construction. For example, with respect to the golf club head 100, the cast cup 104, the ring 106, the crown insert 108, and the sole insert 110 each comprise one piece of the multi-piece construction. Because each piece of the multi-piece construction is formed separately and attached together, each piece can be made of a different material than at least one other piece. This multi-material construction allows flexibility in the material composition of the golf club head, thereby allowing flexibility in mass composition and distribution.

本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的以下特性參考高爾夫球桿頭100進行。然而，除非另有說明，參考高爾夫球桿頭100描述的特性也適用於高爾夫球桿頭200、高爾夫球桿頭300和高爾夫球桿頭400。高爾夫球桿頭100由至少一種密度在0.9g/cc至3.5g/cc之間的第一材料、至少一種密度在3.6g/cc至5.5g/cc之間的第二材料以及至少一種密度在5.6g/cc至20.0g/cc之間的第三材料製成。在第一實例中，鑄造杯104由第三材料製成，環106由第二材料製成，而冠部插入件108和底面插入件110由第一材料製成。在該第一實例中，根據一個實例，鑄造杯104由鋼合金製成，環106由鈦合金製成，而冠部插入件108和底面插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。在第二實例中，鑄造杯104由第二和第三材料製成，環106由第一或第二材料製成，而冠部插入件108和底面插入件110由第一材料製成。在該第二實例中，根據一個實例，鑄造杯104由鋼合金和鈦合金製成，環106由鈦合金、鋁合金或塑料製成，而冠部插入件108和底面插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。The following features of the golf club heads disclosed herein are made with reference to golf club head 100. However, unless otherwise stated, the features described with reference to golf club head 100 also apply to golf club head 200, golf club head 300, and golf club head 400. Golf club head 100 is made of at least one first material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 3.5 g/cc, at least one second material having a density between 3.6 g/cc and 5.5 g/cc, and at least one third material having a density between 5.6 g/cc and 20.0 g/cc. In a first example, the casting cup 104 is made of the third material, the ring 106 is made of the second material, and the crown insert 108 and the sole insert 110 are made of the first material. In the first example, according to one example, the cast cup 104 is made of a steel alloy, the ring 106 is made of a titanium alloy, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material. In the second example, the cast cup 104 is made of the second and third materials, the ring 106 is made of the first or second material, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of the first material. In the second example, according to one example, the cast cup 104 is made of a steel alloy and a titanium alloy, the ring 106 is made of a titanium alloy, an aluminum alloy or a plastic, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material.

根據一些實例，至少一種第一材料具有不大於高爾夫球桿頭100總質量的55%且不小於高爾夫球桿頭100總質量的25%(例如，在50克至110克)的第一質量。在某些實例中，至少一種第一材料的第一質量不大於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的45%並且不小於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的30%。至少一種第一材料的第一質量可以大於至少一種第二材料的第二質量。可替代地或另外地，至少一種第一材料的第一質量可以在至少一種第二材料的第二質量的10g以內。According to some examples, at least one first material has a first mass that is no greater than 55% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 and no less than 25% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 (e.g., between 50 grams and 110 grams). In some examples, the first mass of at least one first material is no greater than 45% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 and no less than 30% of the total mass of the golf club head 100. The first mass of at least one first material may be greater than the second mass of at least one second material. Alternatively or additionally, the first mass of at least one first material may be within 10 grams of the second mass of at least one second material.

在一些實例中，至少一種第二材料具有不大於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的65%且不小於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的20%(例如，在40克至130克之間)。根據某些實例，至少一種第二材料的第二質量不超過高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的50%。在某些實例中，至少一種第二材料的第二質量小於至少一種第一材料的第一質量的兩倍。在一些實例中，至少一種第二材料的第二質量在至少一種第一材料的第一質量的0.9倍至1.8倍之間。在一個實例中，至少一種第二材料的第二質量小於至少一種第一材料的第一質量的0.9倍或小於1.8倍。In some examples, the at least one second material has no more than 65% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 and no less than 20% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 (e.g., between 40 grams and 130 grams). According to some examples, the second mass of the at least one second material does not exceed 50% of the total mass of the golf club head 100. In some examples, the second mass of the at least one second material is less than twice the first mass of the at least one first material. In some examples, the second mass of the at least one second material is between 0.9 and 1.8 times the first mass of the at least one first material. In one example, the second mass of the at least one second material is less than 0.9 or less than 1.8 times the first mass of the at least one first material.

至少一種第三材料的第三質量等於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量減去至少一種第一材料的第一質量和至少一種第二材料的第二質量。在一個實例中，至少一種第三材料的第三質量不小於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的5%並且不大於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的50%(例如，在10g至100g之間)。根據另一實例，至少一種第三材料的第三質量不小於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的10%且不大於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的20%。The third mass of the at least one third material is equal to the total mass of the golf club head 100 minus the first mass of the at least one first material and the second mass of the at least one second material. In one example, the third mass of the at least one third material is not less than 5% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 and not more than 50% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 (e.g., between 10g and 100g). According to another example, the third mass of the at least one third material is not less than 10% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 and not more than 20% of the total mass of the golf club head 100.

根據一個實例，高爾夫球桿頭100的主體102的鑄造杯104由至少一種第一材料製成，並且至少一種第一材料是密度在4.0g/cc至8.0g/cc之間的第一金屬材料。在該實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的主體102的環106由密度在0.5g/cc至4.0g/cc之間的材料製成。根據某些實施方式，鑄造杯104的第一金屬材料為鈦合金和/或鋼合金，而環106的材料為鋁合金和/或鎂合金。在一些實施方式中，鑄造杯104的第一金屬材料是鈦合金和/或鋼合金而環106的材料是非金屬材料，諸如塑料或聚合材料。因此，在一些實例中，環106由各種材料中的任一種，諸如鈦合金、鋁合金和纖維增強聚合材料製成。According to one example, the casting cup 104 of the body 102 of the golf club head 100 is made of at least one first material, and the at least one first material is a first metal material having a density between 4.0 g/cc and 8.0 g/cc. In this example, the ring 106 of the body 102 of the golf club head 100 is made of a material having a density between 0.5 g/cc and 4.0 g/cc. According to some embodiments, the first metal material of the casting cup 104 is a titanium alloy and/or a steel alloy, and the material of the ring 106 is an aluminum alloy and/or a magnesium alloy. In some embodiments, the first metal material of the casting cup 104 is a titanium alloy and/or a steel alloy and the material of the ring 106 is a non-metal material, such as a plastic or a polymer material. Thus, in some examples, the ring 106 is made of any of a variety of materials, such as titanium alloys, aluminum alloys, and fiber-reinforced polymer materials.

在一些實例中，環106由6000系列、7000系列或8000系列鋁中的一種製成，其可以被陽極氧化以具有與鑄造杯104相同或不同的特定顏色。根據一些實例，環106可以被陽極氧化以具有一系列顏色中的任何一種，包括藍色、紅色、橙色、綠色、紫色等。環106和鑄造杯104之間的對比色可以有助於對齊或適合用戶的喜好。在一個實例中，環106由7075鋁製成。根據一些實例，環106由纖維增強聚碳酸酯材料製成。環106可以由具有非導電真空金屬化塗層的塑料製成，其也可以具有各種顏色中的任一種。因此，在某些實例中，環106由鈦合金、鋼合金、滲硼鋼合金、銅合金、鈹合金、複合材料、硬塑料、彈性的彈性體材料、帶有短纖維或長纖維的碳纖維增強熱塑性塑料製成。環106可以經由注模、鑄模、物理氣相沉積或CNC銑削技術製成。In some examples, the ring 106 is made of one of 6000 series, 7000 series, or 8000 series aluminum, which can be anodized to have a specific color that is the same as or different from the cast cup 104. According to some examples, the ring 106 can be anodized to have any of a range of colors, including blue, red, orange, green, purple, etc. The contrasting colors between the ring 106 and the cast cup 104 can help with alignment or suit the user's preferences. In one example, the ring 106 is made of 7075 aluminum. According to some examples, the ring 106 is made of a fiber-reinforced polycarbonate material. The ring 106 can be made of a plastic with a non-conductive vacuum metallized coating, which can also have any of a variety of colors. Therefore, in some examples, the ring 106 is made of titanium alloy, steel alloy, boronized steel alloy, copper alloy, palladium alloy, composite material, hard plastic, elastic elastomer material, carbon fiber reinforced thermoplastic with short fibers or long fibers. The ring 106 can be made by injection molding, casting, physical vapor deposition or CNC milling technology.

如本文所述，本文揭示的任何球桿頭的環(例如，環106)可以包括各種不同的材料和特徵，並且由不同的材料製成並且具有與鑄造杯(例如，鑄造杯104)不同的特性，該鑄造杯是單獨形成的，然後耦合到環。除了或替代本文所述的其他材料，環可包括金屬材料、聚合材料和/或複合材料，並且可包括各種外部塗層。As described herein, the ring (e.g., ring 106) of any club head disclosed hereinmay include a variety of different materials and features, and be made of different materials and have different properties than a cast cup (e.g., cast cup 104) that is formed separately and then coupled to the ring. In addition to or in lieu of other materials described herein, the ring may include metallic materials, polymeric materials, and/or composite materials, and may include various exterior coatings.

在一些實施例中，環包括陽極氧化鋁，諸如6000、7000和8000系列鋁。在一個具體實例中，環包括7075級鋁。陽極氧化鋁可以被著色，諸如紅色、綠色、藍色、灰色、白色、橙色、紫色、粉色、紫紅色、黑色、透明、黃色、金色、銀色或金屬色。在一些實施例中，環可以具有與位於球桿頭的其他部分(例如，冠部插入件、底面插入件、杯、後部配重等)上的主要顏色形成對比的顏色。In some embodiments, the ring includes anodized aluminum, such as 6000, 7000, and 8000 series aluminum. In one specific example, the ring includes 7075 grade aluminum. The anodized aluminum can be colored, such as red, green, blue, gray, white, orange, purple, pink, fuchsia, black, clear, yellow, gold, silver, or metallic. In some embodiments, the ring can have a color that contrasts with a primary color on other portions of the club head (e.g., crown insert, sole insert, cup, rear weight, etc.).

在一些實施例中，環可包括金屬、金屬合金(例如，鈦合金、鋼、滲硼鋼、鋁、銅、鈹)、複合材料(例如，帶有短纖維或長纖維的碳纖維增強聚合物)、硬塑料、彈性的彈性體、其他聚合材料和/或其他合適的材料的任意組合。環的任何材料選擇也可以與各種形成方法中的任何一種組合，諸如以下的任意組合：鑄造、注模、燒結、機加工、銑削、鍛造、擠壓、衝壓和軋製。In some embodiments, the ring may include any combination of metals, metal alloys (e.g., titanium alloys, steel, boronized steel, aluminum, copper, curium), composite materials (e.g., carbon fiber reinforced polymers with short or long fibers), hard plastics, flexible elastomers, other polymeric materials, and/or other suitable materials. Any material selection for the ring may also be combined with any of a variety of forming methods, such as any combination of the following: casting, injection molding, sintering, machining, milling, forging, extrusion, stamping, and rolling.

塑料環(纖維增強聚碳酸酯環)可以同時提供質量節省，例如與鋁環相比約5克，同時也節省了成本，由於用於形成環的工藝，例如，注模的熱塑性塑料，提供了更大的設計靈活性，在濫用測試中的性能類似於鋁環，例如將球桿頭撞到混凝土車道上(極度濫用)或將其放在其他金屬球桿可能反復擊打的袋子中搖晃(正常濫用)。Plastic rings (fiber-reinforced polycarbonate rings) can provide both mass savings, e.g., about 5 grams compared to aluminum rings, and cost savings, provide greater design flexibility due to the process used to form the rings, e.g., injection molded thermoplastics, and perform similarly to aluminum rings in abuse tests, such as slamming a club head onto a concrete driveway (extreme abuse) or dangling it in a bag where other metal clubs might be repeatedly hit (normal abuse).

在一些實施例中，環可以包括帶有非導電真空金屬化(NCVM)塗層的聚合材料(例如，塑料)。例如，在一些實施例中，該環可包括平均厚度為約5-11微米(μm)或約8.5μm的底漆層，以及在底漆層頂部上的平均厚度為約5-11μm或約8.5μm的底塗層，下塗層頂部上的平均厚度約為1.1-3.5μm或約2.5μm的NCVM層，NCVM層頂部上的平均厚度約為25-35μm或約29μm的彩色塗層，以及在彩色塗層頂部上的平均厚度約為20-35μm或約26μm的頂塗層(UV保護塗層)外層。通常，對於NCVM塗層部件或環，NCVM層最薄，彩色塗層和頂塗層最厚，並且通常比NCVM層厚約8-15倍。通常，所有層將結合以具有約60-90μm或約75μm的總平均厚度。所描述的層和NCVM塗層可以應用於環以外的其他部分，諸如冠部、底部、前向杯和可拆卸配重，並且可以在組裝之前進行應用。In some embodiments, the ring may include a polymeric material (eg, plastic) with a non-conductive vacuum metallization (NCVM) coating. For example, in some embodiments, the ring may include a primer layer having an average thickness of about 5-11 micrometers (μm) or about 8.5 μm, and an undercoat layer having an average thickness of about 5-11 μm or about 8.5 μm on top of the primer layer, an NCVM layer having an average thickness of about 1.1-3.5 μm or about 2.5 μm on top of the undercoat layer, a color coating layer having an average thickness of about 25-35 μm or about 29 μm on top of the NCVM layer, and a top coating layer (UV protective coating) having an average thickness of about 20-35 μm or about 26 μm on top of the color coating layer. Typically, for NCVM coated parts or rings, the NCVM layer is the thinnest, and the color coating and top coating are the thickest, and are typically about 8-15 times thicker than the NCVM layer. Typically, all layers will combine to have a total average thickness of about 60-90μm or about 75μm. The described layers and NCVM coatings may be applied to other parts besides the ring, such as the crown, sole, forward cup, and removable weights, and may be applied prior to assembly.

在一些實施例中，環可包括物理氣相沉積(PVD)塗層或膜層。在一些實施例中，環可包括油漆層或其他外部著色層。傳統上，給高爾夫球桿頭上漆都是手工完成的，並且需要掩蓋各種部件以防止在不需要的表面上進行不需要的噴塗。然而，手工上漆會導致球桿之間的大的不一致。單獨形成所述環不僅允許更多地進入面部的後向部分以進行銑削操作以移除不需要的α殼並允許以各種面部圖案進行機加工，而且還消除了對各種部件進行掩蔽的需要。環可以在組裝前單獨塗漆。或者在陽極氧化鋁的情況下，可能不需要噴漆，從而消除了工藝中的一個步驟，使得環就可以簡單地黏合或附接到一個也可以完全完成的杯上。類似地，如果使用PVD或NCVM對環進行塗層，則可以在組裝之前將這種塗層塗覆到環上，從而再次消除幾個步驟。這還允許附接可由最終用戶選擇的各種色環，以為用戶提供對齊或美學益處。無論該環是NCVM塗層環還是PVD塗層環，如上所述，它都可以塗上一系列顏色，諸如紅色、綠色、藍色、灰色、白色、橙色、紫色、粉紅色、紫紅色、黑色、透明、黃色、金色、銀色或金屬色。In some embodiments, the ring may include a physical vapor deposition (PVD) coating or film layer. In some embodiments, the ring may include a paint layer or other exterior coloring layer. Traditionally, painting golf club heads is done by hand and requires masking of various components to prevent unwanted painting on unwanted surfaces. However, hand painting can result in large inconsistencies between clubs. Forming the ring separately not only allows greater access to the rearward portion of the face for milling operations to remove unwanted alpha shells and allow machining with various face patterns, but also eliminates the need to mask various components. The ring can be painted separately before assembly. Or in the case of anodized alumina, painting may not be required, eliminating a step in the process, allowing the ring to simply be bonded or attached to a cup that is also fully finished. Similarly, if the ring is coated using PVD or NCVM, this coating can be applied to the ring prior to assembly, again eliminating several steps. This also allows the attachment of a variety of color rings that can be selected by the end user to provide alignment or aesthetic benefits to the user. Whether the ring is an NCVM coated ring or a PVD coated ring, as mentioned above, it can be coated in a range of colors such as red, green, blue, gray, white, orange, purple, pink, fuchsia, black, clear, yellow, gold, silver or metallic.

本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的以下特性參考高爾夫球桿頭100進行。然而，除非另有說明，參考高爾夫球桿頭100描述的特性也適用於高爾夫球桿頭200、高爾夫球桿頭300和高爾夫球桿頭400。高爾夫球桿頭100由至少一種密度在0.9g/cc至3.5g/cc之間的第一材料、至少一種密度在3.6g/cc至5.5g/cc之間的第二材料以及至少一種密度在5.6g/cc至20.0g/cc之間的第三材料中的兩種製成。在第一實例中，鑄造杯104由第二材料製成而環106、冠部插入件108和底面插入件110由第一材料製成。在該第一實例中，根據一個實例，鑄造杯104由鈦合金製成，環106由鋁合金製成，而冠部插入件108和底面插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。在該第一實例中，根據另一實例，鑄造杯104由鈦合金製成，環106由塑料製成，而冠部插入件108和底面插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。根據第二實例，鑄造杯104由第二材料製成，環106由第二材料製成，而冠部插入件108和底面插入件110由第一材料製成。在該第二實例中，根據一個實例，鑄造杯104和環106由鈦合金製成，而冠部插入件108和底面插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。The following features of the golf club heads disclosed herein are made with reference to the golf club head 100. However, unless otherwise stated, the features described with reference to the golf club head 100 also apply to the golf club heads 200, 300, and 400. The golf club head 100 is made of two of at least one first material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 3.5 g/cc, at least one second material having a density between 3.6 g/cc and 5.5 g/cc, and at least one third material having a density between 5.6 g/cc and 20.0 g/cc. In a first example, the casting cup 104 is made of the second material and the ring 106, the crown insert 108, and the sole insert 110 are made of the first material. In this first example, according to one example, the cast cup 104 is made of a titanium alloy, the ring 106 is made of an aluminum alloy, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material. In this first example, according to another example, the cast cup 104 is made of a titanium alloy, the ring 106 is made of plastic, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material. According to a second example, the cast cup 104 is made of a second material, the ring 106 is made of a second material, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of a first material. In this second example, according to one example, the cast cup 104 and ring 106 are made of a titanium alloy, while the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material.

在一些實例中，至少一種第一材料是纖維增強聚合材料，其包括嵌入聚合物基體(例如環氧樹脂或樹脂)中的連續纖維，在某些實例中，聚合物基體是熱固性聚合物。連續纖維被認為是連續的，因為每根纖維在由纖維增強聚合材料形成的部分的長度、寬度或對角線上都是連續的。連續纖維可以是長度至少為3mm、10mm或甚至50mm的長纖維。在其他實施例中，可以使用長度在0.5至2.0mm之間的較短纖維。纖維增強材料的加入增加了抗拉強度，然而它也可能降低斷裂伸長率，因此可以進行仔細的平衡以保持足夠的伸長率。因此，一個實施例包括35-55%的長纖維增強，而在更進一步的實施例中具有40-50%的長纖維增強。連續纖維以及一般的纖維增強聚合材料可以與現為2016年10月18日頒佈的美國專利號9,468,816的在2016年6月30日公開的美國專利申請公開號2016/0184662的第295段中描述的相同或相似，該專利申請的全部內容通過引用併入本文。在幾個實例中，冠部插入件108和底面插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。因此，在一些實例中，纖維增強聚合材料的連續纖維中的每一個都沒有從高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119延伸到底面部分117。可替代地或另外地，在某些實例中，纖維增強聚合材料的連續纖維中的每一個不從高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119延伸到前向部分112。在一個實例中，冠部插入件108由密度在0.5g/cc至4.0g/cc之間的材料製成。在一個實例中，底面插入件110由密度在0.5g/cc至4.0g/cc之間的材料製成。In some examples, at least one first material is a fiber-reinforced polymeric material, which includes continuous fibers embedded in a polymer matrix (e.g., epoxy or resin), and in some examples, the polymer matrix is a thermosetting polymer. Continuous fibers are considered to be continuous because each fiber is continuous in the length, width, or diagonal of the part formed by the fiber-reinforced polymeric material. Continuous fibers can be long fibers with a length of at least 3 mm, 10 mm, or even 50 mm. In other embodiments, shorter fibers with a length between 0.5 and 2.0 mm can be used. The addition of fiber-reinforced materials increases tensile strength, but it may also reduce elongation at break, so careful balance can be performed to maintain sufficient elongation. Thus, one embodiment includes 35-55% long fiber reinforcement, while further embodiments have 40-50% long fiber reinforcement. The continuous fibers, and fiber-reinforced polymeric materials in general, can be the same or similar to those described in paragraph 295 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0184662, published on June 30, 2016, now U.S. Patent No. 9,468,816, issued on October 18, 2016, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In several examples, the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of fiber-reinforced polymeric materials. Thus, in some examples, each of the continuous fibers of the fiber-reinforced polymeric material does not extend from the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 to the sole portion 117. Alternatively or additionally, in some examples, each of the continuous fibers of the fiber-reinforced polymeric material does not extend from the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 to the forward portion 112. In one example, the crown insert 108 is made of a material having a density between 0.5 g/cc and 4.0 g/cc. In one example, the sole insert 110 is made of a material having a density between 0.5 g/cc and 4.0 g/cc.

在某些實例中，第一材料是如在2020年8月28日提交的美國專利申請號17/006,561中所述的纖維增強聚合材料。可用於製造球桿頭部件的複合材料包括纖維部分和樹脂部分。通常，樹脂部分用作「基體」，其中纖維以限定的方式嵌入其中。在用於球桿頭的複合材料中，纖維部分被構造為用樹脂組分浸漬的多個纖維層或片層。每層中的纖維都有各自的取向，通常一層到下一層都不同，並且受到精確控制。擊球面的通常層數是相當多的，例如四十或更多層。然而，對於底部或冠部，層數可以顯著減少到例如三層或更多層、四層或更多層、五層或更多層、六層或更多層，其實例將在下面提供。在複合材料的製造過程中，各層(每層都包含浸漬在未固化或部分固化樹脂中的分別定向的纖維；每個這樣的層被稱為「預浸料」層)以「疊層」方式彼此疊加放置。在形成預浸料疊層後，樹脂被固化到剛性狀態。如果感興趣，可以通過將抗拉強度除以材料的密度來計算特定強度。這也稱為強度重量比或強度/重量比。In certain examples, the first material is a fiber-reinforced polymeric material as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 17/006,561 filed on August 28, 2020. Composite materials that can be used to make club head components include a fiber portion and a resin portion. Typically, the resin portion serves as a "matrix" in which the fibers are embedded in a defined manner. In composite materials used in club heads, the fiber portion is constructed as a plurality of fiber layers or plies impregnated with a resin component. The fibers in each layer have their own orientation, which typically varies from one layer to the next and is precisely controlled. The typical number of layers in a striking face is quite large, such as forty or more layers. However, for the base or crown, the number of layers can be significantly reduced to, for example, three or more layers, four or more layers, five or more layers, six or more layers, examples of which are provided below. During the manufacturing process of the composite material, the layers (each layer comprising individually oriented fibers impregnated in an uncured or partially cured resin; each such layer is called a "prepreg" layer) are placed on top of each other in a "stack". After forming the prepreg stack, the resin is cured to a rigid state. If interested, the specific strength can be calculated by dividing the tensile strength by the density of the material. This is also called the strength-to-weight ratio or strength/weight ratio.

在涉及某些球桿頭構造的測試中，已發現由具有相對低的纖維面積重量(FAW)的預浸料片層形成的複合材料部分在幾個方面具有優異的屬性，諸如抗擊打性、耐久性和球桿的整體性能。FAW是給定量的預浸料的纖維部分的重量，單位為g/m²。FAW值低於100g/m²，更理想的是低於70g/m²，可能特別有效。如上所述，一種特別適合用於製造預浸料片層的纖維材料是碳纖維。可以使用一種以上的纖維材料。然而，在其他實施例中，可以使用具有低於70g/m²且高於100g/m²的FAW值的預浸料片層。通常，成本是FAW值低於70g/m²的預浸料片層的主要限制因素。In tests involving certain club head constructions, it has been found that composite material sections formed from prepreg plies having relatively low fiber area weight (FAW) have superior properties in several areas, such as impact resistance, durability, and overall performance of the club. FAW is the weight of the fiber portion of a given amount of prepreg, in g/m² . FAW values below 100 g/m² , and more preferably below 70 g/m² , may be particularly effective. As mentioned above, one fiber material that is particularly suitable for making prepreg plies is carbon fiber. More than one fiber material may be used. However, in other embodiments, prepreg plies having FAW values below 70 g/m² and above 100 g/m² may be used. Typically, cost is the main limiting factor for prepreg plies with FAW values below 70 g/^m2 .

在特定實施例中，多個低FAW預浸料片層可以堆疊並且在堆疊片層的厚度上仍然具有相對均勻的纖維分佈。相比之下，在可比較的樹脂含量(R/C，以百分比為單位)水平下，具有較高FAW的預浸料堆疊片層往往比低FAW材料的堆疊片層具有更顯著的富樹脂區域，尤其是在相鄰片層的界面處。富含樹脂的區域往往會降低纖維增強材料的功效，特別是因為高爾夫球擊打產生的力通常與纖維增強材料的纖維取向成橫向。用於形成面板的預浸料片層理想地包括用合適的樹脂諸如環氧樹脂浸漬的碳纖維。In certain embodiments, multiple low FAW prepreg plies can be stacked and still have a relatively uniform fiber distribution through the thickness of the stacked plies. In contrast, at comparable resin content (R/C, in percent) levels, stacked plies of prepreg having a higher FAW tend to have more pronounced resin-rich regions than stacked plies of low FAW material, particularly at the interfaces of adjacent plies. Resin-rich regions tend to reduce the effectiveness of the fiber reinforcement, particularly because the forces generated by a golf ball strike are generally transverse to the fiber orientation of the fiber reinforcement. The prepreg plies used to form the panels ideally comprise carbon fibres impregnated with a suitable resin such as an epoxy resin.

圖26是擊球板943的正視圖，其可替代本文揭示的任一擊球板。擊球板943由複合材料製成，並且在一些實例中可以稱為複合擊球板。擊球板943的非金屬或複合材料包括纖維增強聚合物，該聚合物包括嵌入樹脂中的纖維。纖維增強聚合物中樹脂的百分比組成在38%至44%之間。關於複合材料擊球板943的構造和製造工藝的更多細節在美國專利號7,871,340和美國公開專利申請號2011/0275451、2012/0083361和2012/0199282中描述，上述專利申請通過引用併入本文。複合材料擊球板943附接到位於高爾夫球桿頭的前部部分的開口處的插入件支撐結構，諸如本文所揭示的。Figure 26 is a front view of a striking blade 943, which can replace any of the striking blades disclosed herein. The striking blade 943 is made of a composite material and can be referred to as a composite striking blade in some examples. The non-metallic or composite material of the striking blade 943 includes a fiber-reinforced polymer, which includes fibers embedded in a resin. The percentage of resin in the fiber-reinforced polymer is between 38% and 44%. More details about the construction and manufacturing process of the composite striking blade 943 are described in U.S. Patent No. 7,871,340 and U.S. Publication Nos. 2011/0275451, 2012/0083361 and 2012/0199282, which are incorporated herein by reference. The composite blade 943 is attached to an insert support structure located at an opening in the front portion of the golf club head, as disclosed herein.

在一些實例中，擊球板943可由複合板加工而成。在一個實例中，複合板可以是大致矩形的，其長度在約90mm至約130mm之間或在約100mm至約120mm之間，較佳地約110mm±1.0mm，並且寬度在約50mm至約90mm之間或在約6mm至約80mm之間，較佳地約70mm±1.0mm的板大小和尺寸。擊球板943然後由板機加工以產生所需的面部輪廓。例如，面部輪廓長度912可以在約80mm至約120mm之間或在約90mm至約110mm之間，較佳地約102mm。面部輪廓寬度911可以在約40mm至約65mm之間或在約45mm至約60mm之間，較佳地約53mm。由擊球板943限定並以擊球面的幾何中心為中心的擊球面上的較佳擊打區953的高度913可以在約25mm至約50mm之間、在約30mm至約40mm之間或者在約17mm至約45mm之間，諸如較佳地約34mm。較佳擊打區953的長度914可以在約40mm至約70mm之間、在約28mm至約65mm之間或在約45mm至約65mm之間、較佳地約55.5mm或56mm。在某些實例中，由擊球板943限定的擊球面的較佳擊打區953具有在500mm²至1,800mm²之間的面積。可替代地，擊球板943可被模製以提供所需的面部尺寸和輪廓。In some examples, the striking plate 943 can be machined from a composite plate. In one example, the composite plate can be generally rectangular with a length between about 90 mm and about 130 mm or between about 100 mm and about 120 mm, preferably about 110 mm ± 1.0 mm, and a plate size and dimensions between about 50 mm and about 90 mm or between about 6 mm and about 80 mm, preferably about 70 mm ± 1.0 mm in width. The striking plate 943 is then machined by a plate machine to produce the desired facial profile. For example, the facial profile length 912 can be between about 80 mm and about 120 mm or between about 90 mm and about 110 mm, preferably about 102 mm. The face profile width 911 may be between about 40 mm and about 65 mm or between about 45 mm and about 60 mm, preferably about 53 mm. The height 913 of the preferred striking area 953 on the striking face defined by the striking plate 943 and centered at the geometric center of the striking face may be between about 25 mm and about 50 mm, between about 30 mm and about 40 mm, or between about 17 mm and about 45 mm, such as preferably about 34 mm. The length 914 of the preferred striking area 953 may be between about 40 mm and about 70 mm, between about 28 mm and about 65 mm, or between about 45 mm and about 65 mm, preferably about 55.5 mm or 56 mm. In some examples, the preferred striking area 953 of the ball striking face defined by the striking plate 943 has an area between 500 mm² and 1,800 mm^2. Alternatively, the striking plate 943 can be molded to provide the desired face size and profile.

附加特徵可以被機加工或模製到擊球板943的面部中以產生期望的面部輪廓。例如，如圖27所示，可以將凹口920機加工或模製到擊球板943的跟部部分的背面中。在一些實例中，擊球板943背面的凹口920允許高爾夫球桿頭在桿頸中利用飛行控制技術(FCT)。凹口920可被構造為在擊球板943內接納桿頸的至少一部分。可替代地或另外地，凹口920可以被構造為將球桿頭主體的至少一部分接納在擊球板943內。通過將桿頸的至少一部分和/或球桿主體的至少一部分容納在擊球板943內，凹口可以允許減少中心面y軸位置(CFY)，從而允許擊球板943的較佳的擊打區953位置更靠近通過桿頸的中心點位置的平面。擊球板943可被構造為提供不大於約18mm且不小於約9mm、較佳地在約11.0mm至約16.0mm之間、更佳地不大於約15.5mm且不小於約11.5mm的CFY。擊球板943可被構造為提供不超過約21mm且不小於約12mm、較佳地不超過約19.5mm且不小於約13mm且更佳地不超過約18mm且不小於約14.5mm的面部前進。在一些實施例中，CFY和面部前進之間的差異為至少3mm且不超過12mm。Additional features may be machined or molded into the face of the striking plate 943 to produce a desired face profile. For example, as shown in FIG. 27 , a recess 920 may be machined or molded into the back of the heel portion of the striking plate 943. In some examples, the recess 920 on the back of the striking plate 943 allows the golf club head to utilize flight control technology (FCT) in the club neck. The recess 920 may be configured to receive at least a portion of the club neck within the striking plate 943. Alternatively or additionally, the recess 920 may be configured to receive at least a portion of the club head body within the striking plate 943. By housing at least a portion of the club neck and/or at least a portion of the club body within the striking plate 943, the recess can allow for a reduction in the center plane y-axis position (CFY), thereby allowing the preferred striking zone 953 position of the striking plate 943 to be closer to a plane passing through the center point position of the club neck. The striking plate 943 can be configured to provide a CFY of no more than about 18 mm and no less than about 9 mm, preferably between about 11.0 mm and about 16.0 mm, more preferably no more than about 15.5 mm and no less than about 11.5 mm. The striking plate 943 can be configured to provide a face advance of no more than about 21 mm and no less than about 12 mm, preferably no more than about 19.5 mm and no less than about 13 mm, and more preferably no more than about 18 mm and no less than about 14.5 mm. In some embodiments, the difference between CFY and facial advancement is at least 3 mm and no more than 12 mm.

在另一個實例中，背面凸塊4230A、4230B、4230C、4230D可以被機加工或模製到擊球板943的背面中。背面凸塊4230A、4230B、4230C、4230D可以被構造為提供結合間隙。結合間隙是球桿頭主體和擊球板943之間的在製造期間填充有黏合劑的空白空間。當在製造期間將擊球板943結合到球桿頭主體時，背面凸塊4230A、4230B、4230C、4230D突出以將面部與球桿頭主體分開。在一些實例中，太大或太小的結合間隙可能導致球桿頭、擊球板943或兩者的耐用性問題。此外，太大的結合間隙會允許在製造期間使用過多的黏合劑，從而給球桿頭增加不需要的額外質量。背面凸塊4230A、4230B、4230C、4230D可突出約0.1mm至0.5mm之間，較佳地約0.25mm。在一些實施例中，背面凸塊被構造為提供最小結合間隙，諸如約0.25mm的最小結合間隙至約0.45mm的最大結合間隙。In another example, the back bumps 4230A, 4230B, 4230C, 4230D can be machined or molded into the back of the striking plate 943. The back bumps 4230A, 4230B, 4230C, 4230D can be configured to provide a bonding gap. The bonding gap is the empty space between the club head body and the striking plate 943 that is filled with adhesive during manufacturing. When the striking plate 943 is bonded to the club head body during manufacturing, the back bumps 4230A, 4230B, 4230C, 4230D protrude to separate the face from the club head body. In some examples, a bonding gap that is too large or too small may cause durability issues for the club head, the striking plate 943, or both. Additionally, too large a bond gap may allow for the use of too much adhesive during manufacturing, thereby adding unwanted extra mass to the club head. The back bumps 4230A, 4230B, 4230C, 4230D may protrude between about 0.1 mm and 0.5 mm, preferably about 0.25 mm. In some embodiments, the back bumps are configured to provide a minimum bond gap, such as a minimum bond gap of about 0.25 mm to a maximum bond gap of about 0.45 mm.

此外，擊球板943的一個或多個邊緣可以機加工或模製有倒角。在一個實例中，擊球板943包括大致繞擊球板943的內周邊緣的倒角，諸如在約0.5mm至約1.1mm之間、較佳地0.8mm的倒角。Additionally, one or more edges of the striking plate 943 may be machined or molded with a chamfer. In one example, the striking plate 943 includes a chamfer generally around the inner peripheral edge of the striking plate 943, such as a chamfer between about 0.5 mm and about 1.1 mm, preferably 0.8 mm.

圖27是擊球板943的底部透視圖。擊球板943具有跟部部分941和趾部部分942。凹口920被機加工或模製到跟部部分941中。在該實例中，擊球板943具有可變厚度，諸如在較佳擊打區953內具有峰值厚度947。峰值厚度947可以在約2mm至約7.5mm之間、在約4.3mm至5.15mm之間、在約4.0mm至約5.15或5.5mm之間、或在約3.8mm至約4.8mm之間，較佳地為4.1mm±0.1mm、4.25mm±0.1mm或4.5mm±0.1mm。峰值厚度947可以位於由擊球板943限定的擊球面的幾何中心處。在一些實例中，擊球板943的最小厚度在3.0mm至4.0mm之間。FIG. 27 is a bottom perspective view of a striking plate 943. The striking plate 943 has a heel portion 941 and a toe portion 942. A notch 920 is machined or molded into the heel portion 941. In this example, the striking plate 943 has a variable thickness, such as a peak thickness 947 within the preferred striking area 953. The peak thickness 947 can be between about 2 mm and about 7.5 mm, between about 4.3 mm and 5.15 mm, between about 4.0 mm and about 5.15 or 5.5 mm, or between about 3.8 mm and about 4.8 mm, preferably 4.1 mm ± 0.1 mm, 4.25 mm ± 0.1 mm, or 4.5 mm ± 0.1 mm. The peak thickness 947 can be located at the geometric center of the striking face defined by the striking plate 943. In some embodiments, the minimum thickness of the striking plate 943 is between 3.0 mm and 4.0 mm.

此外，在某些實例中，較佳的擊打區953相對於擊球面的幾何中心偏心或偏移，並且可以更厚地朝向擊球面的幾何中心。在一些實例中，較佳擊打區953內的擊球板943的厚度是可變的(例如，在約3.5mm至約5.0mm之間)並且較佳擊打區953之外的擊球板943的厚度是恒定的(例如，在3.5mm至4.2mm之間)並且小於較佳擊打區953內。在一些實例中，擊球板943具有在3.5mm至6.0mm之間的厚度。Additionally, in some examples, the preferred striking zone 953 is eccentric or offset relative to the geometric center of the striking face and may be thicker toward the geometric center of the striking face. In some examples, the thickness of the striking plate 943 within the preferred striking zone 953 is variable (e.g., between about 3.5 mm and about 5.0 mm) and the thickness of the striking plate 943 outside the preferred striking zone 953 is constant (e.g., between 3.5 mm and 4.2 mm) and less than within the preferred striking zone 953. In some examples, the striking plate 943 has a thickness between 3.5 mm and 6.0 mm.

擊球板943在較佳擊打區953之外具有趾邊緣區域和跟邊緣區域，使得較佳擊打區域在趾邊緣區域和跟邊緣區域之間。趾邊緣區域比跟邊緣區域更靠近趾部部分。跟邊緣區域比趾邊緣區域更靠近跟部部分。趾邊緣區域厚度小於最大厚度。擊球板943的厚度從較佳擊打區953內的最大厚度過渡到趾邊緣區域內的在3.85mm至4.5mm之間的趾邊緣區域厚度。The striking plate 943 has a toe edge region and a heel edge region outside the preferred striking area 953, so that the preferred striking area is between the toe edge region and the heel edge region. The toe edge region is closer to the toe portion than the heel edge region. The heel edge region is closer to the heel portion than the toe edge region. The toe edge region thickness is less than the maximum thickness. The thickness of the striking plate 943 transitions from the maximum thickness in the preferred striking area 953 to the toe edge region thickness of between 3.85 mm and 4.5 mm in the toe edge region.

在一些實施例中，擊球板943由多層複合材料製成。例示性複合材料及其製造方法在美國專利申請序列號13/452,370(作為美國專利申請公開號2012/0199282公開)中描述，該專利申請通過引用併入。在一些實施例中，複合面部的內表面和外表面可包括稀鬆布層，諸如以用構成稀鬆布織物的玻璃纖維加強擊球板943。也可以包括多個准各向同性面板(Q)，每個Q面板使用彼此偏移的單向複合面板的多個片層。在例示性的四層片層Q面板中，單向複合面板以90°、-45°、0°和45°定向，這提供了在每個方向上的結構穩定性。還可以包括單向條帶的集群(C)，每個C使用多個單向複合條帶。在例示性的四條帶C中，四個27mm的條帶以0°、125°、90°和55°定向。可以提供C以增加局部區域中擊球板943的厚度，諸如在較佳擊打區的中心面中的厚度。一些Q和C可以具有額外的或更少的片層(例如，三個片層而不是四個片層)，諸如微調厚度、質量、局部厚度，並提供擊球板943的其他特性，諸如增加或減少擊球板943的COR。In some embodiments, the striker 943 is made of multiple layers of composite material. Exemplary composite materials and methods of making them are described in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/452,370 (published as U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0199282), which is incorporated by reference. In some embodiments, the inner and outer surfaces of the composite face may include loose cloth layers, such as reinforcing the striker 943 with glass fibers that form the loose cloth fabric. Multiple quasi-isotropic panels (Q) may also be included, each Q panel using multiple plies of unidirectional composite panels offset from each other. In the exemplary four-ply Q panel, the unidirectional composite panels are oriented at 90°, -45°, 0°, and 45°, which provides structural stability in each direction. Clusters (C) of unidirectional strips may also be included, each C using multiple unidirectional composite strips. In the exemplary four-stripe C, four 27 mm strips are oriented at 0°, 125°, 90°, and 55°. C may be provided to increase the thickness of the striking plate 943 in localized areas, such as the thickness in the center plane of the preferred striking zone. Some Qs and Cs may have additional or fewer plies (e.g., three plies instead of four), such as to fine-tune thickness, mass, local thickness, and provide other characteristics of the striking plate 943, such as to increase or decrease the COR of the striking plate 943.

在一些實施方式中，本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的一些實例的擊球面，諸如擊球板243，由多層複合材料製成。例示性複合材料及其製造方法在美國專利申請序列號13/452,370(作為美國專利申請公開號2012/0199282公開)中描述，該專利申請通過引用併入。在一些實施方式中，複合面部的內表面和外表面可包括稀鬆布層，諸如以用構成稀鬆布織物的玻璃纖維加強擊球面。也可以包括多個准各向同性面板(Q)，每個Q面板使用彼此偏移的單向複合面板的多個片層。在例示性的四層片層Q面板中，單向複合面板以90°、-45°、0°和45°定向，這提供了在每個方向上的結構穩定性。還可以包括單向條帶的集群(C)，每個C使用多個單向複合條帶。在例示性的四條帶C中，四個27mm的條帶以0°、125°、90°和55°定向。可以提供C以增加局部區域中擊球面或其他複合特徵的厚度，諸如在較佳擊打區的中心面中的厚度。一些Q和C可以具有額外的或更少的片層(例如，三個片層而不是四個片層)，諸如微調厚度、質量、局部厚度，並提供擊球面的其他特性，諸如增加或減少擊球面的COR。In some embodiments, the striking face of some examples of golf club heads disclosed herein, such as the striking plate 243, is made of multiple layers of composite materials. Exemplary composite materials and methods of making them are described in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/452,370 (published as U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0199282), which is incorporated by reference. In some embodiments, the inner and outer surfaces of the composite face may include a scrim layer, such as reinforcing the striking face with glass fibers that form a scrim fabric. Multiple quasi-isotropic panels (Q) may also be included, each Q panel using multiple layers of unidirectional composite panels offset from each other. In the exemplary four-ply Q panel, the unidirectional composite panels are oriented at 90°, -45°, 0°, and 45°, which provides structural stability in each direction. Clusters (C) of unidirectional strips may also be included, with each C using multiple unidirectional composite strips. In the exemplary four-stripe C, the four 27mm strips are oriented at 0°, 125°, 90°, and 55°. C may be provided to increase the thickness of the striking face or other composite features in localized areas, such as thickness in the center face of the preferred striking area. Some Qs and Cs may have additional or fewer plies (e.g., three plies instead of four), such as to fine-tune thickness, mass, local thickness, and provide other characteristics of the striking face, such as increasing or decreasing the COR of the striking face.

另外的複合材料及其製造方法在美國專利號8,163,119和10,046,212中描述，上述專利通過引用併入。例如，擊球板的通常層數是大量的，例如五十或更多。然而，本領域已經進行了改進，使得層數可以減少到30至50層之間。根據一個實例，根據本文揭示的各個實例中的任何一個的擊球板，當由纖維增強聚合材料製成時，可以以與2021年5月14日提交的美國專利申請第17/321,315號和2022年2月22日提交的美國臨時專利申請第63/312,771號中描述的方式相同或相似的方式製成，上述專利申請的全部內容通過引用併入本文。Additional composite materials and methods of making the same are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 8,163,119 and 10,046,212, which are incorporated by reference. For example, the typical number of layers in a batting blade is a large number, such as fifty or more. However, improvements have been made in the art so that the number of layers can be reduced to between 30 and 50 layers. According to one example, a batting blade according to any of the various examples disclosed herein, when made of a fiber-reinforced polymeric material, can be made in the same or similar manner as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 17/321,315 filed on May 14, 2021 and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/312,771 filed on February 22, 2022, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference herein.

下面的表3提供了本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的一個或多個複合部件的可能疊層的實例。這些疊層顯示可能的單向片層，除非注明為編織片層。所示構造適用於准各向同性疊層。對於具有約36%至約40%樹脂含量的70gsm的標準FAW，單層片層具有範圍從約0.065mm至約0.080mm的厚度。每個單獨片層的厚度可以通過調整FAW或樹脂含量來改變，因此整個疊層的厚度可以通過調整這些參數來改變。Table 3 below provides examples of possible layups for one or more composite components of the golf club heads disclosed herein. The layups show possible unidirectional plies unless noted as woven plies. The configurations shown are for quasi-isotropic plies. For a standard FAW of 70 gsm with a resin content of about 36% to about 40%, the single layer plies have a thickness ranging from about 0.065 mm to about 0.080 mm. The thickness of each individual ply can be varied by adjusting the FAW or the resin content, and thus the thickness of the entire layup can be varied by adjusting these parameters.

面積重量(AW)是通過將密度乘以厚度來計算的。對於上面顯示的由複合材料製成的片層，密度約為1.5g/cm³，鈦的密度約為4.5g/cm³。Area weight (AW) is calculated by multiplying density by thickness. For the ply shown above made of composite material, the density is approximately 1.5 g/cm³ and the density of titanium is approximately 4.5 g/cm³ .

通常，複合面板或複合面部插入件可具有在約3.8mm至5.15mm之間變化的峰值厚度。通常，複合面板由多個複合片層或層形成。複合擊球面的通常層數是大量的，例如，四十或更多，較佳地在30至75個片層之間，更佳地，在50至70個片層之間，甚至更佳地在55至65層之間。Typically, a composite face plate or composite face insert may have a peak thickness that varies between about 3.8 mm and 5.15 mm. Typically, a composite face plate is formed from a plurality of composite plies or layers. The typical number of plies for a composite striking face is a large number, e.g., forty or more, preferably between 30 and 75 plies, more preferably between 50 and 70 plies, and even more preferably between 55 and 65 plies.

在一個實例中，第一複合面部插入件可以具有4.1mm的峰值厚度和3.65mm的邊緣厚度，包括12個Q和2個C，導致質量為24.7克。在另一個實例中，第二複合面部插入件可以具有4.25mm的峰值厚度和3.8mm的邊緣厚度，包括12個Q和2個C，導致質量為25.6克。額外的厚度和質量是通過在一個或多個Q或C中包括額外的片層來提供的，諸如通過使用兩個4片層Q而不是兩個3片層Q。在又一實例中，第三複合面部插入件可以具有4.5mm的峰值厚度和3.9mm的邊緣厚度，包括12個Q和3個C，導致質量為26.2克。Q和C的另外的和不同的組合可以被提供用於質量在約20g至約30g之間，或在約15g至約35g之間的複合擊球板(例如，面部插入件)。在一些實例中，其中，擊球板，諸如擊球板943，具有在22克至28克之間的總質量。In one example, a first composite face insert may have a peak thickness of 4.1 mm and an edge thickness of 3.65 mm, including 12 Qs and 2 Cs, resulting in a mass of 24.7 grams. In another example, a second composite face insert may have a peak thickness of 4.25 mm and an edge thickness of 3.8 mm, including 12 Qs and 2 Cs, resulting in a mass of 25.6 grams. Additional thickness and mass are provided by including additional plies in one or more Qs or Cs, such as by using two 4-ply Qs instead of two 3-ply Qs. In yet another example, a third composite face insert may have a peak thickness of 4.5 mm and an edge thickness of 3.9 mm, including 12 Qs and 3 Cs, resulting in a mass of 26.2 grams. Additional and different combinations of Q and C may be provided for composite blades (e.g., face inserts) having a mass between about 20 g and about 30 g, or between about 15 g and about 35 g. In some examples, wherein the blade, such as blade 943, has a total mass between 22 g and 28 g.

圖28A是擊球板943的跟部部分941的截面視圖。跟部部分941可以包括凹口920。在擊球板943的內側邊緣上具有倒角的實施方式中，在凹口920上沒有提供倒角950。凹口920的凹口邊緣厚度944可以小於擊球板943的邊緣厚度945(參見例如圖28B)。例如，凹口邊緣厚度944可以在1.5mm至2.1mm之間，較佳地為1.8mm。FIG. 28A is a cross-sectional view of a heel portion 941 of a striking blade 943. The heel portion 941 may include a notch 920. In an embodiment having a chamfer on the inner edge of the striking blade 943, no chamfer 950 is provided on the notch 920. The notch edge thickness 944 of the notch 920 may be less than the edge thickness 945 of the striking blade 943 (see, e.g., FIG. 28B). For example, the notch edge thickness 944 may be between 1.5 mm and 2.1 mm, preferably 1.8 mm.

圖28B是擊球板943的趾部部分942的截面視圖。趾部部分942包括在擊球板943的內側邊緣上的倒角951。在一些實施方式中，邊緣厚度945可以在約3.35mm至約4.2mm之間，較佳地為3.65mm±0.1mm、3.8mm±0.1mm或3.9mm±0.1mm。FIG. 28B is a cross-sectional view of the toe portion 942 of the striking blade 943. The toe portion 942 includes a chamfer 951 on the inner edge of the striking blade 943. In some embodiments, the edge thickness 945 can be between about 3.35 mm and about 4.2 mm, preferably 3.65 mm ± 0.1 mm, 3.8 mm ± 0.1 mm, or 3.9 mm ± 0.1 mm.

圖29是擊球板943的聚合物層900的截面視圖。聚合物層900可以設置在擊球板943的外表面上以提供擊球板943的更好性能，諸如在潮濕條件下。例示性聚合物層在美國專利申請序列號13/330,486(美國專利號為8,979,669)中描述，該專利申請通過引用併入。聚合物層900可以包括聚胺酯和/或其他聚合物材料。聚合物層可具有約0.2mm至0.7mm或約0.3mm至約0.5mm，較佳地0.40mm±0.05mm的聚合物最大厚度960。聚合物層可以具有在約0.05mm至0.15mm之間，較佳地0.09mm±0.02mm之間的聚合物最小厚度970。聚合物層可以構造為交替的最大厚度960和最小厚度970以在擊球板943上產生劃線。此外，在一些實施方式中，齒和/或另一種紋理可設置在聚合物層900的較厚區域上的刻痕線之間。FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view of a polymer layer 900 of a batting blade 943. The polymer layer 900 may be disposed on an outer surface of the batting blade 943 to provide better performance of the batting blade 943, such as under wet conditions. Exemplary polymer layers are described in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/330,486 (U.S. Patent No. 8,979,669), which is incorporated by reference. The polymer layer 900 may include polyurethane and/or other polymer materials. The polymer layer may have a polymer maximum thickness 960 of about 0.2 mm to 0.7 mm or about 0.3 mm to about 0.5 mm, preferably 0.40 mm ± 0.05 mm. The polymer layer may have a minimum polymer thickness 970 between about 0.05 mm and 0.15 mm, preferably between 0.09 mm ± 0.02 mm. The polymer layer may be configured with alternating maximum thickness 960 and minimum thickness 970 to create score lines on the striking blade 943. Additionally, in some embodiments, teeth and/or another texture may be disposed between score lines on the thicker regions of the polymer layer 900.

在一些實例中，冠部插入件，諸如冠部插入件108，和底面插入件，諸如底面插入件110，由碳纖維增強聚合材料製成。在一個實例中，冠部插入件由單向帶、編織布和複合片層的各層製成。In some examples, crown inserts, such as crown insert 108, and bottom inserts, such as bottom insert 110, are made of carbon fiber reinforced polymer material. In one example, the crown insert is made of layers of unidirectional tape, woven fabric, and composite plies.

參考圖4，高爾夫球桿頭100具有定義為穿過擊球面145的中心面183並平行於擊球面145的假想平面169與在垂直於假想平面169的面背方向165上的高爾夫球桿頭100上的最後點之間的距離的面背尺寸(FBD)。如本文所定義，中心面183位於面背尺寸(FBD)的0%處並且最後面的點位於面背尺寸(FBD)的100%處。在該定義下，高爾夫球桿頭100可被分成沿面背方向165從面背尺寸(FBD)的0%延伸到面背尺寸(FBD)的25%的面區段、在面背方向165上從面背尺寸(FBD)的25%延伸到75%的中間區段以及在面背方向165上從面背尺寸(FBD)的75%延伸到100%的背區段。根據一些實例，中間區段的至少95重量%由密度在0.9g/cc至4.0g/cc之間的材料製成。在某些實例中，中間區段的至少95重量%由密度在0.9g/cc至2.0g/cc之間的材料製成。在一些實例中，中間區段的至少95重量%和背區段的至少95重量%由密度在0.9g/cc至2.0g/cc之間的材料製成，不包括任何附加的重量和任何用於附加重物的殼體。根據各種實例，不超過20重量%的中間區段和不超過20重量%的背區段由密度在4.0g/cc至20.0g/cc之間的材料製成。4 , the golf club head 100 has a face-to-back dimension (FBD) defined as the distance between an imaginary plane 169 passing through a center plane 183 of the ball striking face 145 and parallel to the ball striking face 145 and the rearmost point on the golf club head 100 in a face-to-back direction 165 perpendicular to the imaginary plane 169. As defined herein, the center plane 183 is located at 0% of the face-to-back dimension (FBD) and the rearmost point is located at 100% of the face-to-back dimension (FBD). Under this definition, the golf club head 100 can be divided into a face section extending from 0% of the face-to-back dimension (FBD) to 25% of the face-to-back dimension (FBD) in the face-to-back direction 165, a middle section extending from 25% of the face-to-back dimension (FBD) to 75% of the face-to-back dimension (FBD) in the face-to-back direction 165, and a back section extending from 75% of the face-to-back dimension (FBD) to 100% of the face-to-back dimension (FBD) in the face-to-back direction 165. According to some examples, at least 95% by weight of the middle section is made of a material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 4.0 g/cc. In certain examples, at least 95% by weight of the middle section is made of a material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 2.0 g/cc. In some examples, at least 95% by weight of the middle section and at least 95% by weight of the back section are made of a material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 2.0 g/cc, excluding any additional weight and any shell used for additional weight. According to various examples, no more than 20% by weight of the middle section and no more than 20% by weight of the back section are made of a material having a density between 4.0 g/cc and 20.0 g/cc.

在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100包括以下材料中的一種或多種：碳鋼、不銹鋼(例如17-4PH不銹鋼)、合金鋼、鐵錳鋁合金、鎳基鐵合金、鑄鐵、超合金鋼、鋁合金(包括但不限於3000系合金、5000系合金、6000系合金諸如6061-T6和7000系合金如7075)、鎂合金、銅合金、鈦合金(包括但不限於6-4鈦、3-2.5、6-4、SP700、15-3-3-3、10-2-3、Ti 9-1-1、ZA 1300或其他α/近α、α-β和β/近β鈦合金)或其混合物。In some examples, the golf club head 100 includes one or more of the following materials: carbon steel, stainless steel (e.g., 17-4PH stainless steel), alloy steel, iron-manganese-aluminum alloy, nickel-based iron alloy, cast iron, superalloy steel, aluminum alloy (including but not limited to 3000 series alloys, 5000 series alloys, 6000 series alloys such as 6061-T6, and 7000 series alloys such as 7075), magnesium alloys, copper alloys, titanium alloys (including but not limited to 6-4 titanium, 3-2.5, 6-4, SP700, 15-3-3-3, 10-2-3, Ti 9-1-1, ZA 1300 or other alpha/near-alpha, alpha-beta, and beta/near-beta titanium alloys), or mixtures thereof.

在一個實例中，當形成本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分時，諸如當形成擊球板的一部分時，鈦合金是9-1-1鈦合金。包含鋁(例如，8.5-9.5% Al)、釩(例如，0.9-1.3% V)和鉬(例如，0.8-1.1% Mo)的鈦合金，可選地帶有其他少量合金元素和雜質，本文統稱為「9-1-1 Ti」，可以具有不太顯著的α殼，這使得與由傳統6-4 Ti和其他鈦合金製成的面部相比，不需要或至少不怎麼需要HF酸蝕刻。此外，9-1-1 Ti可具有820MPa屈服強度、958MPa拉伸強度和10.2%伸長率的最低機械性能。這些最低特性明顯優於典型的鑄造鈦合金，諸如6-4 Ti，後者的最低機械性能為812MPa屈服強度、936MPa拉伸強度和~6%的伸長率。在某些實例中，鈦合金是8-1-1 Ti。In one example, when forming a portion of a golf club head disclosed herein, such as when forming a portion of a blade, the titanium alloy is a 9-1-1 titanium alloy. Titanium alloys comprising aluminum (e.g., 8.5-9.5% Al), vanadium (e.g., 0.9-1.3% V), and molybdenum (e.g., 0.8-1.1% Mo), optionally with other minor alloying elements and impurities, collectively referred to herein as "9-1-1 Ti," can have a less pronounced alpha shell, which makes HF acid etching unnecessary or at least less necessary than faces made from conventional 6-4 Ti and other titanium alloys. In addition, 9-1-1 Ti can have minimum mechanical properties of 820 MPa yield strength, 958 MPa tensile strength, and 10.2% elongation. These minimum properties are significantly better than typical cast titanium alloys such as 6-4 Ti, which have minimum mechanical properties of 812MPa yield strength, 936MPa tensile strength, and ~6% elongation. In some instances, the titanium alloy is 8-1-1 Ti.

在另一個實例中，當形成本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分時，諸如當形成擊球板的一部分時，鈦合金是包含按重量計6.5%至10%的鋁、按重量計0.5%至3.25%的鉬、按重量計1.0%至3.0%的鉻、按重量計0.25%至1.75%的釩和/或按重量計0.25%至1%的鐵、餘量包含鈦(一個實例有時稱為「1300」或「ZA 1300」鈦合金)的α-β鈦合金。α-β鈦合金或ZA 1300鈦合金在一些實例中具有至少1,000MPa和在其他實例中至少1,100MPa的第一極限拉伸強度。除了擊球面145之外，形成主體102的材料的極限拉伸強度可以比第一極限拉伸強度小至少10%。在另一代表性實例中，合金可包含6.75重量%至9.75重量%的Al、0.75重量%至3.25重量%或2.75重量%的Mo、1.0重量%至3.0重量%的Cr、0.25重量%至1.75重量%的V和/或0.25重量%至1重量%的Fe，餘量為Ti。在又一代表性實例中，合金可包含7重量%至重量9%的Al、1.75重量%至3.25重量%的Mo、1.25重量%至2.75重量%的Cr、0.5重量%至1.5重量%的V和/或0.25重量%至0.75重量%的Fe，餘量為Ti。在進一步的代表性實例中，合金可包含7.5重量%至8.5重量%的Al、2.0重量%至3.0重量%的Mo、1.5重量%至2.5重量%的Cr、0.75重量%至1.25重量%的V和/或0.375重量%至0.625重量%的Fe，餘量為Ti。在另一代表性實例中，合金可包含8重量%的Al、2.5重量%的Mo、2重量%的Cr、1重量%的V和/或0.5重量%的Fe，餘量包含Ti(這種鈦合金的分子式為Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe)。如本文所用，提及「Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe」是指包括以上給出的任何比例的參考元素的鈦合金。某些實例還可包含痕量的K、Mn和/或Zr，和/或各種雜質。In another example, when forming a portion of a golf club head disclosed herein, such as when forming a portion of a blade, the titanium alloy is an alpha-beta titanium alloy comprising 6.5% to 10% by weight aluminum, 0.5% to 3.25% by weight molybdenum, 1.0% to 3.0% by weight chromium, 0.25% to 1.75% by weight vanadium, and/or 0.25% to 1% by weight iron, the balance comprising titanium (one example is sometimes referred to as "1300" or "ZA 1300" titanium alloy). The alpha-beta titanium alloy or ZA 1300 titanium alloy has a first ultimate tensile strength of at least 1,000 MPa in some examples and at least 1,100 MPa in other examples. The ultimate tensile strength of the material forming the body 102, except for the striking face 145, can be at least 10% less than the first ultimate tensile strength. In another representative example, the alloy can include 6.75 wt % to 9.75 wt % Al, 0.75 wt % to 3.25 wt % or 2.75 wt % Mo, 1.0 wt % to 3.0 wt % Cr, 0.25 wt % to 1.75 wt % V and/or 0.25 wt % to 1 wt % Fe, with the balance being Ti. In yet another representative example, the alloy can include 7 wt % to 9 wt % Al, 1.75 wt % to 3.25 wt % Mo, 1.25 wt % to 2.75 wt % Cr, 0.5 wt % to 1.5 wt % V and/or 0.25 wt % to 0.75 wt % Fe, with the balance being Ti. In a further representative example, the alloy may include 7.5 wt % to 8.5 wt % Al, 2.0 wt % to 3.0 wt % Mo, 1.5 wt % to 2.5 wt % Cr, 0.75 wt % to 1.25 wt % V and/or 0.375 wt % to 0.625 wt % Fe, with the balance being Ti. In another representative example, the alloy may include 8 wt % Al, 2.5 wt % Mo, 2 wt % Cr, 1 wt % V and/or 0.5 wt % Fe, with the balance being Ti (the formula of such a titanium alloy is Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe). As used herein, reference to "Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe" refers to a titanium alloy that includes the reference elements in any proportion given above. Some examples may also contain trace amounts of K, Mn and/or Zr, and/or various impurities.

Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe可具有1150MPa屈服強度、1180MPa拉伸強度和8%伸長率的最低機械性能。這些最低特性可明顯優於其他鑄造鈦合金，包括6-4 Ti和9-1-1 Ti，後者可具有上述最低機械性能。在一些實例中，Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe可具有約1180MPa至約1460MPa的拉伸強度、約1150MPa至約1415MPa的屈服強度、約8%至約12%的伸長率、約110GPa的彈性模量、約4.45g/cm³的密度和約43的洛氏C標度(43 HRC)硬度。在特定實例中，Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe合金可具有約1320MPa的抗拉強度、約1284MPa的屈服強度和約10%的伸長率。Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe合金，特別是在用於鑄造高爾夫球桿頭主體時，由於與其他材料相比具有更高的極限抗拉強度，因此在相同厚度下可促進更小的撓曲。在一些實施方式中，在相同的厚度下提供較小的撓曲有利於具有更高揮桿速度的高爾夫球手，因為隨著時間的推移，高爾夫球桿頭的面部將隨著時間的推移保持其原始形狀。Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe may have minimum mechanical properties of 1150 MPa yield strength, 1180 MPa tensile strength, and 8% elongation. These minimum properties may be significantly better than other cast titanium alloys, including 6-4 Ti and 9-1-1 Ti, which may have the above minimum mechanical properties. In some examples, Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe may have a tensile strength of about 1180 MPa to about 1460 MPa, a yield strength of about 1150 MPa to about 1415 MPa, an elongation of about 8% to about 12%, an elastic modulus of about 110 GPa, a density of about 4.45 g/^cm3 , and a Rockwell C scale (43 HRC) hardness of about 43. In a specific example, the Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe alloy may have a tensile strength of about 1320 MPa, a yield strength of about 1284 MPa, and an elongation of about 10%. The Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe alloy, particularly when used to cast a golf club head body, may promote less deflection at the same thickness due to its higher ultimate tensile strength compared to other materials. In some embodiments, providing less deflection at the same thickness is beneficial to golfers with higher swing speeds because the face of the golf club head will retain its original shape over time.

在某些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100由密度小於約2g/cm³，諸如在約1g/cm³至約2g/cm³之間的非金屬材料製成。非金屬材料可以包括聚合物，諸如纖維增強聚合材料。聚合物可以是熱固性或熱塑性的，並且可以是無定形、結晶和/或半結晶結構。聚合物還可以由工程塑料，諸如結晶或半結晶工程塑料或無定形工程塑料形成。潛在的工程塑料候選者包括聚苯硫醚(PPS)、聚乙二醇(PEI)、聚碳酸酯(PC)、聚丙烯(PP)、丙烯腈-丁二烯苯乙烯塑料(ABS)、聚甲醛塑料(POM)、尼龍6、尼龍6-6、尼龍12、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(PMMA)、聚苯醚(PPO)、聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PBT)、聚碸(PSU)、聚醚碸(PES)、聚醚醚酮(PEEK)或它們的混合物。可以在工程塑料中加入有機纖維，如玻璃纖維、碳纖維或金屬纖維，以增強結構強度。增強纖維可以是連續的長纖維或短纖維。PSU的優點之一在於它相對較硬，阻尼相對較低，與其他可能過度阻尼的聚合物相比，這會產生更好的聲音或更金屬聲音的高爾夫球桿。此外，PSU需要較少的後處理，因為它不需要拋光或油漆來獲得最終完成的高爾夫球桿頭。In some examples, the golf club head 100 is made of a non-metallic material having a density of less than about 2 g/cm³ , such as between about 1 g/cm³ and about 2 g/cm³ . The non-metallic material may include a polymer, such as a fiber-reinforced polymeric material. The polymer may be a thermoset or a thermoplastic, and may be an amorphous, crystalline, and/or semi-crystalline structure. The polymer may also be formed of an engineering plastic, such as a crystalline or semi-crystalline engineering plastic or an amorphous engineering plastic. Potential engineering plastics candidates include polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyethylene glycol (PEI), polycarbonate (PC), polypropylene (PP), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene plastic (ABS), polyoxymethylene plastic (POM), nylon 6, nylon 6-6, nylon 12, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polyphenylene oxide (PPO), polyethylene terephthalate (PBT), polysulfone (PSU), polyethersulfone (PES), polyetheretherketone (PEEK) or their mixtures. Organic fibers such as glass fibers, carbon fibers or metal fibers can be added to engineering plastics to enhance structural strength. Reinforcing fibers can be continuous long fibers or short fibers. One of the advantages of PSU is that it is relatively stiff and has relatively low damping, which results in a better sounding or more metallic sounding golf club compared to other polymers which may be over-damped. In addition, PSU requires less post-processing as it does not require polishing or painting to obtain the final finished golf club head.

可由其製成底面插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯104、環106和/或擊球面(諸如擊球板243)中的任何一者或多者的一種例示性材料是熱塑性塑料連續碳纖維複合層壓材料，其在PPS(聚苯硫醚)基體或基料中具有排列的長碳纖維。纖維增強聚合物的商業實例是由Lanxess®製造的TEPEX®DYNALITE 207，由其製成底面插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面。TEPEX®DYNALITE 207是一種高強度、輕質材料，排列成薄板狀，在PPS熱塑性基體或聚合物中具有多層連續碳纖維增強材料以嵌入纖維。該材料可具有54%的纖維體積，但可以具有其他纖維體積(諸如42%至57%的體積)。根據一個實例，該材料的重量為200g/m²。製成底面插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面的纖維增強聚合物的另一個商業實例是TEPEX®DYNALITE 208。這種材料的碳纖維體積範圍也為42%至57%，其中一個實例為45%，重量為200g/m²。DYNALITE 208與DYNALITE 207的不同之處在於它具有TPU(熱塑性聚胺酯)基體或基料，而不是聚苯硫醚(PPS)基體。An exemplary material from which any one or more of the sole insert 110, crown insert 108, cast cup 104, ring 106, and/or striking face (such as blade 243) may be made is a thermoplastic continuous carbon fiber composite laminate having long carbon fibers arranged in a PPS (polyphenylene sulfide) matrix or base. A commercial example of a fiber reinforced polymer is TEPEX® DYNALITE 207 manufactured by Lanxess®, from which the sole insert 110, crown insert 108, and/or striking face may be made. TEPEX® DYNALITE 207 is a high strength, lightweight material arranged in a thin sheet having multiple layers of continuous carbon fiber reinforcement in a PPS thermoplastic matrix or polymer to embed the fibers. The material may have 54% fiber volume, but may have other fiber volumes (e.g., 42% to 57% by volume). According to one example, the material has a weight of 200 g/m² . Another commercial example of a fiber-reinforced polymer from which the sole insert 110 , the crown insert 108 , and/or the striking face are made is TEPEX® DYNALITE 208. This material also has a carbon fiber volume range of 42% to 57%, with one example being 45%, and a weight of 200 g/m² . DYNALITE 208 differs from DYNALITE 207 in that it has a TPU (thermoplastic polyurethane) matrix or base material rather than a polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) matrix.

舉例來說，TEPEX®DYNALITE 207板材(或其他纖維增強聚合物材料，諸如DYNALITE 208)的每片板材的纖維在相同方向上定向，而板材相對於彼此在不同方向上定向，並且將板材放置在兩件式(公/母)匹配的模具中，加熱超過熔化溫度，並在模具閉合時成型。該工藝可以稱為熱成型並且特別適合於形成底面插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面。在底面插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面通過熱成型工藝形成(在一些實施方式中單獨地)之後，每個都被冷卻並從匹配的模具中移除。在一些實施方式中，底面插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面具有均勻的厚度，這有利於熱成型工藝的使用和製造的容易性。然而，在其他實施方式中，底面插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面可以具有可變的厚度以加強插入件的選擇局部區域，例如通過在選擇區域中添加附加片層以提高耐用性、聲學特性或相應插入件的其他特性。For example, each sheet of TEPEX® DYNALITE 207 sheets (or other fiber reinforced polymer material, such as DYNALITE 208) has its fibers oriented in the same direction, while the sheets are oriented in different directions relative to each other, and the sheets are placed in a two-piece (male/female) matching mold, heated above the melting temperature, and formed when the mold is closed. This process may be referred to as thermoforming and is particularly suitable for forming the sole insert 110, the crown insert 108, and/or the striking face. After the sole insert 110, the crown insert 108, and/or the striking face are formed (individually in some embodiments) by the thermoforming process, each is cooled and removed from the matching mold. In some embodiments, the sole insert 110, the crown insert 108, and/or the striking face have a uniform thickness, which facilitates the use of a thermoforming process and ease of manufacturing. However, in other embodiments, the sole insert 110, the crown insert 108, and/or the striking face may have a variable thickness to reinforce selected localized areas of the insert, such as by adding additional layers in selected areas to improve durability, acoustic properties, or other properties of the corresponding insert.

在一些實例中，底面插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯104、環106和/或擊球面(諸如擊球板243)中的任何一者或多者可以通過不同於熱成型的工藝，諸如注塑成型或熱固成型製成。在熱固性工藝中，底面插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯104、環106和/或擊球面(例如擊球板243)中的任何一者或多者可以由機織或單向複合纖維織物(諸如碳纖維複合織物)的預浸有加熱時會活化的樹脂和固化劑配方的「預浸料」片層製成。將預浸料片層置於適用於熱固性工藝的模具諸如氣囊模具或壓縮模具中，並與以不同方向定向的碳或其他纖維堆疊/定向。片層被加熱以激活化學反應並形成冠部插入件108和/或底面插入件。每個插入件都被冷卻並從其各自的模具中取出。In some examples, any one or more of the bottom insert 110, crown insert 108, cast cup 104, ring 106, and/or striking face (e.g., blade 243) may be formed by processes other than thermoforming, such as injection molding or thermosetting. In thermosetting processes, any one or more of the bottom insert 110, crown insert 108, cast cup 104, ring 106, and/or striking face (e.g., blade 243) may be formed from "prepreg" sheets of woven or unidirectional composite fiber fabric (e.g., carbon fiber composite fabric) pre-impregnated with a resin and curing agent formulation that is activated when heated. The prepreg plies are placed in a mold suitable for a thermosetting process, such as an airbag mold or a compression mold, and are stacked/oriented with carbon or other fibers oriented in different directions. The plies are heated to activate the chemical reaction and form the crown insert 108 and/or the bottom insert. Each insert is cooled and removed from its respective mold.

用於底面插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯104、環106和/或擊球面(諸如擊球板243)中的任何一者或多者的碳纖維增強材料由熱固性製造工藝製成，該碳纖維增強材料可以是稱為「34-700」纖維的碳纖維，可從加利福尼亞州薩克拉門托的Grafil公司獲得，其拉伸模量為234Gpa(34Msi)且拉伸強度為4500Mpa(650Ksi)。也可從Grafil公司獲得的另一種合適的纖維是稱為「TR50S」纖維的碳纖維，其拉伸模量為240Gpa(35Msi)且拉伸強度為4900Mpa(710Ksi)。用於形成熱固性冠部和底面插入件的預浸料片層的例示性環氧樹脂包括Newport 301和350，並且可從加利福尼亞州歐文市的Newport Adhesives & Composites公司獲得。在一個實例中，預浸料片具有34-700纖維的准各向同性纖維增強材料，該材料的面積重量在約20g/m²至約200g/m²之間、較佳地約70g/m²並浸漬有環氧樹脂(例如，Newport 301)，導致樹脂含量(R/C)約為40%。為方便參考，可以通過標識其纖維面積重量、纖維類型(例如，70 FAW 34-700)以縮寫形式指定預浸料片的塑料成分。縮寫形式可以進一步標識樹脂體系和樹脂含量，例如，70 FAW 34-700/301，R/C 40%。The carbon fiber reinforcement material used for any one or more of the sole insert 110, crown insert 108, cast cup 104, ring 106 and/or striking face (such as blade 243) is made by a thermosetting manufacturing process and can be a carbon fiber known as "34-700" fiber, available from Grafil, Sacramento, California, having a tensile modulus of 234 Gpa (34 Msi) and a tensile strength of 4500 MPa (650 Ksi). Another suitable fiber also available from Grafil is a carbon fiber known as "TR50S" fiber, having a tensile modulus of 240 Gpa (35 Msi) and a tensile strength of 4900 MPa (710 Ksi). Exemplary epoxy resins for forming the prepreg plies of the thermoset crown and bottom inserts include Newport 301 and 350 and are available from Newport Adhesives & Composites, Irvine, Calif. In one example, the prepreg plies have a quasi-isotropic fiber reinforcement of 34-700 fibers having an area weight of between about 20 g/^m2 and about 200 g/^m2 , preferably about 70 g/^m2 , and are impregnated with an epoxy resin (e.g., Newport 301) resulting in a resin content (R/C) of about 40%. For ease of reference, the plastic composition of a prepreg sheet may be specified in abbreviated form by identifying its fiber area weight, fiber type (e.g., 70 FAW 34-700). The abbreviation may further identify the resin system and resin content, e.g., 70 FAW 34-700/301, R/C 40%.

在一些實例中，用於製造高爾夫球桿頭100的聚合物可包括但不限於合成和天然橡膠，熱固性聚合物諸如熱固性聚胺酯或熱固性聚脲，以及包括熱塑性彈性體諸如熱塑性聚胺酯，熱塑性聚脲的熱塑性聚合物，茂金屬催化聚合物，單峰乙烯/羧酸共聚物，單峰乙烯/羧酸/羧酸酯三元共聚物，雙峰乙烯/羧酸共聚物，雙峰乙烯/羧酸/羧酸酯三元共聚物，聚醯胺(PA)，聚酮(PK)，共聚醯胺，聚酯，共聚酯，聚碳酸酯，聚苯硫醚(PPS)，環烯烴共聚物(COC)，聚烯烴，鹵化聚烯烴[例如氯化聚乙烯(CPE)]，鹵化聚亞烷基化合物，聚烯烴，聚苯醚，聚苯硫醚，鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯聚合物，聚醯亞胺，聚氯乙烯，聚醯胺離聚物，聚胺酯離聚物，聚乙烯醇，聚芳酯，聚丙烯酸酯，聚苯醚，抗沖改性聚苯醚，聚苯乙烯，高抗沖聚苯乙烯，丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯共聚物，苯乙烯-丙烯腈(SAN)，丙烯腈-苯乙烯-丙烯腈，苯乙烯-馬來酸酐(S/MA)聚合物，苯乙烯嵌段共聚物包括苯乙烯-丁二烯-苯乙烯(SBS)，苯乙烯-乙烯-丁烯-苯乙烯(SEBS)和苯乙烯-乙烯-丙烯-苯乙烯(SEPS)，苯乙烯三元共聚物，官能化苯乙烯嵌段共聚物包括羥基化，官能化苯乙烯共聚物，以及三元共聚物，纖維素聚合物，液晶聚合物(LCP)，乙烯-丙烯-二烯三元共聚物(EPDM)，乙烯-醋酸乙烯共聚物(EVA)，乙烯-丙烯共聚物，丙烯彈性體(諸如授予Kim等人的美國專利號6,525,157，其全部內容通過引用併入本文)，乙烯乙酸乙烯酯，聚脲和聚矽氧烷以及它們的任何和所有組合。In some examples, the polymers used to make the golf club head 100 may include, but are not limited to, synthetic and natural rubbers, thermoset polymers such as thermoset polyurethanes or thermoset polyureas, and thermoplastic polymers including thermoplastic elastomers such as thermoplastic polyurethanes, thermoplastic polyureas, metallocene-catalyzed polymers, unimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid copolymers, unimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid/carboxylate terpolymers, bimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid copolymers, bimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid/carboxylate terpolymers, polyamides, and the like. (PA), polyketone (PK), copolyamide, polyester, copolyester, polycarbonate, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), cycloolefin copolymer (COC), polyolefin, halogenated polyolefin [such as chlorinated polyethylene (CPE)], halogenated polyalkylene compound, polyolefin, polyphenylene oxide, polyphenylene sulfide, diallyl phthalate polymer, polyimide, polyvinyl chloride, polyamide copolymer, polyurethane copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, polyarylate, polyacrylate, polyphenylene oxide, impact-modified polyphenylene oxide , polystyrene, high impact polystyrene, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, styrene-acrylonitrile (SAN), acrylonitrile-styrene-acrylonitrile, styrene-maleic anhydride (S/MA) polymers, styrene block copolymers including styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS), styrene-ethylene-butylene-styrene (SEBS) and styrene-ethylene-propylene-styrene (SEPS), styrene terpolymers, functionalized styrene block copolymers including hydroxylated, functionalized styrene copolymers, and terpolymers, cellulose polymers, liquid crystal polymers (LCP), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymers (EPDM), ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers (EVA), ethylene-propylene copolymers, acrylic elastomers (such as U.S. Patent No. 6,525,157 to Kim et al., the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference), ethylene vinyl acetate, polyureas and polysiloxanes and any and all combinations thereof.

其中較佳的是聚醯胺(PA)，聚鄰苯二甲醯亞胺(PPA)，聚酮(PK)，共聚醯胺，聚酯，共聚酯，聚碳酸酯，聚苯硫醚(PPS)，環烯烴共聚物(COC)，聚苯醚，鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯聚合物，聚芳酯，聚丙烯酸酯，聚苯醚和抗沖改性聚苯醚。用於本發明的高爾夫球桿頭的特別較佳的聚合物是所謂的高性能工程熱塑性塑料家族，其以其在高溫下的韌性和穩定性而聞名。這些聚合物包括聚碸、聚醚脂和聚醯胺-醯亞胺。其中，最佳的是聚碸。Preferred among them are polyamide (PA), polyphthalimide (PPA), polyketone (PK), copolymeramide, polyester, copolyester, polycarbonate, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), cycloolefin copolymer (COC), polyphenylene ether, diallyl phthalate polymer, polyarylate, polyacrylate, polyphenylene ether and impact-modified polyphenylene ether. Particularly preferred polymers for the golf club head of the present invention are the so-called high-performance engineering thermoplastic family, which is known for its toughness and stability at high temperatures. These polymers include polysulfone, polyether ester and polyamide-imide. Among them, the best is polysulfone.

芳族聚碸是由4,4'-二氯二苯碸與自身或一種或多種二元酚縮聚而成的一類聚合物。芳族聚碸包括有時稱為聚醚碸的熱塑性塑料，其重複單元的一般結構具有二芳基碸結構，可表示為-亞芳基-SO₂-亞芳基-。這些單元可以通過碳-碳鍵、碳-氧-碳鍵、碳-硫-碳鍵或經由短亞烷基鍵相互連接，以形成熱穩定的熱塑性聚合物。該家族中的聚合物是完全無定形的，具有高玻璃化轉變溫度，即使在高溫下也能提供高強度和剛度特性，使其可用於要求嚴苛的工程應用。聚合物還具有良好的延展性和韌性，並且由於其完全無定形的性質在其自然狀態下是透明的。其他關鍵屬性包括抗熱水/蒸汽水解以及出色的酸和堿耐受性。聚碸是完全熱塑性的，從而允許通過大多數標準方法製造，諸如注塑、擠出和熱成型。它們還具有廣泛的高溫工程用途。Aromatic polysulfones are a class of polymers formed by the condensation of 4,4'-dichlorodiphenylsulfone with itself or with one or more dihydric phenols. Aromatic polysulfones include thermoplastics sometimes called polyethersulfones, the general structure of whose repeating units has a diarylsulfone structure, which can be represented as -arylene-_SO2 -arylene-. These units can be linked to each other by carbon-carbon bonds, carbon-oxygen-carbon bonds, carbon-sulfur-carbon bonds, or via short alkylene bonds to form thermally stable thermoplastic polymers. The polymers in this family are completely amorphous and have high glass transition temperatures, providing high strength and stiffness properties even at high temperatures, making them useful in demanding engineering applications. The polymers also have good ductility and toughness, and are transparent in their natural state due to their completely amorphous nature. Other key properties include resistance to hot water/steam hydrolysis and excellent acid and alkali resistance. Polysulfides are fully thermoplastic, allowing fabrication by most standard methods such as injection molding, extrusion and thermoforming. They also have a wide range of high temperature engineering uses.

三種商業上重要的聚碸是a)聚碸(PSU)；b)聚醚碸(PES也稱為PESU)；c)聚苯碸(PPSU)。The three commercially important polysulfones are a) polysulfone sulfide (PSU); b) polyether sulfone (PES also known as PESU); c) polyphenylene sulfone (PPSU).

特別重要和較佳的芳族聚碸是由結構-C₆H₄SO₂-C₆H₄-O-的重複單元組成的那些，其中C₆H₄代表間或對亞苯基結構。聚合物鏈還可包含重複單元，諸如-C₆H₄-、C₆H₄-O-、-C₆H₄-(低級亞烷基)-C₆H₄-O-、-C₆H₄-O-C₆H₄-O-、-C₆H₄-S-C₆H₄-O-和工程熱塑性塑料領域中已知的其他熱穩定的基本芳族雙官能團。還包括所謂的改性聚碸，其中單個芳環進一步被一個或多個取代基取代，該取代基包括：

或

或

其中，R在每次出現時獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子或烴基或其組合。鹵素原子包括氟、氯、溴和碘原子。烴基包括例如C1-C20烷基、C2-C20烯基、C3-C20環烷基、C3-C20環烯基和C6-C20芳烴基。這些烴基可以部分被一個或多個鹵素原子取代，或者可以被極性基團或一個或多個鹵素原子以外的基團部分取代。作為C1-C20烷基的具體實例，可以提及甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、戊基、己基、辛基、癸基和十二烷基。作為C2-C20烯基的具體實例，可以提及丙烯基、異丙基、丁烯基、異丁烯基、戊烯基和己烯基。作為C3-C20環烷基的具體實例，可以提及環戊基和環己基。作為C3-C20環烯基的具體實例，可以提及環戊烯基和環己烯基。作為芳族烴基的具體實例，可提及苯基和萘基或其組合。Particularly important and preferred aromatic polysulfones are those composed of repeating units of the structure -C₆ H₄ SO₂ -C₆ H₄ -O-, wherein C₆ H₄ represents a meta- or para-phenylene structure. The polymer chain may also contain repeating units such as -C₆ H₄ -, C₆ H₄ -O-, -C₆ H₄ -(lower alkylene)-C₆ H₄ -O-, -C₆ H₄ -OC₆ H₄ -O-, -C₆ H₄ -SC₆ H₄ -O- and other heat-stable basic aromatic difunctional groups known in the field of engineering thermoplastics. Also included are so-called modified polysulfones in which a single aromatic ring is further substituted with one or more substituents, including:

or

or

Wherein, R is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom or alkyl or its combination at each occurrence. Halogen atom includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atom. Alkyl includes, for example, C1-C20 alkyl, C2-C20 alkenyl, C3-C20 cycloalkyl, C3-C20 cycloalkenyl and C6-C20 aromatic hydrocarbon group. These alkyl groups can be partially substituted by one or more halogen atoms, or can be partially substituted by polar groups or groups other than one or more halogen atoms. As specific examples of C1-C20 alkyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, amyl, hexyl, octyl, decyl and dodecyl can be mentioned. As specific examples of C2-C20 alkenyl, propenyl, isopropyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyl and hexenyl can be mentioned. As specific examples of the C3-C20 cycloalkyl group, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl can be mentioned. As specific examples of the C3-C20 cycloalkenyl group, cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl can be mentioned. As specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group, phenyl and naphthyl or a combination thereof can be mentioned.

個別較佳的聚合物包括(a)通過雙酚A和4,4'-二氯二苯碸在堿存在下縮聚製成的聚碸，並具有主要重複結構

和縮寫為PSF並以商品名Udel®、Ultrason®S、Eviva®、RTP PSU出售；(b)藉由4,4'-二羥基二苯和4,4'-二氯二苯碸在堿存在下縮聚製得的聚碸堿基，並具有主重複結構

且縮寫為PPSF並以商品名RADEL®樹脂出售；(c)由4,4'-二氯二苯碸在堿存在下製成的縮聚物，並具有主要重複結構

且縮寫為PPSF，有時稱為「聚醚碸」，並以商品名Ultrason®E、LNP^TM、Veradel®PESU、Sumikaexce和VICTREX®樹脂出售，以及它們的任何和所有組合。Particularly preferred polymers include (a) a polymer prepared by polycondensation of bisphenol A and 4,4'-dichlorodiphenylsulfone in the presence of an alkali and having a main repeating structure

and abbreviated as PSF and sold under the trade names Udel®, Ultrason® S, Eviva®, RTP PSU; (b) a polysulfone prepared by condensation of 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl and 4,4'-dichlorodiphenyl sulfone in the presence of an alkali and having the main repeating structure

and abbreviated as PPSF and sold under the trade name RADEL® resin; (c) a condensation polymer made from 4,4'-dichlorodiphenylsulfone in the presence of an alkali and having the main repeating structure

and abbreviated PPSF, is sometimes referred to as "polyether sulphate" and is sold under the trade names Ultrason® E, LNP^™ , Veradel® PESU, Sumikaexce and VICTREX® resins, and any and all combinations thereof.

在一些實例中，可以由其製成底面插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯104、環106和/或擊球面(諸如擊球板243)中的任何一者或多者的一種例示性材料是一種由複合材料製成的複合材料，諸如碳纖維增強聚合材料，該複合材料包括多個片層或多層纖維材料(例如，石墨，或包括渦層的碳纖維，或石墨碳纖維，或同時具有石墨和存在渦層部件的混合結構)。在美國專利申請號10/442,348(現為美國專利號7,267,620)、10/831,496(現為美國專利號7,140,974)、11/642,310、11/825,138、11/998,436、11/895,195、11/823,638、12/004,386、12,004,387、11/960,609、11/960,610和12/156,947中描述了這些複合材料中的一些實例及其製造程序，上述專利申請的全部內容通過引用併入本文。複合材料可以根據至少在美國專利申請號11/825,138中描述的方法製造，其全部內容通過引用併入本文。In some examples, an exemplary material from which any one or more of the sole insert 110, crown insert 108, cast cup 104, ring 106, and/or striking face (such as blade 243) may be made is a composite material made of a composite material, such as a carbon fiber reinforced polymer material, which includes multiple layers or layers of fiber material (e.g., graphite, or carbon fiber including vortex layers, or graphite carbon fiber, or a hybrid structure having both graphite and vortex layer components). Some examples of these composite materials and processes for making them are described in U.S. Patent Application Nos. 10/442,348 (now U.S. Patent No. 7,267,620), 10/831,496 (now U.S. Patent No. 7,140,974), 11/642,310, 11/825,138, 11/998,436, 11/895,195, 11/823,638, 12/004,386, 12,004,387, 11/960,609, 11/960,610, and 12/156,947, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. The composite material may be made according to at least the methods described in U.S. Patent Application No. 11/825,138, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

可替代地，可以使用之前提到的聚合物的短纖維或長纖維增強配方。例示性配方包括尼龍6/6聚醯胺配方，其為30%碳纖維填充且可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 285商購獲得。根據ASTM D 638測量，這種材料的拉伸強度為35000psi(241MPa)；根據ASTM D 638測量的拉伸伸長率為2.0-3.0%；根據ASTM D 638測量的拉伸模量為3.30x106psi(22754MPa)；根據ASTM D 790測量的撓曲強度為50000psi(345MPa)；以及根據ASTM D 790測量的撓曲模量為2.60x106psi(17927MPa)。Alternatively, short or long fiber reinforced formulations of the previously mentioned polymers may be used. An exemplary formulation includes a nylon 6/6 polyamide formulation that is 30% carbon fiber filled and commercially available from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 285. This material has a tensile strength of 35,000 psi (241 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 638; a tensile elongation of 2.0-3.0% as measured by ASTM D 638; a tensile modulus of 3.30 x 106 psi (22,754 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 638; a flexural strength of 50,000 psi (345 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 790; and a flexural modulus of 2.60 x 106 psi (17,927 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 790.

其他材料還包括聚鄰苯二甲醯胺(PPA)配方，它是40%碳纖維填充的，可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 4087 UP商購獲得。根據ISO 527測量，這種材料的拉伸強度為360MPa；根據ISO 527測量的拉伸伸長率為1.4%；根據ISO 527測量的拉伸模量為41500MPa；根據ISO 178測量的撓曲強度為580MPa；以及根據ISO 178測量的撓曲模量為34500MPa。Other materials include a poly(o-xylylenediamine) (PPA) formulation that is 40% carbon fiber filled and commercially available from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 4087 UP. This material has a tensile strength of 360 MPa as measured according to ISO 527; a tensile elongation of 1.4% as measured according to ISO 527; a tensile modulus of 41,500 MPa as measured according to ISO 527; a flexural strength of 580 MPa as measured according to ISO 178; and a flexural modulus of 34,500 MPa as measured according to ISO 178.

其他材料包括聚苯硫醚(PPS)配方，它是30%碳纖維填充的且可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 1385 UP商購獲得。根據ISO 527測量，這種材料的拉伸強度為255MPa；根據ISO 527測量的拉伸伸長率為1.3%；根據ISO 527測量的拉伸模量為28500MPa；根據ISO 178測量的撓曲強度為385MPa；以及根據ISO 178測量的撓曲模量為23,000MPa。Other materials include a polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) formulation that is 30% carbon fiber filled and commercially available from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 1385 UP. This material has a tensile strength of 255 MPa as measured according to ISO 527; a tensile elongation of 1.3% as measured according to ISO 527; a tensile modulus of 28,500 MPa as measured according to ISO 527; a flexural strength of 385 MPa as measured according to ISO 178; and a flexural modulus of 23,000 MPa as measured according to ISO 178.

特別較佳的材料包括聚碸(PSU)配方，它是20%碳纖維填充的，可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 983商購獲得。根據ISO 527測量，這種材料的拉伸強度為124MPa；根據ISO 527測量的拉伸伸長率為2%；根據ISO 527測量的拉伸模量為11032MPa；根據ISO 178測量的撓曲強度為186MPa；以及根據ISO 178測量的撓曲模量為9653MPa。Particularly preferred materials include a polysulfone (PSU) formulation that is 20% carbon fiber filled and commercially available from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 983. This material has a tensile strength of 124 MPa as measured according to ISO 527; a tensile elongation of 2% as measured according to ISO 527; a tensile modulus of 11032 MPa as measured according to ISO 527; a flexural strength of 186 MPa as measured according to ISO 178; and a flexural modulus of 9653 MPa as measured according to ISO 178.

此外，較佳的材料可包括聚碸(PSU)配方，它是30%碳纖維填充的且可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 985商購獲得。根據ISO 527測量，這種材料的拉伸強度為138MPa；根據ISO 527測量的拉伸伸長率為1.2%；根據ISO 527測量的拉伸模量為20685MPa；根據ISO 178測量的撓曲強度為193MPa；以及根據ISO 178測量的撓曲模量為12411MPa。Additionally, preferred materials may include a polysulfone (PSU) formulation that is 30% carbon fiber filled and commercially available from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 985. This material has a tensile strength of 138 MPa as measured according to ISO 527; a tensile elongation of 1.2% as measured according to ISO 527; a tensile modulus of 20,685 MPa as measured according to ISO 527; a flexural strength of 193 MPa as measured according to ISO 178; and a flexural modulus of 12,411 MPa as measured according to ISO 178.

進一步較佳的材料包括聚碸(PSU)配方，它是40%碳纖維填充的，可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 987商購獲得。根據ISO 527測量，這種材料的拉伸強度為155MPa；根據ISO 527測量的拉伸伸長率為1%；根據ISO 527測量的拉伸模量為24132MPa；根據ISO 178測量的撓曲強度為241MPa；以及根據ISO 178測量的撓曲模量為19306MPa。Further preferred materials include a polysulfone (PSU) formulation that is 40% carbon fiber filled and commercially available from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 987. This material has a tensile strength of 155 MPa as measured according to ISO 527; a tensile elongation of 1% as measured according to ISO 527; a tensile modulus of 24132 MPa as measured according to ISO 527; a flexural strength of 241 MPa as measured according to ISO 178; and a flexural modulus of 19306 MPa as measured according to ISO 178.

底面插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯104、環106和/或擊球面(諸如擊球板243)中的任何一者或多者可以具有複雜的三維形狀和曲率，該形狀和曲率通常對應於高爾夫球桿頭100的期望形狀和曲率。應當理解，其他類型的球桿頭，諸如球道木桿式球桿頭、混合型球桿頭和鐵桿式球桿頭，可以使用本文描述的原理、方法和材料中的一種或多種來製造。Any one or more of the sole insert 110, crown insert 108, cast cup 104, ring 106, and/or striking face (e.g., blade 243) may have a complex three-dimensional shape and curvature that generally corresponds to the desired shape and curvature of golf club head 100. It should be understood that other types of club heads, such as fairway wood club heads, hybrid club heads, and iron club heads, may be manufactured using one or more of the principles, methods, and materials described herein.

參考圖33、圖34至圖42，根據一些實例，製造本揭示的高爾夫球桿頭(諸如高爾夫球桿頭100)的方法550包括(框552)雷射燒蝕高爾夫球桿頭的第一部件502的第一部件表面520，使得第一部件燒蝕表面522形成在第一部件502中。方法550還包括(框554)雷射燒蝕高爾夫球桿頭100的第二部件504的第二部件表面524，使得第二部件燒蝕表面526形成在第二部件504中。方法550另外包括(框556)將第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526結合在一起。通常，方法550有助於產生具有促進結合表面之間牢固和可靠結合的特徵的高爾夫球桿頭的結合表面(即，搭接表面)。更具體地，通過用雷射器燒蝕高爾夫球桿頭的結合表面而形成的特徵促進了結合表面的圖案均勻性和表面能的增加，這有助於加強結合表面之間的結合並提高高爾夫球桿頭的整體可靠性和性能。此外，用雷射器燒蝕結合表面可以實現多個部件和批量部件的表面特性的可重複性。如本文所定義，第一部件燒蝕表面522和/或第二部件燒蝕表面526中的每一個可以是單個連續表面或多個間隔開的(例如，間斷的)表面。33, 34 to 42, according to some examples, a method 550 of manufacturing a golf club head (such as golf club head 100) of the present disclosure includes (block 552) laser etching a first component surface 520 of a first component 502 of a golf club head, such that a first component etched surface 522 is formed in the first component 502. The method 550 also includes (block 554) laser etching a second component surface 524 of a second component 504 of the golf club head 100, such that a second component etched surface 526 is formed in the second component 504. The method 550 further includes (block 556) bonding the first component etched surface 522 and the second component etched surface 526 together. In general, method 550 facilitates producing a bonding surface (i.e., a landing surface) of a golf club head having features that promote a strong and reliable bond between bonding surfaces. More specifically, the features formed by laser etching the bonding surface of the golf club head promote pattern uniformity and an increase in surface energy of the bonding surface, which helps to strengthen the bond between the bonding surfaces and improve the overall reliability and performance of the golf club head. In addition, laser etching the bonding surface can achieve repeatability of surface characteristics across multiple parts and batches of parts. As defined herein, each of the first part etched surface 522 and/or the second part etched surface 526 can be a single continuous surface or a plurality of spaced-apart (e.g., discontinuous) surfaces.

用於將高爾夫球桿頭的表面結合在一起的常規方法，包括經由非雷射燒蝕方法進行表面製備，可能無法提供足夠的圖案均勻性和表面能以產生牢固和可靠的結合。例如，化學燒蝕和介質噴射燒蝕工藝無法實現本揭示的雷射燒蝕可實現的結合表面的圖案均勻性和表面能。經由化學燒蝕工藝或介質噴射燒蝕工藝燒蝕的結合表面上的峰和穀的圖案不規則且不一致，這導致跨結合表面之間的結合的結合強度較低且不均勻。Conventional methods for bonding surfaces of golf club heads together, including surface preparation via non-laser etching methods, may not provide sufficient pattern uniformity and surface energy to produce a strong and reliable bond. For example, chemical etching and dielectric jet etching processes cannot achieve the pattern uniformity and surface energy of the bonded surface that can be achieved by laser etching of the present disclosure. The pattern of peaks and valleys on the bonded surface etched via a chemical etching process or a dielectric jet etching process is irregular and inconsistent, which results in a low and uneven bond strength across the bonded surfaces.

如圖33所示，第一部件雷射器506被構造為生成第一部件雷射束508並將第一部件雷射束508引導到第一部件502的第一部件表面520處。第一部件雷射束508撞擊第一部件表面520，這使第一部件表面520的一部分昇華到所需深度。更具體地，第一部件雷射束508的能量足以將第一部件表面520的部分從固態直接轉變為氣態。在一些實例中，所需深度在5微米至100微米之間、在20微米和50微米之間、或約30微米。從第一部件表面520昇華的氣體可以被抽走，諸如通過真空泵(未示出)。As shown in FIG. 33 , the first component laser 506 is configured to generate a first component laser beam 508 and direct the first component laser beam 508 to a first component surface 520 of the first component 502. The first component laser beam 508 strikes the first component surface 520, which causes a portion of the first component surface 520 to sublimate to a desired depth. More specifically, the energy of the first component laser beam 508 is sufficient to convert a portion of the first component surface 520 directly from a solid state to a gaseous state. In some examples, the desired depth is between 5 microns and 100 microns, between 20 microns and 50 microns, or about 30 microns. The gas sublimated from the first component surface 520 can be pumped away, such as by a vacuum pump (not shown).

第一部件表面520被昇華(例如，移除)的部分的深度取決於第一部件表面520的材料和第一部件雷射束508的特性。第一部件雷射束508的特性包括第一部件雷射束508對第一部件表面520的撞擊強度(例如，每單位面積的光功率)、脈衝頻率和持續時間。在第一部件表面520的一部分被移除之後，第一部件燒蝕表面522被暴露。因此，一般而言，第一部件雷射束508移除第一部件502的頂面，從而暴露出第一部件502的新鮮表面。第一部件燒蝕表面522(例如，新鮮表面或暴露表面)相對沒有存在於第一部件表面520上的污染物(例如，氧化物、水分等)。The depth of the portion of the first component surface 520 that is sublimated (e.g., removed) depends on the material of the first component surface 520 and the characteristics of the first component laser beam 508. The characteristics of the first component laser beam 508 include the impact intensity (e.g., optical power per unit area), pulse frequency, and duration of the first component laser beam 508 on the first component surface 520. After a portion of the first component surface 520 is removed, the first component ablation surface 522 is exposed. Therefore, in general, the first component laser beam 508 removes the top surface of the first component 502, thereby exposing the fresh surface of the first component 502. The first component ablation surface 522 (e.g., fresh surface or exposed surface) is relatively free of contaminants (e.g., oxides, moisture, etc.) present on the first component surface 520.

類似地，如圖34所示，第二部件雷射器510被構造為生成第二部件雷射束510並將第二部件雷射束512引導到第二部件504的第二部件表面524處。第二部件雷射束512撞擊第二部件表面524，這使第二部件表面524的一部分昇華到所需深度。更具體地，第二部件雷射束512的能量足以將第二部件表面524的部分從固態直接轉變為氣態。從第二部件表面524昇華的氣體可以被抽走，諸如通過真空泵(未示出)。第二部件表面524被昇華的部分的深度取決於第二部件表面524的材料和第二部件雷射束512的特性。與第一部件雷射束508一樣，第二部件雷射束512的特性包括第二部件雷射束512對第二部件表面524的撞擊強度(例如，每單位面積的光功率)、脈衝頻率和持續時間。通常，第一部件雷射束508和第二部件雷射束512是高度聚焦的雷射輻射束。在第二部件表面524的一部分被移除之後，第二部件燒蝕表面526被暴露。因此，一般而言，第二部件雷射束512移除第二部件504的頂面，從而暴露出第二部件504的新鮮表面。第二部件燒蝕表面526相對沒有第二部件表面524上存在的污染物。Similarly, as shown in FIG. 34 , the second component laser 510 is configured to generate a second component laser beam 510 and direct the second component laser beam 512 to the second component surface 524 of the second component 504. The second component laser beam 512 strikes the second component surface 524, which causes a portion of the second component surface 524 to sublimate to a desired depth. More specifically, the energy of the second component laser beam 512 is sufficient to convert a portion of the second component surface 524 directly from a solid state to a gaseous state. The gas sublimated from the second component surface 524 can be pumped away, such as by a vacuum pump (not shown). The depth of the sublimated portion of the second component surface 524 depends on the material of the second component surface 524 and the characteristics of the second component laser beam 512. As with the first component laser beam 508, the characteristics of the second component laser beam 512 include the intensity (e.g., optical power per unit area), pulse frequency, and duration of the impact of the second component laser beam 512 on the second component surface 524. Typically, the first component laser beam 508 and the second component laser beam 512 are highly focused laser radiation beams. After a portion of the second component surface 524 is removed, the second component ablation surface 526 is exposed. Therefore, in general, the second component laser beam 512 removes the top surface of the second component 504, thereby exposing the fresh surface of the second component 504. The second component ablation surface 526 is relatively free of contaminants present on the second component surface 524.

在方法550的某些實例中，第一部件雷射束508以第一部件速率沿著第一部件表面520移動以在第一部件502中形成第一部件燒蝕表面522。類似地，在一些實例中，第二部件雷射束510以第二部件速率沿著第二部件表面524移動以在第二部件504中形成第二部件燒蝕表面526。以此方式，具有相對較小覆蓋區的雷射束可用於形成具有相對較大表面積的燒蝕表面。此外，在各種實例中，可以使用光學器件將雷射束分成單獨的子束，以沿著燒蝕表面移動並形成燒蝕表面的單獨部分。而且，根據一些實例，從多個雷射器生成的多個雷射束可用於在單個部件中形成燒蝕表面。雷射束沿對應部件移動的速率取決於部件的材料類型。例如，當給定部件的材料比另一部件的材料昇華得更快時，給定的雷射束可能需要以比另一部件更快的速率沿著給定部件移動。相反，當給定部件的材料比另一部件的材料昇華得更慢時，給定的雷射束可能需要以比另一部件更慢的速率沿著給定部件移動。In some examples of method 550, first component laser beam 508 moves along first component surface 520 at a first component rate to form first component ablated surface 522 in first component 502. Similarly, in some examples, second component laser beam 510 moves along second component surface 524 at a second component rate to form second component ablated surface 526 in second component 504. In this way, a laser beam having a relatively small footprint can be used to form an ablated surface having a relatively large surface area. In addition, in various examples, an optical device can be used to split the laser beam into separate beamlets to move along the ablated surface and form separate portions of the ablated surface. Moreover, according to some examples, multiple laser beams generated from multiple lasers can be used to form an ablated surface in a single component. The rate at which the laser beam moves along the corresponding component depends on the type of material of the component. For example, when the material of a given component sublimates faster than the material of another component, the given laser beam may need to be moved along the given component at a faster rate than the other component. Conversely, when the material of a given component sublimates slower than the material of another component, the given laser beam may need to be moved along the given component at a slower rate than the other component.

昇華速率並因此雷射束沿部件的移動速率取決於生成雷射束的雷射類型和所生成的雷射束的特性。不同類型的雷射器生成不同類型的雷射束。例如，二氧化碳雷射器生成的雷射束不同於光纖雷射器生成的雷射束。同樣，Nd-YAG(摻釹釔鋁石榴石)雷射器生成的雷射束分別不同於二氧化碳雷射器和光纖雷射器生成的雷射束。此外，在一些實例中，可以選擇性地控制雷射器以調整所生成的雷射的特性。例如，可以選擇性地控制雷射器以調整所生成的雷射的強度或脈衝頻率中的一者或兩者。通常，雷射束的強度越高或雷射束的脈衝頻率越高，昇華率越高。The sublimation rate, and therefore the rate at which the laser beam moves along the component, depends on the type of laser that generates the laser beam and the characteristics of the generated laser beam. Different types of lasers generate different types of laser beams. For example, a CO2 laser generates a laser beam that is different from a fiber laser. Similarly, a Nd-YAG (nephrite-doped yttrium aluminum garnet) laser generates a laser beam that is different from a CO2 laser and a fiber laser, respectively. In addition, in some examples, the laser can be selectively controlled to adjust the characteristics of the generated laser. For example, the laser can be selectively controlled to adjust one or both of the intensity or pulse frequency of the generated laser. Generally, the higher the intensity of the laser beam or the higher the pulse frequency of the laser beam, the higher the sublimation rate.

第一部件502經雷射燒蝕後，形成第一部件燒蝕表面522，第二部件504經雷射燒蝕，形成第二部件燒蝕表面526，第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526結合在一起。參考圖35，第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526在彼此面對時沿結合線528結合在一起以形成結合接頭。結合線528被定義為第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526之間的結構，包括但不限於材料。因此，在某些實例中，第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526沿結合線528直接結合在一起。換句話說，在這樣的實例中，除了結合線528的材料之外，沒有其他中間層插入在第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526之間。在一些實例中，當第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526黏性結合時，結合線528包括黏合帶174。黏合帶174沿結合線528具有最大厚度和最小厚度，或者可替代地平均厚度。After the first component 502 is laser etched, a first component etched surface 522 is formed, and after the second component 504 is laser etched, a second component etched surface 526 is formed. The first component etched surface 522 and the second component etched surface 526 are bonded together. Referring to FIG. 35 , the first component etched surface 522 and the second component etched surface 526 are bonded together along a bonding line 528 when facing each other to form a bonding joint. The bonding line 528 is defined as a structure between the first component etched surface 522 and the second component etched surface 526, including but not limited to materials. Therefore, in some examples, the first component etched surface 522 and the second component etched surface 526 are directly bonded together along the bonding line 528. In other words, in such an example, no other intermediate layers are interposed between the first component etched surface 522 and the second component etched surface 526 other than the material of the bond line 528. In some examples, when the first component etched surface 522 and the second component etched surface 526 are adhesively bonded, the bond line 528 includes the adhesive tape 174. The adhesive tape 174 has a maximum thickness and a minimum thickness along the bond line 528, or alternatively an average thickness.

在一些實例中，第一部件雷射器506的類型、第一部件雷射束508的移動速率(即，第一部件速率)和/或第一部件雷射束508的特性取決於第一部件502的材料類型。類似地，在一些實例中，第二部件雷射器510的類型、第二部件雷射束512的移動速率(即，第二部件速率)和/或第二部件雷射束512的特性取決於第二部件504的材料類型。In some examples, the type of first component laser 506, the movement rate of first component laser beam 508 (i.e., first component rate), and/or the characteristics of first component laser beam 508 depend on the material type of first component 502. Similarly, in some examples, the type of second component laser 510, the movement rate of second component laser beam 512 (i.e., second component rate), and/or the characteristics of second component laser beam 512 depend on the material type of second component 504.

根據某些實例，第一部件502由第一材料製成並且第二部件由第二材料製成，其中第一材料不同於第二材料。在一個實例中，第一部件502由第一類型的金屬材料製成並且第二部件504由第二類型的金屬材料製成。在另一實例中，第一部件502由第一類型的非金屬材料製成並且第二部件504由第二類型的非金屬材料製成。在又一實例中，第一部件502由非金屬材料製成並且第二部件504由金屬材料製成。在上述實例中，第一部件雷射器506的類型、第一部件雷射束508的移動速率或第一部件雷射束508的特性中的至少一者分別不同於第二部件雷射器510的類型、第二部件雷射束512的移動速率或第二部件雷射束512的特性。根據一些實例，第一部件雷射器506的類型不同於第二部件雷射器510的類型(例如，使得第一部件雷射器506不同於第二部件雷射器510並且與第二部件雷射器510分離)。在一些實例中，第一部件速率不同於第二部件速率。在一個實例中，第一部件雷射束508的強度不同於第二部件雷射束512的強度。附加地或可替代地，根據某些實例，第一部件雷射束508的脈衝頻率不同於第二部件雷射束512的脈衝頻率。According to some examples, the first component 502 is made of a first material and the second component is made of a second material, wherein the first material is different from the second material. In one example, the first component 502 is made of a first type of metal material and the second component 504 is made of a second type of metal material. In another example, the first component 502 is made of a first type of non-metal material and the second component 504 is made of a second type of non-metal material. In yet another example, the first component 502 is made of a non-metal material and the second component 504 is made of a metal material. In the above examples, at least one of the type of the first component laser 506, the moving speed of the first component laser beam 508, or the characteristics of the first component laser beam 508 is different from the type of the second component laser 510, the moving speed of the second component laser beam 512, or the characteristics of the second component laser beam 512, respectively. According to some examples, the type of the first component laser 506 is different from the type of the second component laser 510 (e.g., such that the first component laser 506 is different from and separate from the second component laser 510). In some examples, the first component rate is different from the second component rate. In one example, the intensity of the first component laser beam 508 is different from the intensity of the second component laser beam 512. Additionally or alternatively, according to some examples, the pulse frequency of the first component laser beam 508 is different from the pulse frequency of the second component laser beam 512.

根據一些實例，第一材料是纖維增強聚合材料而第二材料是金屬材料。在一個實例中，纖維增強聚合材料是玻璃纖維增強聚合材料或碳纖維增強聚合材料中的至少一種，諸如上述那些材料中的一種，而金屬材料是鈦合金，諸如鑄造鈦材料。在這些實例中，以下中的至少一者：第一部件雷射器506是二氧化碳雷射器而第二部件雷射器510是光纖雷射器；第一部件速率比第二部件速率慢；第一部件雷射束508的強度小於第二部件雷射束512的強度；或者第一部件雷射束508的脈衝頻率小於第二部件雷射束512的脈衝頻率。在一些實例中，當第一部件速率比第二部件速率慢時，第一部件速率在600mm/s至800mm/s之間(例如，700mm/s)，而第二部件速率在600mm/s至800mm/s之間(例如，700mm/s)。在某些實例中，當第一部件雷射束508的強度小於第二部件雷射束512的強度時，第一部件雷射束508的強度在40瓦至60瓦之間，而第二部件雷射束512的強度在40瓦至60瓦之間。在一些實例中，當第一部件雷射束508的脈衝頻率小於第二部件雷射束512的脈衝頻率時，第一部件雷射束508的脈衝頻率在40kHz至60kHz之間，而第二部件雷射束512的脈衝頻率在40kHz至60kHz之間。According to some examples, the first material is a fiber reinforced polymer material and the second material is a metal material. In one example, the fiber reinforced polymer material is at least one of a glass fiber reinforced polymer material or a carbon fiber reinforced polymer material, such as one of those materials described above, and the metal material is a titanium alloy, such as a cast titanium material. In these examples, at least one of the following: the first component laser 506 is a carbon dioxide laser and the second component laser 510 is a fiber laser; the first component rate is slower than the second component rate; the intensity of the first component laser beam 508 is less than the intensity of the second component laser beam 512; or the pulse frequency of the first component laser beam 508 is less than the pulse frequency of the second component laser beam 512. In some examples, when the first component rate is slower than the second component rate, the first component rate is between 600 mm/s and 800 mm/s (e.g., 700 mm/s), and the second component rate is between 600 mm/s and 800 mm/s (e.g., 700 mm/s). In some examples, when the intensity of the first component laser beam 508 is less than the intensity of the second component laser beam 512, the intensity of the first component laser beam 508 is between 40 watts and 60 watts, and the intensity of the second component laser beam 512 is between 40 watts and 60 watts. In some examples, when the pulse frequency of the first component laser beam 508 is less than the pulse frequency of the second component laser beam 512, the pulse frequency of the first component laser beam 508 is between 40 kHz and 60 kHz, and the pulse frequency of the second component laser beam 512 is between 40 kHz and 60 kHz.

當第一部件502的第一材料或第二部件504的第二材料是纖維增強聚合材料(包括嵌入樹脂或環氧樹脂基體中的多個增強纖維)時，對應的第一部件表面520或第二部件表面524完全由纖維增強聚合材料的樹脂或環氧樹脂基體限定。因此，第一部件雷射束508或第二部件雷射束512僅撞擊並燒蝕樹脂或環氧樹脂基體，而不燒蝕嵌入其中的增強纖維。此外，在一些實例中，第一部件502或第二部件504由夾在玻璃纖維增強聚合材料的相對外部片層之間的碳纖維增強聚合材料的多個片層製成。在此類實例中，對應的雷射束僅撞擊並燒蝕玻璃纖維增強聚合材料的樹脂或環氧樹脂基體。When the first material of the first component 502 or the second material of the second component 504 is a fiber reinforced polymer material (including a plurality of reinforcing fibers embedded in a resin or epoxy matrix), the corresponding first component surface 520 or second component surface 524 is completely defined by the resin or epoxy matrix of the fiber reinforced polymer material. Therefore, the first component laser beam 508 or the second component laser beam 512 only strikes and ablate the resin or epoxy matrix, but does not ablate the reinforcing fibers embedded therein. In addition, in some examples, the first component 502 or the second component 504 is made of multiple plies of carbon fiber reinforced polymer material sandwiched between relatively outer plies of glass fiber reinforced polymer material. In such instances, the corresponding laser beam strikes and burns only the resin or epoxy matrix of the glass fiber reinforced polymer material.

如前所述，由於能夠精確控制雷射器的能量、脈衝頻率和方向性，表面的雷射燒蝕可產生具有高均勻性峰穀的新鮮(例如，相對未受污染的)表面，以及高表面能。通常，雷射束的每個脈衝昇華並移除被燒蝕表面的局部部分。表面的移除部分限定了穀(例如，凹坑或凹陷)，其形狀與雷射束的橫截面形狀相對應，深度與雷射束的強度和頻率相對應。因為雷射束相對於被燒蝕的表面移動，所以雷射束的每個脈衝接觸表面的不同部分，這導致與被移除部分相對應的不同且間隔開的穀。因為被移除部分之間的表面部分沒有被移除，所以表面的未被移除部分限定了穀的對角線之間的峰。以此方式，隨著雷射束相對於表面移動，在表面中形成峰穀圖案。As previously described, laser ablation of a surface can produce a fresh (e.g., relatively uncontaminated) surface with highly uniform valleys, as well as high surface energy, due to the ability to precisely control the energy, pulse frequency, and directionality of the laser. Typically, each pulse of the laser beam sublimates and removes a localized portion of the ablated surface. The removed portion of the surface defines a valley (e.g., a pit or depression) having a shape corresponding to the cross-sectional shape of the laser beam and a depth corresponding to the intensity and frequency of the laser beam. Because the laser beam moves relative to the ablated surface, each pulse of the laser beam contacts a different portion of the surface, which results in different and spaced-apart valleys corresponding to the removed portions. Because the portions of the surface between the removed portions are not removed, the unremoved portions of the surface define the peaks between the diagonals of the valleys. In this way, a peak-and-valley pattern is formed in the surface as the laser beam moves relative to the surface.

參考圖33，第一部件表面520的昇華產生具有峰和穀的第一部件燒蝕圖案的第一部件燒蝕表面522。類似地，參考圖34，第二部件表面524的昇華產生具有峰和穀的第二部件燒蝕圖案的第二部件燒蝕表面526。在圖36、37、45至46中示出了可以代表第一部件燒蝕圖案和第二部件燒蝕圖案的穀峰的燒蝕圖案的實例。Referring to FIG. 33 , sublimation of the first component surface 520 produces a first component etch surface 522 having a first component etch pattern of peaks and valleys. Similarly, referring to FIG. 34 , sublimation of the second component surface 524 produces a second component etch surface 526 having a second component etch pattern of peaks and valleys. Examples of etch patterns of valley peaks that can represent the first component etch pattern and the second component etch pattern are shown in FIGS. 36 , 37 , 45 to 46 .

燒蝕圖案540包括由多個穀544間隔開的多個峰542。通常，雷射束被移動和脈衝化，使得谷相對於彼此定位以形成所需的圖案。穀的圖案可以是對稱的或非對稱的。此外，穀之間的間距可以是均勻的或非均勻的。在一個實例中，諸如圖36、45至46所示，燒蝕圖案540是對稱的並且燒蝕圖案540的穀之間的間距是均勻的。如圖36所示，在對稱圖案的一個實例中，燒蝕圖案540的穀均勻間隔且緊密地間隔在一起，這意味著每個谷與峰穀圖案的至少一個相鄰穀和至少一個相鄰峰相鄰。在圖36的圖示實例中，峰和穀的燒蝕圖案540的一些穀與四個相鄰的穀和四個相鄰的峰相鄰。同樣，在圖36的圖示實例中，峰和穀的燒蝕圖案540的一些峰與四個相鄰的峰和四個相鄰的穀相鄰。The ablation pattern 540 includes a plurality of peaks 542 separated by a plurality of valleys 544. Typically, the laser beam is moved and pulsed so that the valleys are positioned relative to each other to form the desired pattern. The pattern of valleys can be symmetrical or asymmetrical. In addition, the spacing between valleys can be uniform or non-uniform. In one example, as shown in FIGS. 36, 45-46, the ablation pattern 540 is symmetrical and the spacing between valleys of the ablation pattern 540 is uniform. As shown in FIG. 36 , in one example of a symmetrical pattern, the valleys of the erosion pattern 540 are evenly spaced and closely spaced together, meaning that each valley is adjacent to at least one adjacent valley and at least one adjacent peak of the peak-to-valley pattern. In the illustrated example of FIG. 36 , some valleys of the peak-to-valley erosion pattern 540 are adjacent to four adjacent valleys and four adjacent peaks. Similarly, in the illustrated example of FIG. 36 , some peaks of the peak-to-valley erosion pattern 540 are adjacent to four adjacent peaks and four adjacent valleys.

在一些實例中，跨過峰542中的一個並且沿著部件的長度L(或寬度)，穀544中的每一個與穀544中的相鄰一個隔開谷到穀距離Dvv。谷到谷距離Dvv被定義為從穀544中的一個的中心點到穀544中相鄰一個的中心點的距離。此外，穀544中的每一個都具有從假設邊界546測量的穀深度dv，假設邊界546在被雷射燒蝕之前通常與表面共面。參考圖45和46，穀544中的每一個具有主要尺寸D1(例如，最大尺寸)和次要尺寸D2(例如，最小尺寸)。主要尺寸D1等於或小於次要尺寸D2。例如，參考圖45，當穀544中的每一個基本上是圓形時，主要尺寸D1等於次要尺寸D2。然而，在其他實例中，如圖46所示，穀544中的每一個具有非圓形形狀(例如，橢圓形)，使得主要尺寸D1大於次要尺寸D2。在一些實例中，諸如當被雷射束燒蝕的表面是平坦的時，所得燒蝕圖案包括圓形的穀544。然而，根據某些實例，諸如當被雷射束燒蝕的表面彎曲或成形時，表面的曲率使得所得燒蝕圖案的穀544具有橢圓形狀。In some examples, across one of the peaks 542 and along the length L (or width) of the feature, each of the valleys 544 is separated from an adjacent one of the valleys 544 by a valley-to-valley distance Dvv. The valley-to-valley distance Dvv is defined as the distance from the center point of one of the valleys 544 to the center point of an adjacent one of the valleys 544. In addition, each of the valleys 544 has a valley depth dv measured from an assumed boundary 546, which is assumed to be generally coplanar with the surface before being laser etched. Referring to FIGS. 45 and 46, each of the valleys 544 has a major dimension D1 (e.g., a maximum dimension) and a minor dimension D2 (e.g., a minimum dimension). The major dimension D1 is equal to or less than the minor dimension D2. For example, referring to FIG. 45 , when each of the valleys 544 is substantially circular, the major dimension D1 is equal to the minor dimension D2. However, in other examples, as shown in FIG. 46 , each of the valleys 544 has a non-circular shape (e.g., elliptical), such that the major dimension D1 is greater than the minor dimension D2. In some examples, such as when the surface etched by the laser beam is flat, the resulting etched pattern includes circular valleys 544. However, according to some examples, such as when the surface etched by the laser beam is curved or shaped, the curvature of the surface causes the valleys 544 of the resulting etched pattern to have an elliptical shape.

在一些實例中，穀544中的至少一個的主要尺寸D1在40微米至80微米之間，並且次要尺寸D2等於主要尺寸D1或可以變化多達10%或20%或變化10-20微米。另外或可替代地，兩個穀544之間的谷到穀距離Dvv可以在兩個穀544中的任何一個的主要尺寸Dl的80%-200%(較佳地至少120%)的範圍內。如本文所定義，關於穀544，當第二谷是第一谷的最近鄰時，第一谷與第二穀相鄰。此外，在一些實例中，諸如那些穀之間具有均勻間距的實例，可以認為給定谷與多個穀相鄰。谷544的中心點被定義為穀544的最大深度的位置，其通常是從穀544的外周邊向內的主要尺寸的一半。穀544的外周長(例如，周長)被定義為過渡區域，其中谷544的穀深度dv相對於未燒蝕表面的變化不超過5微米，較佳地相對於未燒蝕表面的變化在0至2微米之間。In some examples, the major dimension D1 of at least one of the valleys 544 is between 40 microns and 80 microns, and the minor dimension D2 is equal to the major dimension D1 or can vary by up to 10% or 20% or by 10-20 microns. Additionally or alternatively, the valley-to-valley distance Dvv between two valleys 544 can be in the range of 80%-200% (preferably at least 120%) of the major dimension D1 of either of the two valleys 544. As defined herein, with respect to valleys 544, a first valley is adjacent to a second valley when the second valley is the nearest neighbor of the first valley. Furthermore, in some examples, such as those with uniform spacing between valleys, a given valley can be considered to be adjacent to multiple valleys. The center point of valley 544 is defined as the location of the maximum depth of valley 544, which is generally half of the major dimension inward from the outer perimeter of valley 544. The outer perimeter (e.g., circumference) of valley 544 is defined as a transition region where the valley depth dv of valley 544 does not vary by more than 5 microns relative to the unetched surface, and preferably varies between 0 and 2 microns relative to the unetched surface.

根據一個實例，本文使用的峰和穀的燒蝕圖案的均勻性可以根據燒蝕圖案的穀大小的變化來定義。如前所述，一些燒蝕工藝(諸如，介質噴射燒蝕工藝)留下的基本上不可控的燒蝕圖案包括大小、形狀和間距大不相同的穀。精確控制雷射的能量、脈衝頻率和方向性的能力產生了圖案的所有穀都具有均勻大小的燒蝕圖案。由雷射束形成的燒蝕圖案的穀大小的均勻性可以通過燒蝕圖案的一個谷相對於燒蝕圖案的谷的任一其他(例如，所有其他的)穀的大小百分比差異來表示。與穀的大小有關的百分比差異等於圖案中一個穀的大小與圖案中任何其他穀的大小的比率(以百分比表示)。燒蝕圖案的穀大小的百分比差異越小，燒蝕圖案的均勻性越高。在一些實例中，給定圖案的一個穀的大小與給定圖案的任何其他穀的大小的百分比差異不超過20%。換句話說，一個穀的大小在任何其他一個穀或所有其他穀的大小的20%以內。在其他實例中，給定圖案的一個穀的大小與給定圖案的任何其他穀的大小的百分比差異不超過10%。According to one example, the uniformity of the peaks and valleys of an erosion pattern as used herein can be defined in terms of the variation in the size of the valleys of the erosion pattern. As previously described, some erosion processes (e.g., dielectric jet erosion processes) leave behind essentially uncontrollable erosion patterns that include valleys of widely varying sizes, shapes, and spacings. The ability to precisely control the energy, pulse frequency, and directionality of the laser produces an erosion pattern in which all valleys of the pattern have uniform sizes. The uniformity of the size of the valleys of the erosion pattern formed by the laser beam can be represented by the percentage difference in size of one valley of the erosion pattern relative to any other (e.g., all other) valleys of the valleys of the erosion pattern. The percentage difference associated with the size of a grain is equal to the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the size of one grain in a pattern to the size of any other grain in the pattern. The smaller the percentage difference in the grain size of a burned pattern, the more uniform the burned pattern. In some instances, the percentage difference in the size of a grain of a given pattern from the size of any other grain of the given pattern does not exceed 20%. In other words, the size of one grain is within 20% of the size of any other grain or all other grains. In other instances, the percentage difference in the size of one grain of a given pattern from the size of any other grain of the given pattern does not exceed 10%.

穀的大小可以表示為橫截面積、主要尺寸D1、次要尺寸D2、深度dv或穀的大小的其他特徵。在某些實例中，一個穀的主要尺寸D1或次要尺寸D2在任何其他一個穀或所有其他穀的對應主要尺寸D1或次要尺寸D2的20%以內。根據一個實例，一個穀的主要尺寸D1在任何其他一個穀或所有其他穀的主要尺寸D1的20%之內，並且一個穀的次要尺寸D2在任何其他一個穀或所有其他穀的次要尺寸D2的20%之內。在某些實例中，一個穀的主要尺寸D1或次要尺寸D2在任何其他一個穀或所有其他穀的對應主要尺寸D1或次要尺寸D2的10%以內。根據一個實例，一個穀的主要尺寸D1在任何其他一個穀或所有其他穀的主要尺寸D1的10%之內，並且一個穀的次要尺寸D2在任何其他一個穀或所有其他穀的次要尺寸D2的10%之內。儘管上述實例參考了穀的主要尺寸D1和次要尺寸D2，但穀大小的其他特徵，諸如橫截面積和深度，可以與主要尺寸D1和次要尺寸D2互換。The size of the valley can be expressed as a cross-sectional area, a major dimension D1, a minor dimension D2, a depth dv, or other characteristics of the size of the valley. In some instances, the major dimension D1 or minor dimension D2 of one valley is within 20% of the corresponding major dimension D1 or minor dimension D2 of any other valley or all other valleys. According to one example, the major dimension D1 of one valley is within 20% of the major dimension D1 of any other valley or all other valleys, and the minor dimension D2 of one valley is within 20% of the minor dimension D2 of any other valley or all other valleys. In some instances, the major dimension D1 or minor dimension D2 of one valley is within 10% of the corresponding major dimension D1 or minor dimension D2 of any other valley or all other valleys. According to one example, the major dimension D1 of a valley is within 10% of the major dimension D1 of any other valley or all other valleys, and the minor dimension D2 of a valley is within 10% of the minor dimension D2 of any other valley or all other valleys. Although the above examples refer to the major dimension D1 and minor dimension D2 of the valley, other characteristics of the valley size, such as cross-sectional area and depth, may be interchanged with the major dimension D1 and minor dimension D2.

附加地或可替代地，在一些實例中，如本文所使用的峰和穀的燒蝕圖案的均勻性可以根據燒蝕圖案的相鄰穀之間的距離的變化來定義。精確控制雷射的能量、脈衝頻率和方向性的能力產生了圖案的所有穀部彼此均勻間隔開的燒蝕圖案。由雷射束形成的燒蝕圖案的穀之間距離的均勻性可以用燒蝕圖案的兩個相鄰穀之間的距離相對於燒蝕圖案的任何其他兩個相鄰穀(例如，所有相鄰的穀)之間的距離的百分比差異來表示。與穀之間的距離有關的百分比差異等於圖案中兩個相鄰穀之間的距離與圖案中任何其他兩個相鄰穀之間的距離的比率(以百分比表示)。燒蝕圖案的穀之間距離的百分比差異越小，燒蝕圖案的均勻性越高。在一些實例中，給定圖案的兩個相鄰穀之間的距離與給定圖案的任何其他兩個相鄰穀之間的差的百分比差異不超過20%。換句話說，兩個相鄰穀之間的距離在任何其他兩個相鄰穀之間距離的20%以內。在其他實例中，給定圖案的兩個相鄰穀之間的距離與給定圖案的任何其他兩個相鄰穀之間的差的百分比差異不超過10%。Additionally or alternatively, in some examples, the uniformity of an erosion pattern of peaks and valleys as used herein can be defined in terms of the variation in the distance between adjacent valleys of the erosion pattern. The ability to precisely control the energy, pulse frequency, and directionality of the laser produces an erosion pattern in which all valleys of the pattern are uniformly spaced from one another. The uniformity of the distance between valleys of an erosion pattern formed by a laser beam can be expressed as a percentage difference in the distance between two adjacent valleys of the erosion pattern relative to the distance between any other two adjacent valleys (e.g., all adjacent valleys) of the erosion pattern. The percentage difference associated with the distance between the grains is equal to the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the distance between two adjacent grains in the pattern to the distance between any other two adjacent grains in the pattern. The smaller the percentage difference in the distance between the grains of the burn pattern, the more uniform the burn pattern. In some examples, the percentage difference in the distance between two adjacent grains of a given pattern and the difference between any other two adjacent grains of the given pattern does not exceed 20%. In other words, the distance between two adjacent grains is within 20% of the distance between any other two adjacent grains. In other instances, the percentage difference between the distance between two adjacent valleys of a given pattern and the difference between any other two adjacent valleys of the given pattern does not differ by more than 10%.

對應於本文揭示的部件的燒蝕表面上燒蝕圖案的峰穀的均勻性，與使用其他類型的燒蝕工藝處理的表面相比，雷射燒蝕高爾夫球桿頭的部件的表面也促進更高的表面能。如上所述，要結合的表面的更高表面能能夠使表面之間的結合更牢固和更可靠。表面的表面能與表面的水接觸角成反比。換句話說，表面的水接觸角越小，該表面的表面能就越高。水接觸角定義為(通過水)表面上的一滴水與表面形成的角度。水接觸角越低，表面的潤濕性越高，這促進了黏合劑的黏合性和黏合劑與表面的結合能力。因此，水接觸角越低，結合越好，結合強度越高。在一些實例中，水接觸角可以通過使用測角儀或其他測量裝置來測量。根據下表4，示出了在形成結合接頭之前，高爾夫球桿頭的若干實例的各種雷射燒蝕表面的水接觸角。Corresponding to the uniformity of the peaks and valleys of the etched pattern on the etched surface of the component disclosed herein, the surface of the component of the laser etched golf club head also promotes a higher surface energy compared to surfaces treated using other types of etching processes. As described above, a higher surface energy of the surfaces to be bonded can make the bond between the surfaces stronger and more reliable. The surface energy of a surface is inversely proportional to the water contact angle of the surface. In other words, the smaller the water contact angle of a surface, the higher the surface energy of the surface. The water contact angle is defined as the angle formed by a drop of water on the surface (by water) with the surface. The lower the water contact angle, the higher the wettability of the surface, which promotes the adhesion of the adhesive and the ability of the adhesive to bond to the surface. Therefore, the lower the water contact angle, the better the bond and the higher the bond strength. In some examples, the water contact angle can be measured using a goniometer or other measuring device. Table 4 below shows the water contact angles of various laser etched surfaces of several examples of golf club heads before forming a bonded joint.

在表4中，冠部桿頸表面是主體102的前凸緣燒蝕表面179A的一部分，它比底面部分117更靠近冠部部分119，並且比趾部部分114更靠近桿頸120；冠趾表面是主體102的前凸緣燒蝕表面179A的一部分，它比底面部分117更靠近冠部部分119，並且比桿頸120更靠近趾部部分114；底面桿頸表面是主體102的前凸緣燒蝕表面179A的一部分，它比冠部部分119更靠近底面部分117，並且比趾部部分114更靠近桿頸120；並且底趾表面是主體102的前凸緣燒蝕表面179A的一部分，它比冠部部分119更靠近底面部分117，並且比桿頸120更靠近趾部部分114。因此，參考表4，在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的第二部件燒蝕表面526或任何雷射燒蝕表面具有2°至25°之間或5°至18°之間的水接觸角。根據某些實例，高爾夫球桿頭100的燒蝕表面的水接觸角小於50°、小於45°、小於40°、小於35°、小於30°、小於25°或小於20°。在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的燒蝕表面的水接觸角大於零度且小於30°或大於零度且小於25°。在某些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的燒蝕表面的水接觸角在1°至18°之間。In Table 4, the crown neck surface is a portion of the front edge etched surface 179A of the body 102, which is closer to the crown portion 119 than the sole portion 117, and closer to the neck 120 than the toe portion 114; the crown toe surface is a portion of the front edge etched surface 179A of the body 102, which is closer to the crown portion 119 than the sole portion 117, and closer to the toe portion 114 than the neck 120. 4; the bottom face neck surface is a portion of the front edge etched surface 179A of the body 102, which is closer to the bottom face portion 117 than the crown portion 119, and closer to the neck 120 than the toe portion 114; and the bottom toe surface is a portion of the front edge etched surface 179A of the body 102, which is closer to the bottom face portion 117 than the crown portion 119, and closer to the toe portion 114 than the neck 120. Therefore, referring to Table 4, in some examples, the second component etched surface 526 of the golf club head 100 or any laser etched surface has a water contact angle between 2° and 25° or between 5° and 18°. According to some examples, the water contact angle of the etched surface of the golf club head 100 is less than 50°, less than 45°, less than 40°, less than 35°, less than 30°, less than 25°, or less than 20°. In some examples, the water contact angle of the etched surface of the golf club head 100 is greater than zero and less than 30° or greater than zero and less than 25°. In some examples, the water contact angle of the etched surface of the golf club head 100 is between 1° and 18°.

參考圖38、40和41，在一些實例中，第一部件502是高爾夫球桿頭100的擊球板143，而第二部件504是高爾夫球桿頭100的主體102。在某些實例中，擊球板143可以由纖維增強聚合材料製成並且主體102可以由不同材料，諸如鑄造鈦材料、非鑄造鈦材料、鋁材料、鋼材料、鎢材料、塑料材料等製成。在某些實例中，擊球板143由纖維增強聚合材料的多個堆疊片層製成。在一個實例中，擊球板143由35-70層堆疊片層的纖維增強聚合材料(每個片層具有在給定角度的連續纖維)製成並且具有3.5mm至6.0mm之間包括端值的厚度。片層的纖維的角度可以從片層到片層變化。可替代地，擊球板143可由金屬材料諸如鈦合金製成，而主體102可由相同的金屬材料或不同的金屬材料諸如不同的鈦合金製成。而且，如上所述，主體102可以由多個單獨形成並隨後附接的部件製成，其中每個部件由不同材料製成。38, 40 and 41, in some examples, the first component 502 is the blade 143 of the golf club head 100, and the second component 504 is the body 102 of the golf club head 100. In some examples, the blade 143 can be made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material and the body 102 can be made of different materials, such as cast titanium material, non-cast titanium material, aluminum material, steel material, tungsten material, plastic material, etc. In some examples, the blade 143 is made of multiple stacked layers of fiber-reinforced polymer material. In one example, the blade 143 is made of 35-70 stacked plies of fiber-reinforced polymer material (each ply having continuous fibers at a given angle) and has a thickness between 3.5 mm and 6.0 mm, inclusive. The angles of the fibers of the plies may vary from ply to ply. Alternatively, the blade 143 may be made of a metal material such as a titanium alloy, and the body 102 may be made of the same metal material or a different metal material such as a different titanium alloy. Moreover, as described above, the body 102 may be made of multiple components that are formed separately and subsequently attached, each component being made of a different material.

當第一部件502是高爾夫球桿頭100的擊球板143時，第一部件表面520包括與擊球板143的擊球面145相對的擊球板143的內表面166或後表面。因此，如圖38所示，第一雷射器506生成第一部件雷射束508並引導第一部件雷射束508以至少部分地在內表面166上在指定的第一部件結合面積548內並沿著指定的第一部件結合面積548撞擊內表面166，以形成擊球板內部燒蝕表面179C。因此，擊球板143的整個內表面166的僅一部分(例如，外周部分)被雷射燒蝕，而內表面166的其餘部分未被燒蝕。第一部件燒蝕表面522至少部分地包括擊球板內部燒蝕表面179C。在一些實例中，第一部件表面520還包括擊球板145的外圍邊緣表面167並且第一雷射器506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508撞擊(例如，整個)外圍邊緣表面167，從而形成擊球板邊緣燒蝕表面179D。因此，第一部件燒蝕表面522可以進一步包括擊球板邊緣燒蝕表面179D並且指定的第一部件結合面積548可以進一步包括外圍邊緣表面167。在某些實例中，擊球板內部燒蝕表面179C和擊球板邊緣燒蝕表面179D具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中，與雷射燒蝕內表面166時相比，由於外圍邊緣表面167相對於內表面166的角度，當雷射燒蝕外圍邊緣表面167時，調整擊球板143相對於第一部件雷射器506的取向。When the first component 502 is the striking plate 143 of the golf club head 100, the first component surface 520 includes the inner surface 166 or the rear surface of the striking plate 143 opposite the striking face 145 of the striking plate 143. Therefore, as shown in FIG38, the first laser 506 generates and directs the first component laser beam 508 to strike the inner surface 166 at least partially on the inner surface 166 within and along the designated first component bonding area 548 to form the striking plate inner etched surface 179C. Therefore, only a portion (e.g., the outer peripheral portion) of the entire inner surface 166 of the striking plate 143 is laser etched, while the remaining portion of the inner surface 166 is not etched. The first component etched surface 522 at least partially includes the blade interior etched surface 179C. In some examples, the first component surface 520 further includes the outer peripheral edge surface 167 of the blade 145 and the first laser 506 generates the first component laser beam 508 and directs the first component laser beam 508 to strike (e.g., the entire) the outer peripheral edge surface 167, thereby forming the blade edge etched surface 179D. Therefore, the first component etched surface 522 can further include the blade edge etched surface 179D and the designated first component bonding area 548 can further include the outer peripheral edge surface 167. In some embodiments, the inner blade etched surface 179C and the blade edge etched surface 179D have the same etched pattern. In some embodiments, the orientation of the blade 143 relative to the first component laser 506 is adjusted when the outer edge surface 167 is laser etched compared to when the inner surface 166 is laser etched due to the angle of the outer edge surface 167 relative to the inner surface 166.

當第二部件504是主體102時，第二部件表面524包括主體102的板開口凹陷凸緣147。因此，如圖39所示，第二雷射器510生成第二部件雷射束512並且引導第二部件雷射束512以在指定的第二部件結合面積內並沿著指定的第二部件結合面積撞擊板開口凹陷凸緣147，以形成前凸緣燒蝕表面179A。第二部件燒蝕表面526至少部分地包括前凸緣燒蝕表面179A。在一些實例中，第二部件表面524還包括繞板開口凹陷凸緣147延伸的側壁146，並且第二雷射器510生成第二部件雷射束512並引導第二部件雷射束512撞擊(例如，全部)側壁146，使得形成前側壁燒蝕表面179B。因此，第二部件燒蝕表面526可以進一步包括前側壁燒蝕表面179B並且指定的第二部件結合面積可以進一步包括側壁146。在某些實例中，前凸緣燒蝕表面179A和前側壁燒蝕表面179B具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中，與雷射燒蝕板開口凹陷凸緣147時相比，當雷射燒蝕側壁146時，由於側壁146相對於板開口凹陷凸緣147的角度，調整主體102相對於第二部件雷射器510的取向。When the second component 504 is the body 102, the second component surface 524 includes the plate opening recessed ridge 147 of the body 102. Therefore, as shown in Figure 39, the second laser 510 generates a second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 to hit the plate opening recessed ridge 147 within and along the designated second component bonding area to form the front flange etched surface 179A. The second component etched surface 526 at least partially includes the front flange etched surface 179A. In some examples, the second component surface 524 further includes the sidewall 146 extending around the plate opening recessed lip 147, and the second laser 510 generates the second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 to hit (e.g., all) the sidewall 146, so that the front sidewall etched surface 179B is formed. Therefore, the second component etched surface 526 can further include the front sidewall etched surface 179B and the designated second component bonding area can further include the sidewall 146. In some examples, the front lip etched surface 179A and the front sidewall etched surface 179B have the same etched pattern. In some examples, when the sidewall 146 is laser etched compared to when the plate opening recessed lip 147 is laser etched, the orientation of the body 102 relative to the second component laser 510 is adjusted due to the angle of the sidewall 146 relative to the plate opening recessed lip 147.

鑒於前述，根據一些實例，諸如圖18的高爾夫球桿頭300，第二部件燒蝕表面526由由不同材料製成的兩個子部件(例如，上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B)的燒蝕表面限定。因此，當第二部件燒蝕表面526被雷射燒蝕時，限定第二部件燒蝕表面526的不同材料可以在單個連續步驟中被雷射燒蝕。不同材料中的第一材料可以限定第二部件燒蝕表面526的第一表面積，並且不同材料中的第二材料可以限定第二部件燒蝕表面的第二表面積。在一些實例中，第一表面積和第二表面積可以不同。根據某些實例，第一表面積大於第二表面積，並且限定第一表面積的第一材料具有比限定第二表面積的第二材料更低的密度。上部杯狀件304A和下部杯形件304B均包括前凸緣和側壁(類似於板開口凹陷凸緣147和側壁146)，其可以被雷射燒蝕以限定第二部件燒蝕表面526。In view of the foregoing, according to some examples, such as the golf club head 300 of FIG. 18 , the second component etched surface 526 is defined by the etched surfaces of two subcomponents (e.g., the upper cup 304A and the lower cup 304B) made of different materials. Therefore, when the second component etched surface 526 is laser etched, the different materials defining the second component etched surface 526 can be laser etched in a single continuous step. A first material of the different materials can define a first surface area of the second component etched surface 526, and a second material of the different materials can define a second surface area of the second component etched surface. In some examples, the first surface area and the second surface area can be different. According to some examples, the first surface area is greater than the second surface area, and the first material defining the first surface area has a lower density than the second material defining the second surface area. The upper cup 304A and the lower cup 304B each include a front flange and sidewalls (similar to the plate opening recess flange 147 and sidewalls 146), which can be laser etched to define the second component etched surface 526.

參考圖10-13，在一些實例中，第一部件502是冠部插入件108或底面插入件110中的一個，並且第二部件504是主體102。在某些實例中，冠部插入件108和/或底面插入件110可以由纖維增強聚合材料製成並且主體102可以由不同材料，諸如鑄造鈦材料、非鑄造鈦材料、鋁材料、鋼材料、鎢材料、塑料材料等製成。可替代地，冠部插入件108和/或底面插入件110可由金屬材料諸如鈦合金製成，而主體102可由相同的金屬材料或不同的金屬材料諸如不同的鈦合金製成。10-13, in some examples, the first component 502 is one of the crown insert 108 or the bottom insert 110, and the second component 504 is the body 102. In some examples, the crown insert 108 and/or the bottom insert 110 can be made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material and the body 102 can be made of a different material, such as a cast titanium material, a non-cast titanium material, an aluminum material, a steel material, a tungsten material, a plastic material, etc. Alternatively, the crown insert 108 and/or the bottom insert 110 can be made of a metal material such as a titanium alloy, and the body 102 can be made of the same metal material or a different metal material such as a different titanium alloy.

當第一部件502是冠部插入件108時，第一部件表面520包括冠部插入件108的內表面108A。因此，第一雷射器506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508以至少部分地在冠部插入件108的內表面108A上在指定的第一部件結合面積548內並沿著指定的第一部件結合面積548撞擊冠部插入件108的內表面108A，以形成冠部插入件燒蝕表面108B。第一部件燒蝕表面522至少部分地包括冠部插入件燒蝕表面108B。因此，僅冠部插入件108的整個內表面的一部分(例如，外周部分)被雷射燒蝕，而冠部插入件108的內表面的其餘部分未被燒蝕。在一些實例中，冠部插入件108的內表面108A上的結合面積將在2,000mm²至2,500mm²的範圍內，諸如至少2,248mm²。此外，在某些實例中，冠部插入件108的內表面108A的總表面積在7,000mm²至12,000mm²之間或在9,000mm²至11,000mm²之間(例如，7,000mm²至9,000mm²之間的最小表面積)，諸如在9,379mm²至10,366mm²之間(例如約9,873mm²)。在一些實例中，內表面108A的總表面積中被冠部插入件108的內表面108A上的結合面積佔據的百分比不大於25%、30%、35%或40%並且不小於10%、15%、20%或25%。根據某些實例，內表面108A的總表面積中被冠部插入件108的內表面108A上的結合面積佔據的百分比在20%至25%之間，諸如22%，在20%至27%之間%或在22%至25%之間。When the first component 502 is a crown insert 108, the first component surface 520 includes the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108. Therefore, the first laser 506 generates the first component laser beam 508 and directs the first component laser beam 508 to at least partially strike the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 within and along the designated first component bonding area 548 on the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 to form the crown insert etched surface 108B. The first component etched surface 522 at least partially includes the crown insert etched surface 108B. Therefore, only a portion (e.g., the peripheral portion) of the entire inner surface of the crown insert 108 is laser etched, while the remaining portion of the inner surface of the crown insert 108 is not etched. In some examples, the bonded area on the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 will be in the range of 2,000 mm² to 2,500 mm² , such as at least 2,248 mm^2. Moreover, in certain examples, the total surface area of the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 is between 7,000 mm² to 12,000 mm² or between 9,000 mm² to 11,000 mm² (e.g., a minimum surface area between 7,000 mm² to 9,000 mm² ), such as between 9,379 mm² to 10,366 mm² (e.g., approximately 9,873 mm² ). In some examples, the percentage of the total surface area of the inner surface 108A occupied by the bonded area on the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 is no more than 25%, 30%, 35%, or 40% and no less than 10%, 15%, 20%, or 25%. According to some examples, the percentage of the total surface area of the inner surface 108A occupied by the bonded area on the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 is between 20% and 25%, such as 22%, between 20% and 27%, or between 22% and 25%.

在一些實例中，底面插入件110的內表面110A上的結合面積將在1,800mm²至2,200mm²的範圍內，諸如至少2,076mm²。此外，在某些實例中，底面插入件110的內表面110A的總表面積在7,000mm²至12,000mm²之間或在9,000mm²至11,000mm²之間(例如，7,000mm²至9,000mm²之間的最小表面積)，諸如在8,182mm²至9,043mm²之間(例如約8,613mm²)。在一些實例中，內表面110A的總表面積中被底面插入件110的內表面110A上的結合面積佔據的百分比不大於25%、30%、35%或40%並且不小於10%、15%、20%或25%。根據某些實例，內表面110A的總表面積中被底面插入件110的內表面110A上的結合面積佔據的百分比在20%至27%之間、在22%至25%之間、或在21%至26%之間，諸如24%。In some examples, the combined area on the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110 will be in the range of 1,800 mm² to 2,200 mm² , such as at least 2,076 mm^2. In addition, in some examples, the total surface area of the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110 is between 7,000 mm² to 12,000 mm² or between 9,000 mm² to 11,000 mm² (e.g., a minimum surface area between 7,000 mm² to 9,000 mm² ), such as between 8,182 mm² to 9,043 mm² (e.g., about 8,613 mm² ). In some examples, the percentage of the total surface area of the inner surface 110A occupied by the bonded area on the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110 is no more than 25%, 30%, 35%, or 40% and no less than 10%, 15%, 20%, or 25%. According to some examples, the percentage of the total surface area of the inner surface 110A occupied by the bonded area on the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110 is between 20% and 27%, between 22% and 25%, or between 21% and 26%, such as 24%.

在一些實例中，擊球板143的內表面上的結合面積將在1,770mm²至2,170mm²的範圍內，諸如至少1,976mm²。此外，在某些實例中，擊球板143的內表面的總表面積小於7,000mm²，諸如在1,500mm²至7,000mm²之間、在3,200mm²至4,700mm²之間或在3,572mm²至3,949mm²之間(例如，約3,761mm²)。在一些實例中，擊球板143的內表面的總表面積中被擊球板143的內表面上的結合面積佔據的百分比不超過55%、60%、65%或70%且不少於30%、35%、40%或45%。根據某些實例，擊球板143的內表面的總表面積中被擊球板143的內表面上的結合面積佔據的百分比在47%至58%之間，諸如52%。In some examples, the combined area on the inner surface of the striking plate 143 will be in the range of 1,770 mm² to 2,170 mm² , such as at least 1,976 mm^2. Moreover, in some examples, the total surface area of the inner surface of the striking plate 143 is less than 7,000 mm² , such as between 1,500 mm² to 7,000 mm² , between 3,200 mm² to 4,700 mm² , or between 3,572 mm² to 3,949 mm² (e.g., approximately 3,761 mm² ). In some examples, the percentage of the combined area on the inner surface of the striking plate 143 to the total surface area of the inner surface of the striking plate 143 is no more than 55%, 60%, 65% or 70% and no less than 30%, 35%, 40% or 45%. According to some examples, the percentage of the combined area on the inner surface of the striking plate 143 to the total surface area of the inner surface of the striking plate 143 is between 47% and 58%, such as 52%.

在一些實例中，第一部件表面520還包括冠部插入件108的外圍邊緣表面並且第一雷射器506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508撞擊冠部插入件108的(例如，整體的)外圍邊緣表面，從而形成冠部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面108C。因此，第一部件燒蝕表面522可以進一步包括冠部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面108C並且指定的第一部件結合面積548可以進一步包括冠部插入件108的外圍邊緣表面。在某些實例中，冠部插入件燒蝕表面108B和冠部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面108C可具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中，與雷射燒蝕內表面108A時相比，由於外圍邊緣表面相對於內表面108A的角度，當雷射燒蝕冠部插入件108的外圍邊緣表面時，調整冠部插入件108相對於第一部件雷射器506的取向。In some examples, the first component surface 520 further includes the peripheral edge surface of the crown insert 108 and the first laser 506 generates the first component laser beam 508 and directs the first component laser beam 508 to strike the (e.g., overall) peripheral edge surface of the crown insert 108, thereby forming the crown insert edge etched surface 108C. Thus, the first component etched surface 522 may further include the crown insert edge etched surface 108C and the designated first component bonding area 548 may further include the peripheral edge surface of the crown insert 108. In some examples, the crown insert etched surface 108B and the crown insert edge etched surface 108C may have the same etched pattern. In some examples, the orientation of the crown insert 108 relative to the first component laser 506 is adjusted when the outer peripheral edge surface of the crown insert 108 is laser etched due to the angle of the outer peripheral edge surface relative to the inner surface 108A compared to when the inner surface 108A is laser etched.

當第一部件502是冠部插入件108時，第二部件表面524包括冠部開口凹陷凸緣168。因此，第二雷射器510生成第二部件雷射束512並且引導第二部件雷射束512以至少部分地在冠部開口凹陷凸緣168上在指定的第二部件結合面積內並沿著指定的第二部件結合面積撞擊冠部開口凹陷凸緣168，以形成頂部凸緣燒蝕表面141A。第二部件燒蝕表面526至少部分地包括頂部凸緣燒蝕表面141A。在一些實例中，第二部件表面524還包括頂部凹陷凸緣側壁，其周向地環繞並限定冠部開口凹陷凸緣168的深度，並且第二雷射器510生成第二部件雷射束512並引導第二部件雷射束512撞擊(例如，整個)頂部凹陷凸緣側壁，從而形成頂部側壁燒蝕表面141B。因此，第二部件燒蝕表面526可以進一步包括頂部側壁燒蝕表面141B，並且指定的第二部件結合面積可以進一步包括頂部凹陷凸緣側壁。在某些實例中，頂部凸緣燒蝕表面141A和頂部側壁燒蝕表面141B可以具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中，與雷射燒蝕冠部開口凹陷凸緣168時相比，當雷射燒蝕頂部凹陷凸緣側壁時，由於頂部凹陷凸緣側壁相對於冠部開口凹陷凸緣168的角度，調整主體102相對於第二部件雷射器510的取向。When the first component 502 is a crown insert 108, the second component surface 524 includes the crown opening recessed rim 168. Therefore, the second laser 510 generates a second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 to strike the crown opening recessed rim 168 at least partially on the crown opening recessed rim 168 within and along the designated second component bonding area to form the top rim etched surface 141A. The second component etched surface 526 at least partially includes the top rim etched surface 141A. In some examples, the second component surface 524 further includes a top recess lip sidewall that circumferentially surrounds and defines the depth of the crown opening recess lip 168, and the second laser 510 generates a second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 to strike (e.g., the entire) top recess lip sidewall, thereby forming a top sidewall etched surface 141B. Therefore, the second component etched surface 526 can further include the top sidewall etched surface 141B, and the designated second component bonding area can further include the top recess lip sidewall. In some embodiments, the top lip etched surface 141A and the top sidewall etched surface 141B can have the same etched pattern. In some embodiments, when the top recessed lip sidewall is laser etched compared to when the crown opening recessed lip 168 is laser etched, the orientation of the main body 102 relative to the second component laser 510 is adjusted due to the angle of the top recessed lip sidewall relative to the crown opening recessed lip 168.

鑒於前述，根據一些實例，第二部件燒蝕表面526由由不同材料製成的兩個子部件(例如，鑄造杯104和環106)的燒蝕表面限定。因此，當第二部件燒蝕表面526被雷射燒蝕時，限定第二部件燒蝕表面526的不同材料可以在單個連續步驟中被雷射燒蝕。In view of the foregoing, according to some examples, the second component etched surface 526 is defined by etched surfaces of two subcomponents (e.g., the cast cup 104 and the ring 106) made of different materials. Therefore, when the second component etched surface 526 is laser etched, the different materials defining the second component etched surface 526 can be laser etched in a single continuous step.

當第一部件502是底面插入件110時，第一部件表面520包括底面插入件110的內表面110A。因此，第一雷射器506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508以至少部分地在冠部插入件110的內表面110A上在指定的第一部件結合面積548內並沿著指定的第一部件結合面積548撞擊底面插入件110的內表面110A，以形成底面插入件燒蝕表面110B。第一部件燒蝕表面522至少部分地包括底面插入件燒蝕表面110B。因此，僅底面插入件110的整個內表面的一部分(例如，外周部分)被雷射燒蝕，而底面插入件110的內表面的其餘部分未被燒蝕。在一些實例中，第一部件表面520還包括底面插入件110的外圍邊緣表面並且第一雷射器506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508以撞擊底面插入件110的(例如，整體的)外圍邊緣表面，從而形成底面插入件邊緣燒蝕表面110C。因此，第一部件燒蝕表面522可以進一步包括底面插入件邊緣燒蝕表面110C並且指定的第一部件結合面積548可以進一步包括底面插入件110的外圍邊緣表面。在某些實例中，底面插入件燒蝕表面110B和底面插入件邊緣燒蝕表面110C可具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中，與雷射燒蝕內表面110A時相比，由於外圍邊緣表面相對於內表面110A的角度，當雷射燒蝕底面插入件110的外圍邊緣表面時，調整底面插入件110相對於第一部件雷射器506的取向。When the first component 502 is a bottom insert 110, the first component surface 520 includes the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110. Therefore, the first laser 506 generates the first component laser beam 508 and directs the first component laser beam 508 to at least partially strike the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110 within and along the designated first component bonding area 548 on the inner surface 110A of the crown insert 110 to form the bottom insert etched surface 110B. The first component etched surface 522 at least partially includes the bottom insert etched surface 110B. Thus, only a portion (e.g., a peripheral portion) of the entire inner surface of the bottom insert 110 is laser ablated, while the remaining portion of the inner surface of the bottom insert 110 is not ablated. In some examples, the first component surface 520 further includes the peripheral edge surface of the bottom insert 110 and the first laser 506 generates the first component laser beam 508 and directs the first component laser beam 508 to hit the (e.g., entire) peripheral edge surface of the bottom insert 110, thereby forming the bottom insert edge ablation surface 110C. Therefore, the first component ablation surface 522 may further include the bottom insert edge ablation surface 110C and the designated first component bonding area 548 may further include the peripheral edge surface of the bottom insert 110. In some examples, the bottom insert etched surface 110B and the bottom insert edge etched surface 110C may have the same etched pattern. In some examples, the bottom insert 110 is oriented relative to the first component laser 506 when the outer edge surface of the bottom insert 110 is laser etched due to the angle of the outer edge surface relative to the inner surface 110A compared to when the inner surface 110A is laser etched.

此外，當第一部件502是底面插入件110時，第二部件表面524包括底面開口凹陷凸緣170。因此，第二雷射器510生成第二部件雷射束512並且引導第二部件雷射束512以至少部分地在底面開口凹陷凸緣170上在指定的第二部件結合面積內並沿著指定的第二部件結合面積撞擊底面開口凹陷凸緣170，以形成底部凸緣燒蝕表面142A。第二部件燒蝕表面526至少部分地包括底部凸緣燒蝕表面142A。在一些實例中，第二部件表面524還包括底部凹陷凸緣側壁，其周向地環繞並限定底面開口凹陷凸緣170的深度，並且第二雷射器510生成第二部件雷射束512並引導第二部件雷射束512撞擊(例如，整個)底部凹陷凸緣側壁，從而形成底部側壁燒蝕表面142B。因此，第二部件燒蝕表面526可以進一步包括底部側壁燒蝕表面142B，並且指定的第二部件結合面積可以進一步包括底部凹陷凸緣側壁。在某些實例中，底部凸緣燒蝕表面142A和底部側壁燒蝕表面142B可以具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中，與雷射燒蝕底面開口凹陷凸緣170時相比，當雷射燒蝕底部凹陷凸緣側壁時，由於底部凹陷凸緣側壁相對於底面開口凹陷凸緣170的角度，調整主體102相對於第二部件雷射器510的取向。In addition, when the first component 502 is a bottom insert 110, the second component surface 524 includes the bottom opening recessed rim 170. Therefore, the second laser 510 generates the second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 to at least partially strike the bottom opening recessed rim 170 within and along the designated second component bonding area on the bottom opening recessed rim 170 to form the bottom rim ablation surface 142A. The second component ablation surface 526 at least partially includes the bottom rim ablation surface 142A. In some examples, the second component surface 524 further includes a bottom recessed lip sidewall that circumferentially surrounds and defines the depth of the bottom opening recessed lip 170, and the second laser 510 generates a second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 to strike (e.g., the entire) bottom recessed lip sidewall, thereby forming a bottom sidewall etched surface 142B. Therefore, the second component etched surface 526 can further include a bottom sidewall etched surface 142B, and the designated second component bonding area can further include a bottom recessed lip sidewall. In some examples, the bottom lip etched surface 142A and the bottom sidewall etched surface 142B can have the same etched pattern. In some embodiments, when the bottom recess ridge sidewall is laser etched compared to when the bottom opening recess ridge 170 is laser etched, the orientation of the main body 102 relative to the second component laser 510 is adjusted due to the angle of the bottom recess ridge sidewall relative to the bottom opening recess ridge 170.

如上所述，在一些實例中，被雷射燒蝕的部件的取向可以相對於燒蝕該部件的雷射器進行調整。在一個實例中，如圖39中的虛線方向箭頭所示，部件保持靜止並且雷射器的取向或雷射束的方向性相對於部件改變。可以通過移動雷射器來改變雷射器的取向，諸如經由數控機器人，或者調整雷射器所生成的雷射束的方向性，諸如通過使用電子可控光學元件。As described above, in some examples, the orientation of a component being laser-etched can be adjusted relative to a laser that etches the component. In one example, as shown by the dashed directional arrows in FIG. 39 , the component remains stationary and the orientation of the laser, or the directionality of the laser beam, is changed relative to the component. The orientation of the laser can be changed by moving the laser, such as via a CNC robot, or by adjusting the directionality of the laser beam generated by the laser, such as by using an electronically controllable optical element.

根據另一個實例，如實線方向箭頭所示，在圖39中，雷射器保持靜止(或雷射束的方向性保持不變)，並調整部件的取向或相對於雷射束移動該部件。可以通過將部件固定到可調節平臺來調整部件的取向，該平臺可以平移或旋轉以相對於雷射束平移或旋轉該部件。According to another example, as shown by the solid directional arrow, in FIG. 39, the laser remains stationary (or the directionality of the laser beam remains unchanged), and the orientation of the component is adjusted or the component is moved relative to the laser beam. The orientation of the component can be adjusted by fixing the component to an adjustable platform that can be translated or rotated to translate or rotate the component relative to the laser beam.

儘管在一些實例中，本文揭示的方法可以手動執行，但在其他實例中，這些方法是自動化執行的。如本文所用，自動化意味著至少部分地由自動設備操作，諸如電腦數值控制(CNC)機器。在一些實例中，控制雷射器的過程，包括雷射束的方向性和/或特性，和/或控制部件相對於雷射束的取向/位置，是自動化的。例如，電子控制器可以控制雷射器和部件調整部件(例如，電機、氣缸、齒輪、導軌等)，以保持和調整部件的取向/位置。Although in some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein can be performed manually, in other embodiments, the methods are performed automatically. As used herein, automated means operated at least in part by an automatic device, such as a computer numerical control (CNC) machine. In some embodiments, the process of controlling a laser, including the directionality and/or characteristics of a laser beam, and/or controlling the orientation/position of a component relative to the laser beam, is automated. For example, an electronic controller can control a laser and a component adjustment component (e.g., a motor, cylinder, gear, rail, etc.) to maintain and adjust the orientation/position of a component.

因為高爾夫球桿頭100具有附接到主體102的冠部插入件108和底面插入件110，所以在一些實例中，可以執行方法550以製造具有不止一個耦合到第二部件504的第一部件502的高爾夫球桿頭。換句話說，在至少一個實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100包括耦合到第二部件504的至少兩個第一部件502。此外，因為高爾夫球桿頭100還包括附接到主體102的擊球板148，因此在某些實例中，可以執行方法550來製造具有至少三個耦合到第二部件504的第一部件502的高爾夫球桿頭。Because the golf club head 100 has the crown insert 108 and the sole insert 110 attached to the body 102, in some examples, the method 550 can be performed to manufacture a golf club head having more than one first component 502 coupled to the second component 504. In other words, in at least one example, the golf club head 100 includes at least two first components 502 coupled to the second component 504. In addition, because the golf club head 100 also includes the striking plate 148 attached to the body 102, in some examples, the method 550 can be performed to manufacture a golf club head having at least three first components 502 coupled to the second component 504.

如上所述，高爾夫球桿頭100的主體102包括附接在一起以形成多件式構造的多個部件。例如，參考圖14和15，高爾夫球桿頭100的主體102包括鑄造杯104和環106。因此，在一些實例中，可以執行方法550來製造包括第一部件502和第二部件504的高爾夫球桿頭的主體。在某些實例中，第一部件502是環106而第二部件504是鑄造杯104。如上所述，環106和鑄造杯104可以由不同的材料製成。例如，環106可以由金屬材料或塑料材料製成，其密度比鑄造杯104的材料的密度相對低，鑄造杯104可以由鑄造鈦材料製成。As described above, the body 102 of the golf club head 100 includes a plurality of parts attached together to form a multi-piece structure. For example, referring to FIGS. 14 and 15 , the body 102 of the golf club head 100 includes a cast cup 104 and a ring 106. Therefore, in some examples, the method 550 may be performed to manufacture a body of a golf club head including a first part 502 and a second part 504. In some examples, the first part 502 is the ring 106 and the second part 504 is the cast cup 104. As described above, the ring 106 and the cast cup 104 may be made of different materials. For example, the ring 106 may be made of a metal material or a plastic material having a relatively lower density than the material of the cast cup 104, which may be made of a cast titanium material.

當第一部件502是環106而第二部件504是鑄造杯104時，第一部件表面520包括趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B。因此，第一雷射器506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508以至少部分地在趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B上在指定的第一部件結合面積內並沿著指定的第一部件結合面積撞擊趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B，以分別形成趾-杯接合燒蝕表面148C和跟-杯接合表面148D。第一部件燒蝕表面522至少部分地包括趾-杯接合燒蝕表面148C和跟-杯接合表面148D。在某些實例中，趾-杯接合燒蝕表面148C和跟-杯接合表面148D可以具有相同的燒蝕圖案。When the first component 502 is the ring 106 and the second component 504 is the cast cup 104, the first component surface 520 includes the toe-cup joint surface 152A and the heel-cup joint surface 152B. Therefore, the first laser 506 generates the first component laser beam 508 and directs the first component laser beam 508 to at least partially strike the toe-cup joint surface 152A and the heel-cup joint surface 152B within and along the designated first component bonding area on the toe-cup joint surface 152A and the heel-cup joint surface 152B to form the toe-cup joint eroded surface 148C and the heel-cup joint surface 148D, respectively. The first component eroded surface 522 at least partially includes the toe-cup joint eroded surface 148C and the heel-cup joint surface 148D. In some examples, the toe-cup joint etched surface 148C and the heel-cup joint surface 148D may have the same etched pattern.

相應地，當第一部件502是環106而第二部件504是鑄造杯104時，第二部件表面524包括趾-環接合表面150A和跟-環接合表面150B。因此，第二雷射器510生成第二部件雷射束512並引導第二部件雷射束512至少部分地在趾-環接合表面150A和跟-環接合表面150B上在指定的第二部件結合面積內並沿著指定的第二部件結合面積撞擊趾-環接合表面150A和跟-環接合表面150B，以分別形成趾-環接合燒蝕表面148A和跟-環接合表面148B。第一部件燒蝕表面522至少部分地包括趾-環接合燒蝕表面148A和跟-環接合表面148B。在某些實例中，趾-環接合燒蝕表面148A和跟-環接合表面148B可以具有相同的燒蝕圖案。Accordingly, when the first component 502 is the ring 106 and the second component 504 is the cast cup 104, the second component surface 524 includes the toe-loop joint surface 150A and the heel-loop joint surface 150B. Therefore, the second laser 510 generates the second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 to at least partially strike the toe-loop joint surface 150A and the heel-loop joint surface 150B within and along the designated second component bonding area to form the toe-loop joint eroded surface 148A and the heel-loop joint surface 148B, respectively. The first component etched surface 522 at least partially includes the toe-loop etched surface 148A and the heel-loop etched surface 148B. In some examples, the toe-loop etched surface 148A and the heel-loop etched surface 148B may have the same etched pattern.

在環106結合到鑄造杯104之後，環106和鑄造杯104可以共同限定第二部件504，第一部件502根據方法550結合到第二部件504。換句話說，第二部件504可以具有多件式構造。事實上，參考圖18，鑄造杯可以具有多件式構造，使得鑄造杯的一個部件是第一部件502，而鑄造杯的另一部件是第二部件504，使得鑄造杯的多個部件(例如，由相同或不同材料製成)在方法550的方式之後，具有結合在一起的燒蝕表面。After the ring 106 is bonded to the cast cup 104, the ring 106 and the cast cup 104 may together define a second part 504 to which the first part 502 is bonded according to the method 550. In other words, the second part 504 may have a multi-piece construction. In fact, referring to FIG. 18, the cast cup may have a multi-piece construction such that one part of the cast cup is the first part 502 and another part of the cast cup is the second part 504, such that multiple parts of the cast cup (e.g., made of the same or different materials) have etched surfaces bonded together after the method 550.

如本文所用，虛線引出線用於指示先前狀態中的特徵。例如，由虛線引出線引用的表面表示在被修改為由實線引出線引用的表面之前的表面。這種方法有助於理解燒蝕前後表面之間的相關性。As used herein, dashed leader lines are used to indicate features in a previous state. For example, a surface referenced by a dashed leader line represents the surface before it was modified to the surface referenced by a solid leader line. This approach helps understand the correlation between surfaces before and after etching.

在一些實例中，執行雷射燒蝕第一部件表面520的步驟或雷射燒蝕第二部件表面524的步驟以從第一部件502或第二部件504中的對應一個移除α殼。在這樣的實例中，第一部件502或第二部件504中的對應一個由鈦合金製成，該鈦合金易於在對應部件的製造(例如，鑄造)期間分別在第一部件表面520或第二部件表面524上形成α殼層(參見，例如，2020年9月22日頒佈的美國專利號10,780,327，該專利通過引用併入本文)。第一部件表面520或第二部件表面524中的對應一個被燒蝕到足以從對應部件移除α殼層的深度。使用本文揭示的雷射燒蝕方法能夠以比傳統方法(諸如化學蝕刻、電腦數值控制(CNC)機器或磨蝕技術)更精確、更高效和更少浪費的方式移除α殼。In some examples, a step of laser etching the first component surface 520 or a step of laser etching the second component surface 524 is performed to remove the alpha shell from the corresponding one of the first component 502 or the second component 504. In such an example, the corresponding one of the first component 502 or the second component 504 is made of a titanium alloy that is susceptible to forming an alpha shell layer on the first component surface 520 or the second component surface 524, respectively, during the manufacture (e.g., casting) of the corresponding component (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 10,780,327 issued on September 22, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference). The corresponding one of the first component surface 520 or the second component surface 524 is etched to a depth sufficient to remove the alpha shell layer from the corresponding component. Using the laser ablation method disclosed herein enables the removal of the alpha shell in a more precise, efficient, and less wasteful manner than conventional methods such as chemical etching, computer numerical control (CNC) machines, or grinding techniques.

參考圖43和44，在替代實例中，形成結合線528的兩個表面中僅一個被雷射燒蝕。根據一個實例，製造本揭示的高爾夫球桿頭(諸如高爾夫球桿頭100)的方法560包括(框562)雷射燒蝕高爾夫球桿頭的第二部件504的第二部件表面524，使得第二部件燒蝕表面526形成在第二部件504中。方法560另外包括(框564)將高爾夫球桿頭100的第一部件502的第一部件表面520和第二部件504的第二部件燒蝕表面526結合在一起。換句話說，不是將第二部件燒蝕表面526結合到第一部件502的第一部件燒蝕表面，而是將第二部件504的第二部件燒蝕表面526結合到第一部件502的非燒蝕表面(即，第一部件表面520)。43 and 44, in an alternative example, only one of the two surfaces forming the bond line 528 is laser etched. According to one example, a method 560 of manufacturing a golf club head (such as golf club head 100) of the present disclosure includes (block 562) laser etching a second component surface 524 of a second component 504 of a golf club head such that a second component etched surface 526 is formed in the second component 504. The method 560 further includes (block 564) bonding together the first component surface 520 of the first component 502 of the golf club head 100 and the second component etched surface 526 of the second component 504. In other words, instead of bonding the second component etched surface 526 to the first component etched surface of the first component 502, the second component etched surface 526 of the second component 504 is bonded to the non-etched surface of the first component 502 (i.e., the first component surface 520).

在某些實例中，方法560中的第二部件504由鈦合金諸如鑄造合金製成，而方法560中的第一部件502由纖維增強聚合材料製成。例如，第一部件502可以是擊球板143，第二部件504可以是主體102，並且第二部件燒蝕表面526可以限定主體102的板開口凹陷凸緣147。然而，與圖38中所示的擊球板143不同，方法560中使用的擊球板143的內表面166未被雷射燒蝕。相反，擊球板143的內表面166未經處理或使用不同類型的表面處理諸如介質噴射或化學蝕刻進行處理。根據另一實例，第一部件502可以是冠部插入件108或底面插入件110中的一者，第二部件504可以是主體102，並且第二部件燒蝕表面526可以限定頂板開口凹陷凸緣或底面開口凹陷凸緣中的一者。In some examples, the second component 504 in the method 560 is made of a titanium alloy, such as a casting alloy, and the first component 502 in the method 560 is made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material. For example, the first component 502 can be the striking blade 143, the second component 504 can be the body 102, and the second component etched surface 526 can define the plate opening recessed lip 147 of the body 102. However, unlike the striking blade 143 shown in FIG. 38, the inner surface 166 of the striking blade 143 used in the method 560 is not laser etched. Instead, the inner surface 166 of the striking blade 143 is either untreated or treated using a different type of surface treatment, such as dielectric blasting or chemical etching. According to another example, the first component 502 may be one of the crown insert 108 or the bottom insert 110, the second component 504 may be the body 102, and the second component etched surface 526 may define one of a top plate opening recessed lip or a bottom surface opening recessed lip.

根據一些實例，方法560用於製造類似於高爾夫球桿頭100的高爾夫球桿頭，除了擊球板143、冠部插入件108和/或底面插入件110不具有雷射燒蝕表面之外。相反，在一些實例中，僅可由鑄造鈦合金製成的主體102包括雷射燒蝕表面。根據一個實例，主體102包括頂部凸緣燒蝕表面141A、底部凸緣燒蝕表面142A和前凸緣燒蝕表面179A，但是冠部插入件108不包括冠部插入件燒蝕表面108B，底面插入件110不包括底面插入件燒蝕表面110B，並且擊球板143不包括擊球板內部燒蝕表面179C。According to some examples, method 560 is used to manufacture a golf club head similar to golf club head 100, except that the blade 143, crown insert 108, and/or sole insert 110 do not have a laser etched surface. Instead, in some examples, only the body 102, which may be made of a cast titanium alloy, includes a laser etched surface. According to one example, body 102 includes top flange etched surface 141A, bottom flange etched surface 142A, and front flange etched surface 179A, but crown insert 108 does not include crown insert etched surface 108B, bottom insert 110 does not include bottom insert etched surface 110B, and blade 143 does not include blade inner etched surface 179C.

高爾夫球桿頭100的每個結合接頭由兩個結合表面(例如，搭接表面)限定。由於結合接頭具有兩個相等且相對的結合表面，因此每個結合接頭的表面積(即，每個結合接頭的結合面積)定義為兩個結合表面中的一個的表面積。換句話說，如本文所定義，每個結合接頭的結合面積不包括結合接頭的兩個結合表面的表面積。因此，如本文所用，在本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的兩個表面之間限定的結合接頭的結合面積是結合接頭的兩個表面中的任何一個(但僅一個)的被兩個表面之間的黏合劑覆蓋或與其直接接觸的部分的表面積。鑒於該定義，結合面積等於限定結合接頭的黏合劑(例如，黏合帶174)的兩個表面中的一個的表面積。因此，如本文中所使用的，黏合帶174的一側的結合到一個部件以與該部件形成結合接頭的最大表面積等於結合接頭的結合面積，如下面詳細描述的。Each joint of the golf club head 100 is defined by two joint surfaces (e.g., overlapping surfaces). Since the joint has two equal and opposing joint surfaces, the surface area of each joint (i.e., the joint area of each joint) is defined as the surface area of one of the two joint surfaces. In other words, as defined herein, the joint area of each joint does not include the surface areas of the two joint surfaces of the joint. Therefore, as used herein, the joint area of the joint defined between the two surfaces of the golf club head disclosed herein is the surface area of the portion of any one (but only one) of the two surfaces of the joint that is covered by the adhesive between the two surfaces or in direct contact with it. In view of this definition, the bond area is equal to the surface area of one of the two surfaces of the adhesive (e.g., adhesive tape 174) that defines the bond joint. Therefore, as used herein, the maximum surface area of one side of the adhesive tape 174 that is bonded to a component to form a bond joint with the component is equal to the bond area of the bond joint, as described in detail below.

在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的至少一個結合接頭的兩個結合表面中的至少一個是雷射燒蝕表面。因此，由雷射燒蝕表面限定的結合接頭的結合面積可以是雷射燒蝕表面的表面積。因此，除非另有說明，燒蝕表面的表面積等於由雷射燒蝕表面限定的結合接頭的結合面積。此外，由未燒蝕表面(例如，圖44的第一部件表面520)和燒蝕表面限定的結合接頭的結合面積是結合到燒蝕表面的未燒蝕表面的部分或未燒蝕表面的被黏合帶174覆蓋或與其直接接觸的部分的表面積。因此，未燒蝕表面的總表面積可大於未燒蝕表面與結合接頭的燒蝕表面相結合的部分的表面積。In some examples, at least one of the two bonding surfaces of at least one bonding joint of the golf club head 100 is a laser etched surface. Therefore, the bonding area of the bonding joint defined by the laser etched surface can be the surface area of the laser etched surface. Therefore, unless otherwise stated, the surface area of the etched surface is equal to the bonding area of the bonding joint defined by the laser etched surface. In addition, the bonding area of the bonding joint defined by the unetched surface (e.g., the first component surface 520 of FIG. 44) and the etched surface is the surface area of the portion of the unetched surface bonded to the etched surface or the portion of the unetched surface covered by or in direct contact with the adhesive tape 174. Therefore, the total surface area of the unetched surface may be greater than the surface area of the portion of the unetched surface that is combined with the etched surface of the bonded joint.

如本文所定義，雷射燒蝕表面的表面積是被雷射束形成的峰穀圖案覆蓋的表面部分的面積。因此，雷射燒蝕表面的表面積可以計算為包括峰穀圖案的表面部分的長度乘以寬度，或通過峰穀圖案的峰和穀的組合表面積來計算。此外，因為在一些實例中，結合接頭的結合表面是有輪廓的，為了提供更方便的計算結合表面的面積的方法，如本文所定義，表面的表面積是突出表面積，其為表面的突出到基本上面向表面的假設平面上的表面積。As defined herein, the surface area of a laser ablated surface is the area of the portion of the surface covered by the peak-and-valley pattern formed by the laser beam. Thus, the surface area of a laser ablated surface can be calculated as the length multiplied by the width of the portion of the surface including the peak-and-valley pattern, or by the combined surface area of the peaks and valleys of the peak-and-valley pattern. In addition, because in some examples, the bonding surface of the bonding joint is contoured, in order to provide a more convenient method for calculating the area of the bonding surface, as defined herein, the surface area of a surface is the protruding surface area, which is the surface area of the surface protruding onto an imaginary plane substantially facing the surface.

通常，高爾夫球桿頭100的總結合面積高於傳統高爾夫球桿頭。此外，高爾夫球桿頭100的總結合面積的高百分比，諸如50%-100%由使用黏合帶174結合在一起的雷射燒蝕表面限定。根據一個實例，高爾夫球桿頭100的第二部件燒蝕表面526具有在800mm²至2,880mm²之間的表面積。在該實例或其他實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的第二部件燒蝕表面526具有至少1,560mm²、至少1,770mm²、至少2,062mm²或至少2,600mm²的表面積。如前所述，高爾夫球桿頭100的第一部件表面520或第一部件燒蝕表面522可具有對應的表面積，因為它們將限定與第二部件燒蝕表面526相對的結合接頭的一側。參考下表5，該表示出了本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的若干實例的一些特徵的面積和結合接頭的結合表面的結合面積(以mm²為單位)，其可以與表4的實例相同或不同。Typically, the total bonded area of the golf club head 100 is higher than conventional golf club heads. In addition, a high percentage, such as 50%-100%, of the total bonded area of the golf club head 100 is defined by the laser etched surfaces that are bonded together using the adhesive tape 174. According to one example, the second component etched surface 526 of the golf club head 100 has a surface area between 800^mm2 and 2,880^mm2 . In this or other examples, the second component etched surface 526 of the golf club head 100 has a surface area of at least 1,560^mm2 , at least 1,770^mm2 , at least 2,062^mm2 , or at least 2,600^mm2 . As previously described, the first component surface 520 or the first component etched surface 522 of the golf club head 100 may have corresponding surface areas because they will define a side of the bonding joint opposite the second component etched surface 526. Referring to Table 5 below, the table shows the areas of some features of several examples of golf club heads disclosed herein and the bonding areas of the bonding surfaces of the bonding joints (in mm² ), which may be the same or different from the examples of Table 4.

在一些實例中，前向底面開口凹陷凸緣170A(例如，表5的杯底部凸緣燒蝕表面積)限定了約1,054mm²的結合面積，前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A(例如，表5的杯頂部凸緣燒蝕表面積)限定了約1,910mm²的結合面積，趾-環接合表面150A和跟-環接合表面150B(例如，表5的環接合燒蝕表面積)或趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B(例如，表5的杯接合燒蝕表面積)約為98mm²，板開口凹陷凸緣147和側壁146(例如，前凸緣燒蝕表面積和前側壁燒蝕表面積)限定了約2,240mm²的結合面積，由鑄造杯104限定的總結合面積為5,300mm²。根據相同或替代實例，後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B(例如，表5的環頂部凸緣燒蝕表面積)限定約928mm²的結合面積，後向底面開口凹陷凸緣170B(例如，表5的環底部凸緣燒蝕表面積)限定約1,222mm²的結合面積，並且由環106限定的總結合面積為2,250mm²。In some examples, the forward bottom open recessed rim 170A (e.g., cup bottom rim eroded surface area of Table 5) defines a bonded area of approximately 1,054 mm² , the forward crown open recessed rim 168A (e.g., cup top rim eroded surface area of Table 5) defines a bonded area of approximately 1,910 mm² , and the toe-loop joint surface 150A and the heel-loop joint surface 150B (e.g., the loop joint eroded surface area of Table 5) or the toe-cup joint surface 152A and the heel-cup joint surface 152B (e.g., the cup joint eroded surface area of Table 5) are approximately 98 mm² The plate opening recessed lip 147 and sidewalls 146 (eg, the front lip etched surface area and the front sidewall etched surface area) define a combined area of approximately 2,240 mm² , with the total combined area defined by the cast cup 104 being 5,300 mm² . According to the same or alternative examples, rearward crown open recessed lip 168B (e.g., ring top lip eroded surface area of Table 5) defines a bonded area of approximately 928 mm² , rearward bottom open recessed lip 170B (e.g., ring bottom lip eroded surface area of Table 5) defines a bonded area of approximately 1,222 mm² , and the total bonded area defined by ring 106 is 2,250 mm² .

鑒於前述，在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100包括結合到高爾夫球桿頭100的三個其他部件或部件的單個部件或部件(例如，環106)，其中高爾夫球桿頭100的這四個部件或部件之間的總結合面積在1,950mm²至2,500mm²之間，或更佳地在2,100mm²至2,400mm²之間。根據一些實例，高爾夫球桿頭100包括結合到高爾夫球桿頭100的三個其他部件或部件的單個部件或部件(例如，鑄造杯104)，其中高爾夫球桿頭100的這四個部件或部件之間的總結合面積在2,250mm²至3,400mm²之間，或更佳地在2,900mm²至3,200mm²之間。根據又一些實例，高爾夫球桿頭100包括結合到高爾夫球桿頭100的四個其他部件或部件的單個部件或部件(例如，鑄造杯104)，其中高爾夫球桿頭100的這五個部件或部件之間的總結合面積在4,750mm²至6,200mm²之間，或更佳地在4,900mm²至5,500mm²之間。在某些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭包括結合到高爾夫球桿頭100的五個其他部件或部件的單個部件或部件(例如，上部杯狀件304A)，其中高爾夫球桿頭100的這六個部件或部件之間的總結合面積在5,500mm²至7,000mm²之間，或更佳地在5,700mm²至6,300mm²之間。In view of the foregoing, in some examples, the golf club head 100 includes a single component or part (e.g., the ring 106) that is joined to three other components or parts of the golf club head 100, wherein the total combined area between these four components or parts of the golf club head 100 is between 1,950^mm2 and 2,500^mm2 , or more preferably between 2,100^mm2 and 2,400^mm2 . According to some examples, the golf club head 100 includes a single component or part (e.g., the casting cup 104) that is joined to three other components or parts of the golf club head 100, wherein the total combined area between these four components or parts of the golf club head 100 is between 2,250^mm2 and 3,400^mm2 , or more preferably between 2,900^mm2 and 3,200^mm2 . According to still other examples, the golf club head 100 includes a single component or part (e.g., the casting cup 104) that is joined to four other components or parts of the golf club head 100, wherein the total combined area between these five components or parts of the golf club head 100 is between 4,750^mm2 and 6,200^mm2 , or more preferably between 4,900^mm2 and 5,500^mm2 . In some examples, the golf club head includes a single component or part (e.g., upper cup 304A) joined to five other components or parts of the golf club head 100, wherein the total combined area between these six components or parts of the golf club head 100 is between 5,500^mm2 and 7,000^mm2 , or more preferably between 5,700^mm2 and 6,300^mm2 .

相對於高爾夫球桿頭的體積，本揭示的高爾夫球桿頭在高爾夫球桿頭的多件之間具有高結合面積。換句話說，對於給定大小的高爾夫球桿頭，結合面積的量明顯高於傳統高爾夫球桿頭。根據一些實例，本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭(諸如高爾夫球桿頭100)的體積在450cc至600cc之間，並且更佳地在450cc至470cc之間。此外，在某些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭的多個結合接頭的結合體積比或組合結合面積與高爾夫球桿頭的體積的比率為至少3.75mm²/cc且至多15.5mm²/cc(例如，至少9.1mm²/cc且至多14.0mm²/cc)。在一些實例中，本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的至少一些實例的結合體積比為至少7.9mm²/cc且至多13.7mm²/cc(例如，至少8.1mm²/cc且至多12.2mm²/cc)。在又一些實例中，本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的至少一些實例的結合體積比為至少3.75mm²/cc且至多7.5mm²/cc(例如，至少4.8mm²/cc且至多7.1mm²/cc)。The golf club heads disclosed herein have a high bonding area between the pieces of the golf club head relative to the volume of the golf club head. In other words, for a given size of golf club head, the amount of bonding area is significantly higher than conventional golf club heads. According to some examples, the volume of the golf club heads disclosed herein (such as golf club head 100) is between 450cc and 600cc, and more preferably between 450cc and 470cc. Moreover, in some examples, the combined volume ratio of the plurality of combined joints of the golf club head or the ratio of the combined combined area to the volume of the golf club head is at least 3.75^mm2 /cc and at most 15.5^mm2 /cc (e.g., at least 9.1^mm2 /cc and at most 14.0^mm2 /cc). In some examples, the combined volume ratio of at least some examples of the golf club heads disclosed herein is at least 7.9^mm2 /cc and at most 13.7^mm2 /cc (e.g., at least 8.1^mm2 /cc and at most 12.2^mm2 /cc). In still other examples, at least some examples of golf club heads disclosed herein have a combined volume ratio of at least 3.75 mm² /cc and at most 7.5 mm² /cc (e.g., at least 4.8 mm² /cc and at most 7.1 mm² /cc).

根據一些替代實例，高爾夫球桿頭的多個結合接頭的結合體積比或組合結合面積與高爾夫球桿頭的體積的比率為至少10mm²/cc且至多18.8mm²/cc(例如，至少10mm²/cc且至多15.5mm²/cc或至少11.6mm²/cc且至多17.7mm²/cc)。在一些實例中，本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的至少一些實例的結合體積比為至少10.5mm²/cc且至多15.3mm²/cc、至少11.6mm²/cc且至多18.8mm²/cc、或至少12.1mm²/cc且至多17.5mm²/cc。According to some alternative examples, the combined volume ratio of the plurality of combined joints of the golf club head or the ratio of the combined combined area to the volume of the golf club head is at least 10^mm2 /cc and at most 18.8^mm2 /cc (e.g., at least 10^mm2 /cc and at most 15.5^mm2 /cc or at least 11.6^mm2 /cc and at most 17.7^mm2 /cc). In some examples, the combined volume ratio of at least some examples of the golf club heads disclosed herein is at least 10.5^mm2 /cc and at most 15.3^mm2 /cc, at least 11.6^mm2 /cc and at most 18.8^mm2 /cc, or at least 12.1^mm2 /cc and at most 17.5^mm2 /cc.

本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭由多個黏性結合在一起的部件製成。因此，在一些實例中，本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭包括經由黏合帶174耦合在一起的多個部件，使得高爾夫球桿頭的任何部分或部件都沒有焊接在一起。The golf club heads disclosed herein are made of multiple parts that are adhesively bonded together. Thus, in some examples, the golf club heads disclosed herein include multiple parts coupled together via adhesive tape 174, such that no portion or part of the golf club head is welded together.

結合接頭的結合面積由結合接頭的寬度(W_BA)和長度(L_BA)定義(參見例如圖15)。換句話說，黏合帶174的一側的表面積由結合接頭的寬度(W_BA)和長度(L_BA)限定。寬度W_BA可以沿結合接頭的長度L_BA變化。通常，結合接頭的結合面積的長度L_BA大於結合接頭的結合面積的寬度W_BA。結合接頭可以是連續的，使得結合接頭的結合面積的長度L_BA是連續的。然而，在一些實例中，結合接頭是不連續的或間斷的，使得結合接頭的接合面積的長度L_BA是結合接頭的間隔的長度的總和。儘管圖15中僅示出了兩個結合接頭的結合面積的寬度W_BA和長度L_BA(例如，與前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A和後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B相關聯的結合面積)，但是應認識到，雖然沒有特別標注，但是高爾夫球桿頭100的每個結合接頭的結合面積具有類似於圖15中所示的那些對應的寬度W_BA和長度L_BA，為了便於示出而未標注並標記高爾夫球桿頭100的其他特徵。此外，關於長度L_BA，如本文所定義，結合接頭的結合面積的長度L_BA是結合面積的最大長度。因此，其中結合面積可以被認為具有兩個不同的長度，諸如最大長度(例如，沿著結合面積的外周，如圖15所示)和最小長度(例如，沿著結合面積的內周)，結合面積的長度L_BA在本文中定義為結合面積的最大或最大長度。The bonding area of the bonding joint is defined by the width (W_BA ) and length (L_BA ) of the bonding joint (see, e.g., FIG. 15 ). In other words, the surface area of one side of the adhesive tape 174 is defined by the width (W_BA ) and length (L_BA ) of the bonding joint. The width W_BA may vary along the length L_BA of the bonding joint. Typically, the length L_BA of the bonding area of the bonding joint is greater than the width W_BA of the bonding area of the bonding joint. The bonding joint may be continuous such that the length L_BA of the bonding area of the bonding joint is continuous. However, in some examples, the joint is discontinuous or intermittent, such that the length_LBA of the joint's engagement area is the sum of the lengths of the intervals between the joints. Although only the width_WBA and length_LBA of the engagement area of two joints are shown in FIG. 15 (e.g., the engagement areas associated with the forward crown opening recessed ridge 168A and the rearward crown opening recessed ridge 168B), it should be recognized that, although not specifically labeled, the engagement area of each joint of the golf club head 100 has a corresponding width_WBA and length_LBA similar to those shown in FIG. 15, and other features of the golf club head 100 are not labeled and marked for ease of illustration. Additionally, with respect to length L_BA , as defined herein, the length L_BA of a bonded area of a bonded joint is the maximum length of the bonded area. Thus, where a bonded area can be considered to have two different lengths, such as a maximum length (e.g., along the outer perimeter of the bonded area, as shown in FIG. 15 ) and a minimum length (e.g., along the inner perimeter of the bonded area), the length L_BA of the bonded area is defined herein as the maximum or largest length of the bonded area.

根據一些實例，高爾夫球桿頭100的至少一個結合接頭的結合面積或形成的黏合帶174具有在174mm至405mm之間的長度L_BA，其可以是連續長度或分段長度，諸如至少250mm。例如，由前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A和後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B限定的組合結合面積具有至少268mm、至少300mm、至少316mm、至少353mm或至少370mm的長度L_BA。作為另一實例，由前向底面開口凹陷凸緣170A和後向底面開口凹陷凸緣170B限定的組合結合面積具有至少281mm、至少314mm、至少331mm、至少350mm或至少367mm的長度L_BA。根據又一實例，由板開口凹陷凸緣147限定的結合面積具有至少174mm、至少194mm、至少205mm、至少250mm或至少262mm的長度L_BA。根據一些實例，多個結合接頭的組合長度為至少723mm且至多1,094mm，諸如在852mm至953mm之間。According to some examples, the bonding area of at least one bonding joint of the golf club head 100 or the formed adhesive tape 174 has a length L_BA between 174 mm and 405 mm, which can be a continuous length or a segmented length, such as at least 250 mm. For example, the combined bonding area defined by the forward crown opening recessed lip 168A and the rearward crown opening recessed lip 168B has a length L_BA of at least 268 mm, at least 300 mm, at least 316 mm, at least 353 mm, or at least 370 mm. As another example, the combined bonding area defined by the forward bottom opening recessed flange 170A and the rearward bottom opening recessed flange 170B has a length L_BA of at least 281 mm, at least 314 mm, at least 331 mm, at least 350 mm, or at least 367 mm. According to yet another example, the bonding area defined by the plate opening recessed flange 147 has a length L_BA of at least 174 mm, at least 194 mm, at least 205 mm, at least 250 mm, or at least 262 mm. According to some examples, the combined length of the plurality of bonding joints is at least 723 mm and at most 1,094 mm, such as between 852 mm and 953 mm.

除非另有說明，否則黏合帶174的長度和寬度與結合接頭的接合長度或接合寬度相同或基本相等。例如，在一些情況下，黏合帶174的寬度在1mm至9mm之間(包括1mm和9mm)、2mm至7mm之間(包括2mm和7mm)、2mm至5mm之間(包括2mm和5mm)或2.5mm至3.5mm之間(包括2.5mm和3.5mm)。此外，像高爾夫球桿頭100的結合接頭的結合面積一樣，黏合帶174的寬度可以沿著黏合帶174的長度變化。此外，對於結合接頭的給定表面(例如，凸緣的表面)，黏合帶174可以黏附到該給定表面的總表面積的一定百分比。在一些實例中，所述百分比小於100%或小於99%，介於75%至99%之間且包括75%和99%，或介於85%至99%之間且包括85%和99%。結合表面的總表面積可以等於結合到結合表面的部分所覆蓋的總表面積。Unless otherwise specified, the length and width of the adhesive tape 174 are the same or substantially equal to the joint length or joint width of the joint. For example, in some cases, the width of the adhesive tape 174 is between 1 mm and 9 mm, 2 mm and 7 mm, 2 mm and 5 mm, or 2.5 mm and 3.5 mm. In addition, like the joint area of the joint of the golf club head 100, the width of the adhesive tape 174 can vary along the length of the adhesive tape 174. In addition, for a given surface of the joint (e.g., the surface of a flange), the adhesive tape 174 can adhere to a certain percentage of the total surface area of the given surface. In some examples, the percentage is less than 100% or less than 99%, between 75% and 99% and inclusive, or between 85% and 99% and inclusive. The total surface area of the binding surface can be equal to the total surface area covered by the portion bound to the binding surface.

在一些實例中，由前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A和後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B限定的結合的長度-面積比等於長度L_BA與結合接頭的結合面積的比率，或所述長度與形成的黏合帶174的表面積的比率，該比率在0.13至0.16之間，諸如約0.15。在又一些實例中，由黏合帶174限定的在前向底面開口凹陷凸緣170A和後向底面開口凹陷凸緣170B之間的結合的長度-面積比在0.13至0.16之間，諸如約0.15。In some examples, the length-area ratio of the combination defined by the forward crown opening recessed ridge 168A and the rearward crown opening recessed ridge 168B is equal to the ratio of the length_LBA to the combined area of the joint, or the ratio of the length to the surface area of the formed adhesive tape 174, which is between 0.13 and 0.16, such as about 0.15. In other examples, the length-area ratio of the combination defined by the adhesive tape 174 between the forward bottom surface opening recessed ridge 170A and the rearward bottom surface opening recessed ridge 170B is between 0.13 and 0.16, such as about 0.15.

在又一些實例中，由黏合帶174限定的在前向底面開口凹陷凸緣170A和後向底面開口凹陷凸緣170B之間的結合的長度-面積比在0.13至0.16之間，諸如約0.15。In still other examples, the length-to-area ratio of the bond between the forward bottom opening recessed lip 170A and the rearward bottom opening recessed lip 170B defined by the adhesive tape 174 is between 0.13 and 0.16, such as about 0.15.

在又一些實例中，由黏合帶174限定的在板開口凹陷凸緣147之間的結合的長度-面積比在0.10至0.13之間，諸如約0.11。In still other examples, the length-to-area ratio of the bond between the panel opening recessed lip 147 defined by the adhesive tape 174 is between 0.10 and 0.13, such as about 0.11.

如先前揭示的，本文揭示的高爾夫球桿頭的至少一個結合接頭由黏合帶174形成。更具體地，黏合帶174位於兩個部件之間，並將這兩個部件黏性結合在一起。黏合帶174的形狀與結合在一起的兩個部件的結合表面(例如，燒蝕表面)的形狀相對應。在一些實例中，黏合帶174的形狀基本上與結合在一起的兩個部件的結合表面中的至少一個的形狀相同。此外，當黏合帶174的形狀與結合表面中的至少一個的形狀基本上相同時，黏合帶174的尺寸可以與結合表面的至少一個中的尺寸相同或小於所述結合表面的尺寸。黏合帶174在預固化狀態下(即，在黏合帶174固化之前)是不可流動的。換句話說，在預固化狀態下，黏合帶174具有固定的形狀(例如，在沒有壓力的情況下，不流動或不符合容器的輪廓)。在一些實例中，如圖47所示，黏合帶174形成從片材250切割的黏合帶封裝254的一部分。從片材250上切下的黏合帶封裝254的形狀與預期黏合表面的形狀相對應。在結合表面是連續的(例如，形成環形)的情況下，黏合帶封裝254也可以形成連續的形狀。可替代地，如圖所示，為了幫助高爾夫球桿頭的處理和製造，黏合帶封裝254可以被切割成共同形成環形或非環形的段(視情況而定)。限定黏合帶封裝254的形狀的切口252可以經由各種技術中的任何一種在片材250中形成，諸如雷射切割、模切、研磨、水射流切割、鑽孔等。As previously disclosed, at least one bonding joint of the golf club head disclosed herein is formed by an adhesive tape 174. More specifically, the adhesive tape 174 is located between two components and adhesively bonds the two components together. The shape of the adhesive tape 174 corresponds to the shape of the bonding surface (e.g., etched surface) of the two components bonded together. In some examples, the shape of the adhesive tape 174 is substantially the same as the shape of at least one of the bonding surfaces of the two components bonded together. In addition, when the shape of the adhesive tape 174 is substantially the same as the shape of at least one of the bonding surfaces, the size of the adhesive tape 174 can be the same as or smaller than the size of the bonding surface in at least one of the bonding surfaces. The adhesive tape 174 is non-flowable in a pre-cured state (i.e., before the adhesive tape 174 is cured). In other words, in the pre-cured state, the adhesive tape 174 has a fixed shape (e.g., does not flow or conform to the contour of the container in the absence of pressure). In some examples, as shown in Figure 47, the adhesive tape 174 forms a portion of an adhesive tape package 254 cut from a sheet 250. The shape of the adhesive tape package 254 cut from the sheet 250 corresponds to the shape of the expected bonding surface. In the case where the bonding surface is continuous (e.g., forming a ring), the adhesive tape package 254 can also form a continuous shape. Alternatively, as shown in the figure, in order to assist in the processing and manufacturing of golf club heads, the adhesive tape package 254 can be cut into segments that together form a ring or a non-ring (as the case may be). The cutouts 252 defining the shape of the adhesive tape package 254 may be formed in the sheet 250 by any of a variety of techniques, such as laser cutting, die cutting, grinding, water jet cutting, drilling, etc.

參考圖48，黏合帶封裝254，並且因此片材250，包括層壓結構，該層壓結構具有夾在第一剝離層256A和第二剝離層256B之間的黏合帶174。在預固化狀態下，黏合帶174由黏性材料製成。第一剝離層256A和第二剝離層256B有助於防止黏合帶174黏附到其自身或其他對象，諸如在運輸、儲存和處理黏合帶174期間。因此，第一剝離層256A和第二剝離層256B由低黏性材料製成。在一些實例中，第一剝離層256A和第二剝離層256B由聚合材料製成，諸如聚乙烯或聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯。在一個實例中，第一剝離層256A由不同於第二剝離層256B的材料製成。根據一些實例，第一剝離層256A由聚乙烯製成，第二剝離層256B由聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯製成。Referring to FIG. 48 , the adhesive tape package 254, and therefore the sheet 250, includes a laminate structure having an adhesive tape 174 sandwiched between a first release layer 256A and a second release layer 256B. In a pre-cured state, the adhesive tape 174 is made of a viscous material. The first release layer 256A and the second release layer 256B help prevent the adhesive tape 174 from adhering to itself or other objects, such as during transportation, storage, and handling of the adhesive tape 174. Therefore, the first release layer 256A and the second release layer 256B are made of a low-viscosity material. In some examples, the first peeling layer 256A and the second peeling layer 256B are made of a polymeric material, such as polyethylene or polyethylene terephthalate. In one example, the first peeling layer 256A is made of a material different from the second peeling layer 256B. According to some examples, the first peeling layer 256A is made of polyethylene and the second peeling layer 256B is made of polyethylene terephthalate.

黏合帶封裝254的黏合帶174具有厚度t1。此外，第一剝離層256A具有厚度t2，第二剝離層256B具有厚度t3。在一些實例中，黏合帶174的厚度t1大於第一剝離層256A的厚度t2和第二剝離層256B的厚度t3。在一個實例中，第一剝離層256A的厚度t2不同於第二剝離層256B的厚度t2。根據一個實例，黏合帶174的厚度t1介於90μm至550μm之間且包括90μm和550μm(例如，100μm或150μm)、介於250μm至330μm之間且包括250μm和330μm、或介於300μm至390μm之間且包括300μm和390μm，第一剝離層256A的厚度t2約為100μm，而第二剝離層256B的厚度t2為75μm。The adhesive tape 174 of the adhesive tape package 254 has a thickness t1. In addition, the first release layer 256A has a thickness t2, and the second release layer 256B has a thickness t3. In some examples, the thickness t1 of the adhesive tape 174 is greater than the thickness t2 of the first release layer 256A and the thickness t3 of the second release layer 256B. In one example, the thickness t2 of the first release layer 256A is different from the thickness t2 of the second release layer 256B. According to one example, the thickness t1 of the adhesive tape 174 is between 90 μm and 550 μm, including 90 μm and 550 μm (e.g., 100 μm or 150 μm), between 250 μm and 330 μm, or between 300 μm and 390 μm, including 300 μm and 390 μm, the thickness t2 of the first peeling layer 256A is about 100 μm, and the thickness t2 of the second peeling layer 256B is 75 μm.

黏合帶174由黏合材料製成。根據一些實例，黏合帶174的黏合材料是熱活化黏合劑。換句話說，在黏合帶174固化(即，在預定時間段內加熱到預定溫度)之後，黏合帶174的黏合強度被最大化。預定溫度與黏合材料的固化溫度和固化時段相關聯。在一些實例中，黏合帶174由熱固性材料製成，諸如熱固性丙烯酸材料。根據某些實例，黏合帶174的固化溫度(以及相關聯的固化時段)在90℃(120分鐘)至120℃(20分鐘)之間且包括90℃(120分鐘)和120℃(20分鐘)，或在100℃(60分鐘)至115℃(35分鐘)之間且包括100℃(60分鐘)和115℃(35分鐘)，諸如110℃(40分鐘)。在一些其他實例中，黏合帶174的固化溫度(與固化時段相關聯)為至少100℃或至少120℃(介於60分鐘至180分鐘之間並且包括60分鐘和180分鐘)，諸如介於120℃至230℃之間並且包括120℃和230℃，或介於140℃至190℃之間並且包括140℃和190℃。在固化過程中，熱固性材料通過產生交聯聚合物鏈而發生不可逆的化學變化。此外，在固化之後，回流黏合帶174所需的溫度為至少160℃、至少180℃、至少200℃或至少220℃。The adhesive tape 174 is made of an adhesive material. According to some examples, the adhesive material of the adhesive tape 174 is a heat-activated adhesive. In other words, after the adhesive tape 174 is cured (i.e., heated to a predetermined temperature within a predetermined time period), the adhesive strength of the adhesive tape 174 is maximized. The predetermined temperature is associated with the curing temperature and curing time period of the adhesive material. In some examples, the adhesive tape 174 is made of a thermosetting material, such as a thermosetting acrylic material. According to some embodiments, the curing temperature (and the associated curing time) of the adhesive tape 174 is between 90°C (120 minutes) and 120°C (20 minutes), or between 100°C (60 minutes) and 115°C (35 minutes), such as 110°C (40 minutes). In some other examples, the curing temperature (associated with the curing time) of the adhesive tape 174 is at least 100°C or at least 120°C (between 60 minutes and 180 minutes, inclusive), such as between 120°C and 230°C, or between 140°C and 190°C. During the curing process, the thermosetting material undergoes an irreversible chemical change by producing cross-linked polymer chains. In addition, after curing, the temperature required to reflow the adhesive tape 174 is at least 160°C, at least 180°C, at least 200°C, or at least 220°C.

在一些實例中，黏合帶174的黏合材料可以在室溫下保持預固化狀態長達24小時，而不會損害黏合帶174的黏合性能。因此，黏合帶174的使用實現了黏合帶174(包括由黏合帶174結合的部件)的處理和儲存的靈活性，以及高爾夫球桿頭的製造步驟的記時的靈活性。例如，因為黏合帶174可以在室溫下以預固化狀態暴露比一些常規黏合劑更長的時間，所以在黏合帶174實際固化之前，可以很好地執行一些步驟，諸如黏合帶174到部件的臨時黏合。此外，在一些實例中，黏合帶174的獨特性質允許黏合帶174在一個設施處被施加到部件上，並在另一個設施處固化。能夠在固化黏合帶174之前很好地用黏合帶174製備部件可以提高組裝高爾夫球桿頭的速度和效率，這可以拓寬高爾夫球桿頭製造可以最終確定的位置(例如，在零售商現場)。In some examples, the adhesive material of the adhesive tape 174 can remain in a pre-cured state at room temperature for up to 24 hours without compromising the adhesive properties of the adhesive tape 174. Thus, the use of the adhesive tape 174 allows for flexibility in the handling and storage of the adhesive tape 174 (including the components joined by the adhesive tape 174), as well as flexibility in the timing of the manufacturing steps of the golf club head. For example, because the adhesive tape 174 can be exposed in a pre-cured state at room temperature for a longer period of time than some conventional adhesives, some steps, such as temporary bonding of the adhesive tape 174 to the components, can be performed well before the adhesive tape 174 is actually cured. In addition, in some examples, the unique properties of the adhesive tape 174 allow the adhesive tape 174 to be applied to the components at one facility and cured at another facility. Being able to prepare the components with the adhesive tape 174 well in advance of curing the adhesive tape 174 can increase the speed and efficiency of assembling the golf club head, which can broaden the locations where golf club head manufacturing can be ultimately determined (e.g., at a retailer site).

在黏合帶174固化之後，作為黏合帶174抵抗由黏合帶174結合的部件分離的能力的量度的黏合帶174的剪切強度為至少10MPa(例如，在11MPa至21MPa之間並且包括11MPa和21Mpa)、至少11MPa、至少12MPa、至少13MPa、至少26MPa、至少30MPa或至少35MPa。為了促進黏合帶174和形成結合的部件之間的黏合，應向所述部件施加壓力，使得當黏合帶174固化時，來自所述部件的相反壓縮力作用在黏合帶174上。換句話說，在黏合帶174被固化的同時，形成結合的部件應當被壓縮抵靠在黏合帶174上。理想地，施加到所述部件上的壓力應該是均勻的，以促進黏合帶174沿著所述部件的均勻黏合，從而促進沿著所述結合的均勻黏合強度。然而，將一個部件均勻地壓縮到另一個部件，特別是當所述部件具有輪廓或具有複雜形狀時，可能會很困難。本文描述了促進結合的部件的均勻壓縮的系統、裝置和方法的實例，同時結合的部件之間的黏合帶174以準確、可靠、清潔和有效的方式固化。此外，如更詳細地描述的，與可流動的黏合劑相反，黏合帶174的使用使得能夠使用本文所述的系統、裝置和方法均勻地壓縮結合的部件。After the adhesive tape 174 is cured, the shear strength of the adhesive tape 174, which is a measure of the ability of the adhesive tape 174 to resist separation of the components bonded by the adhesive tape 174, is at least 10 MPa (e.g., between and including 11 MPa and 21 MPa), at least 11 MPa, at least 12 MPa, at least 13 MPa, at least 26 MPa, at least 30 MPa, or at least 35 MPa. In order to promote adhesion between the adhesive tape 174 and the components forming the bond, pressure should be applied to the components so that when the adhesive tape 174 is cured, the opposing compressive force from the components acts on the adhesive tape 174. In other words, while the adhesive tape 174 is being cured, the components forming the bond should be compressed against the adhesive tape 174. Ideally, the pressure applied to the components should be uniform to promote uniform bonding of the adhesive tape 174 along the components, thereby promoting uniform bond strength along the bond. However, uniformly compressing one component to another, particularly when the components are contoured or have complex shapes, can be difficult. Examples of systems, devices, and methods that promote uniform compression of bonded components while the adhesive tape 174 between the bonded components is cured in an accurate, reliable, clean, and efficient manner are described herein. Furthermore, as described in more detail, the use of the adhesive tape 174, as opposed to a flowable adhesive, enables uniform compression of bonded components using the systems, devices, and methods described herein.

參考圖49-52，根據一個實例，用於製造高爾夫球桿頭的系統，諸如高爾夫球桿桿100，包括帶保持固定裝置260。該系統還包括真空裝置268和與真空裝置268流體連接的至少一個管266。真空裝置268可以是可選擇性地操作以產生負壓差或壓降的各種真空裝置或抽吸裝置中的任何一種。帶保持固定裝置260還包括通向形成在帶保持固定裝置260中的凹部262的導管264。導管264的圖案(例如，尺寸、間距和麵密度)可以基於黏合帶封裝254的特性(例如，寬度)沿著凹部262變化。導管264從凹部262穿過帶保持固定裝置260，在那裡它們流體地耦合到至少一個管266。在所示的實例中，該系統包括三個管266，導管264被佈置成三組導管264，並且三組導管中的每一組導管與三個管266中對應的一個管流體耦合(諸如經由形成在帶保持固定裝置260中的三個歧管中的一個歧管)。導管264、管266和真空裝置268之間的流體耦合使得真空裝置268能夠選擇性地控制導管264和管266中的壓力。49-52, according to one example, a system for manufacturing a golf club head, such as golf club 100, includes a tape retaining fixture 260. The system also includes a vacuum device 268 and at least one tube 266 fluidly connected to the vacuum device 268. The vacuum device 268 can be any of a variety of vacuum devices or suction devices that can be selectively operated to produce a negative pressure differential or pressure drop. The tape retaining fixture 260 also includes a conduit 264 leading to a recess 262 formed in the tape retaining fixture 260. The pattern (e.g., size, spacing, and surface density) of the conduit 264 can vary along the recess 262 based on the characteristics (e.g., width) of the adhesive tape package 254. The conduits 264 pass from the recess 262 through the belt holding fixture 260 where they are fluidly coupled to at least one tube 266. In the example shown, the system includes three tubes 266, the conduits 264 are arranged into three sets of conduits 264, and each of the three sets of conduits is fluidly coupled to a corresponding one of the three tubes 266 (e.g., via one of three manifolds formed in the belt holding fixture 260). The fluid coupling between the conduits 264, tubes 266, and vacuum device 268 enables the vacuum device 268 to selectively control the pressure in the conduits 264 and tubes 266.

凹部262具有與從片材250切割的黏合帶封裝254的形狀相對應的形狀。以這種方式，黏合帶封裝254可以安置在凹部262中，如圖50所示。在某些實例中，可以使用自動化機器人來將帶封裝254固定並插入到凹部262中。凹部262的深度使得當黏合帶封裝254安置在凹部262中時黏合帶封裝254的一部分從凹部262突出。當黏合帶封裝254安置在凹部262中時，第一剝離層256A和第二剝離層256B附接到黏合帶174。在所示的實例中，黏合帶封裝254安置在凹部262中，使得第二剝離層256B定位在凹部262內，而第一剝離層256A正好位於凹部262的外側。以這種方式，第二剝離層256B面向內朝向凹部262並且接觸凹部262的底部，以直接覆蓋導管264，並且第一剝離層256A面向外遠離凹部262。The recess 262 has a shape corresponding to the shape of the adhesive tape package 254 cut from the sheet 250. In this way, the adhesive tape package 254 can be placed in the recess 262, as shown in FIG. 50. In some examples, an automated robot can be used to fix and insert the tape package 254 into the recess 262. The depth of the recess 262 is such that a portion of the adhesive tape package 254 protrudes from the recess 262 when the adhesive tape package 254 is placed in the recess 262. When the adhesive tape package 254 is placed in the recess 262, the first peeling layer 256A and the second peeling layer 256B are attached to the adhesive tape 174. In the example shown, the adhesive tape package 254 is disposed in the recess 262 such that the second peeling layer 256B is positioned within the recess 262 and the first peeling layer 256A is located just outside the recess 262. In this manner, the second peeling layer 256B faces inward toward the recess 262 and contacts the bottom of the recess 262 to directly cover the conduit 264, and the first peeling layer 256A faces outward away from the recess 262.

在黏合帶封裝254安置在凹部262中的情況下，真空裝置268的激活降低了導管264中的壓力。因為黏合帶封裝254覆蓋凹部262中的導管264的開口，所以導管264中的壓力下降經由吸力將黏合帶封裝254壓靠在凹部262的底部，這有助於將黏合帶包裝254保持在凹部262中。如圖50所示，當黏合帶封裝254被壓靠在凹部262的底部時，如圖51所示，第一剝離層256A從黏合帶174移除。因為黏合帶封裝254經由吸力保持在凹部262中，並且第一剝離層256A的剝離力小於吸力，所以可以在不從凹部262移除黏合帶封裝254的情況下從黏合帶174剝離第一剝離層256。With the tape package 254 positioned in the recess 262, activation of the vacuum device 268 reduces the pressure in the conduit 264. Because the tape package 254 covers the opening of the conduit 264 in the recess 262, the reduced pressure in the conduit 264 presses the tape package 254 against the bottom of the recess 262 via suction, which helps to retain the tape package 254 in the recess 262. As shown in FIG50, when the tape package 254 is pressed against the bottom of the recess 262, the first release layer 256A is removed from the tape 174, as shown in FIG51. Because the adhesive tape package 254 is held in the recess 262 by suction, and the peeling force of the first peeling layer 256A is less than the suction force, the first peeling layer 256 can be peeled off from the adhesive tape 174 without removing the adhesive tape package 254 from the recess 262.

在移除第一剝離層256A之後，暴露出黏合帶174的背向凹部的表面。在將黏合帶封裝254保持在凹部262中的同時，經由吸力，部件可以壓靠在黏合帶174的暴露表面，如圖52所示，這經由黏合帶174的黏性將黏合帶174臨時黏附到該部件。凹部262可以被構造為具有與所述部件的外周形狀匹配的外周形狀，使得凹部用作引導件以使部件相對於黏合帶174對準。當該部件被臨時黏附到黏合帶174的暴露表面時，真空裝置268被選擇性地控制以釋放吸力，這允許通過將該部件抬離凹部262而將黏合帶封裝254從凹部262移除。如圖53所示，黏合帶封裝254臨時黏附到所述部件的內表面，使得第二剝離層256B是可接近的。當準備好時，可以移除第二剝離層256B以暴露黏合帶174的另一表面，以準備將黏合帶174新暴露的表面壓靠在第二部件上，該第二部件經由黏合帶174上的黏性將黏合帶174臨時黏附到第二部件上，如圖56所示。以這種方式，黏合帶174在兩個部件之間形成臨時結合，這使得部件能夠在不使部件相對於彼此移位的情況下被處理和準備用於永久結合。需要注意的是，臨時結合在一起的所述部件是預成型部件(即，在準備最終組裝時已形成永久形式或形狀的部件)。After removing the first peeling layer 256A, the surface of the adhesive tape 174 facing away from the recess is exposed. While the adhesive tape package 254 is held in the recess 262, the component can be pressed against the exposed surface of the adhesive tape 174 via suction, as shown in Figure 52, which temporarily adheres the adhesive tape 174 to the component via the viscosity of the adhesive tape 174. The recess 262 can be configured to have a peripheral shape that matches the peripheral shape of the component, so that the recess serves as a guide to align the component relative to the adhesive tape 174. When the component is temporarily adhered to the exposed surface of the adhesive tape 174, the vacuum device 268 is selectively controlled to release the suction, which allows the adhesive tape package 254 to be removed from the recess 262 by lifting the component away from the recess 262. As shown in FIG. 53 , the adhesive tape package 254 is temporarily adhered to the inner surface of the component so that the second release layer 256B is accessible. When ready, the second release layer 256B can be removed to expose the other surface of the adhesive tape 174 in preparation for pressing the newly exposed surface of the adhesive tape 174 against the second component, which temporarily adheres the adhesive tape 174 to the second component via the viscosity on the adhesive tape 174, as shown in FIG. 56 . In this way, the adhesive tape 174 forms a temporary bond between the two components, which allows the components to be handled and prepared for permanent bonding without shifting the components relative to each other. It should be noted that the components that are temporarily bonded together are preformed components (i.e., components that have been formed into a permanent form or shape in preparation for final assembly).

包括導管264和凹部262的帶保持固定裝置260可以被構造成容納高爾夫球桿頭的許多部件中的一個。對於具有將多組部件連接在一起的多個結合接頭的高爾夫球桿頭，可以採用附加的帶保持固定裝置260並將其構造為容納高爾夫球桿頭的其他部件。在圖49-52所示的實例中，帶保持固定裝置260被具體構造為將黏合帶174臨時黏附到高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部插入件108。更具體地，如圖53所示，黏合帶封裝254被臨時黏附到冠部插入件108的內表面108A，如圖55和圖57A所示，該內表面108A然後被臨時黏附到冠部開口凹陷凸緣168，以準備將冠部插入件108永久地黏附到冠部開口凹陷凸緣168。內表面108A與冠部插入件108的外表面108E相對。The tape retention fixture 260 including the guide tube 264 and the recess 262 can be configured to receive one of many components of a golf club head. For golf club heads having multiple joints connecting multiple sets of components together, additional tape retention fixtures 260 can be used and configured to receive other components of the golf club head. In the example shown in Figures 49-52, the tape retention fixture 260 is specifically configured to temporarily adhere the adhesive tape 174 to the crown insert 108 of the golf club head 100. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 53 , the adhesive tape package 254 is temporarily adhered to the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108, which is then temporarily adhered to the crown opening recessed rim 168, as shown in FIG. 55 and FIG. 57A, in preparation for permanently adhering the crown insert 108 to the crown opening recessed rim 168. The inner surface 108A is opposite to the outer surface 108E of the crown insert 108.

然而，在其他實例中，參考圖54和圖56，帶保持固定裝置260可以被具體構造為將黏合帶174臨時黏附到高爾夫球桿頭100的底面插入件110。更具體地，如圖54所示，黏合帶封裝254被臨時黏附到底面插入件110的內表面110A，如圖56和圖57A所示，該內表面110A然後被臨時黏附到底面開口凹陷凸緣170，以準備將底面插入件110永久地黏附到底面開口凹陷凸緣170。內表面110A與底面插入件110的外表面110E相對。However, in other examples, referring to FIGS. 54 and 56 , the tape retaining fixture 260 may be specifically configured to temporarily adhere the adhesive tape 174 to the bottom insert 110 of the golf club head 100. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 54 , the adhesive tape package 254 is temporarily adhered to the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110, and as shown in FIGS. 56 and 57A , the inner surface 110A is then temporarily adhered to the bottom opening recessed ridge 170 in preparation for permanently adhering the bottom insert 110 to the bottom opening recessed ridge 170. The inner surface 110A is opposite to the outer surface 110E of the bottom insert 110.

在又一些實例中，參考圖40和圖41，帶保持固定裝置260可以被具體地構造為將黏合帶174臨時黏附到高爾夫球桿頭100的擊球板143。更具體地，黏合帶封裝254臨時黏附到擊球板143的內表面166，然後該內表面166臨時黏附到板開口凹陷凸緣147，以準備將擊球板143永久地黏附到板開口凹陷凸緣147。In yet other examples, referring to FIGS. 40 and 41 , the tape retaining fixture 260 may be specifically configured to temporarily adhere the adhesive tape 174 to the striking plate 143 of the golf club head 100. More specifically, the adhesive tape package 254 is temporarily adhered to the inner surface 166 of the striking plate 143, which is then temporarily adhered to the plate opening recessed ridge 147 in preparation for permanently adhering the striking plate 143 to the plate opening recessed ridge 147.

根據一些實例，參考圖14和圖15，帶保持固定裝置260可以被具體構造為將黏合帶174臨時黏附到高爾夫球桿頭100的環106。更具體地，各個黏合帶封裝254的黏合帶174臨時黏附到環106的趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B，然後分別臨時黏附到鑄造杯104的趾-環接合表面150A和跟-環接合表面150B，以準備將環106永久地結合到鑄造杯104。當永久結合時，例如，黏合帶174的跟側環條182A位於跟-杯接合表面152B和跟-環接合表面150B之間，並且黏合帶174中的趾側環條182B位於趾-杯接合表面152A和趾-環接合表面150A之間。14 and 15 , the tape retaining fixture 260 may be specifically configured to temporarily adhere the adhesive tape 174 to the ring 106 of the golf club head 100. More specifically, the adhesive tape 174 of each adhesive tape package 254 is temporarily adhered to the toe-cup engagement surface 152A and the heel-cup engagement surface 152B of the ring 106, and then temporarily adhered to the toe-loop engagement surface 150A and the heel-loop engagement surface 150B of the cast cup 104, respectively, to prepare for permanent bonding of the ring 106 to the cast cup 104. When permanently bonded, for example, the heel side loop strip 182A of the adhesive tape 174 is located between the heel-cup engagement surface 152B and the heel-loop engagement surface 150B, and the toe side loop strip 182B of the adhesive tape 174 is located between the toe-cup engagement surface 152A and the toe-loop engagement surface 150A.

儘管在上述實例中，黏合帶174用於將發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的多個部件結合在一起，但在其他實例中，可以使用黏合帶以與上述相同或類似的方式將其他類型的高爾夫球桿頭的多個部件結合在一起。根據一個實例，如圖63所示，黏合帶用於將球道金屬型高爾夫球桿頭1100的多個部件結合在一起。高爾夫球桿頭1100具有前向部分1112和底面部分1117。此外，高爾夫球桿頭1100包括主體1102，主體1102限定在高爾夫球桿頭1110的冠部部分處的冠部開口1162和在高爾夫球桿頭1110的前向部分1112處的板開口1149。Although in the above example, the adhesive tape 174 is used to bond together the multiple components of a driver-type golf club head, in other examples, the adhesive tape may be used to bond together the multiple components of other types of golf club heads in the same or similar manner as described above. According to one example, as shown in FIG. 63, the adhesive tape is used to bond together the multiple components of a fairway metal golf club head 1100. The golf club head 1100 has a forward portion 1112 and a sole portion 1117. In addition, the golf club head 1100 includes a body 1102, which defines a crown opening 1162 at the crown portion of the golf club head 1110 and a plate opening 1149 at the forward portion 1112 of the golf club head 1110.

高爾夫球桿頭1110進一步包括冠部插入件1108，其在冠部開口1162上方附接到主體1102以覆蓋冠部開口1162。冠部插入件1108通過黏合帶1174的冠部開口條1174在冠部開口1162上方黏附到主體1102。冠部開口條1174可以是黏合帶1174的單個連續條帶或黏合帶1174的多個條帶。在所示的實例中，冠部開口條1174是呈冠部插入件1108的外周形狀的單個連續條帶。當被附接時，冠部開口條1174插置在冠部插入件1108和主體1102之間，以將冠部插入件1108黏附到主體1102。在一些實例中，冠部插入件1108由非金屬材料製成，諸如如上所述的纖維增強聚合材料。The golf club head 1110 further includes a crown insert 1108 attached to the body 1102 above the crown opening 1162 to cover the crown opening 1162. The crown insert 1108 is adhered to the body 1102 above the crown opening 1162 by a crown opening strip 1174 of adhesive tape 1174. The crown opening strip 1174 may be a single continuous strip of adhesive tape 1174 or multiple strips of adhesive tape 1174. In the example shown, the crown opening strip 1174 is a single continuous strip in the shape of the periphery of the crown insert 1108. When attached, the crown opening strip 1174 is interposed between the crown insert 1108 and the body 1102 to adhere the crown insert 1108 to the body 1102. In some examples, crown insert 1108 is made of a non-metallic material, such as a fiber-reinforced polymeric material as described above.

高爾夫球桿頭1110還包括擊球板1143，該擊球板在板開口1149上方附接到主體1102以覆蓋板開口1149。在一些實例中，擊球板1143包括有效地圍繞擊球面1145包繞的包繞部分，從而形成高爾夫球桿頭1100的冠部部分、趾部部分、跟部部分和底面部分1117的一部分。擊球板1143通過黏合帶1174的板開口條1176在板開口1149上方黏附到主體1102。板開口條1176可以是黏合帶1174的單個連續或非連續條帶或黏合帶1174的多個條帶。在所示的實例中，板開口條1176是擊球板1143的呈外周形狀的單個非連續條帶。當附接時，板開口條1176插置在擊球板1143和主體1102之間，以將擊球板1143黏附到主體1102。The golf club head 1110 also includes a striking plate 1143 attached to the body 1102 over the plate opening 1149 to cover the plate opening 1149. In some examples, the striking plate 1143 includes a wrap portion that effectively wraps around the striking face 1145, thereby forming a portion of the crown portion, toe portion, heel portion, and sole portion 1117 of the golf club head 1100. The striking plate 1143 is adhered to the body 1102 over the plate opening 1149 by a plate opening strip 1176 of adhesive tape 1174. The plate opening strip 1176 can be a single continuous or non-continuous strip of adhesive tape 1174 or multiple strips of adhesive tape 1174. In the example shown, the plate opening strip 1176 is a single non-continuous strip of the perimeter of the striking plate 1143. When attached, the plate opening strip 1176 is interposed between the striking plate 1143 and the body 1102 to adhere the striking plate 1143 to the body 1102.

根據某些實例，擊球板1145由非金屬材料製成，諸如如上所述的纖維增強聚合材料，而主體1102由金屬材料製成。在一些實例中，擊球板1145由第一金屬材料製成，而主體1102由第二金屬材料製成。在一個實例中，擊球板1145由鈦合金製成，而主體1102由鋼合金製成。根據另一實例，擊球板1145由鋼合金製成，而主體1102由鈦合金製成。通常，當擊球板和主體由金屬材料製成時，金屬材料被焊接在一起，並且當一種金屬材料被熱處理時，另一種金屬金屬材料經歷不太理想的熱處理(諸如第二熱處理、過度處理或欠處理)。然而，黏合帶1174消除了對焊件的需要，因此，在有利於主體1102和擊球板1145的特定類型的金屬材料的不同個體化熱處理條件下，主體1102與擊球板1145可以被單獨熱處理。儘管由黏合帶1174促進的金屬對金屬黏性結合被示出為與球道金屬型高爾夫球桿頭相關聯，但是在其他實例中，黏合帶1174可以促進其他類型的高爾夫球桿頭(諸如發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭、鐵桿式高爾夫球桿頭(例如，具有至少5立方釐米的內部容積(諸如在5cc至20cc之間，並且包括5cc和20cc))、混合型高爾夫球桿頭等)的擊球板和主體之間的金屬對金屬黏性結合。因此，本揭示的高爾夫球桿頭具有至少5cc且高達600cc的內部容積。According to some examples, the blade 1145 is made of a non-metallic material, such as a fiber-reinforced polymer material as described above, and the body 1102 is made of a metallic material. In some examples, the blade 1145 is made of a first metallic material, and the body 1102 is made of a second metallic material. In one example, the blade 1145 is made of a titanium alloy, and the body 1102 is made of a steel alloy. According to another example, the blade 1145 is made of a steel alloy, and the body 1102 is made of a titanium alloy. Typically, when the blade and the body are made of metallic materials, the metallic materials are welded together, and when one metallic material is heat-treated, the other metallic material undergoes a less than ideal heat treatment (such as a second heat treatment, overtreatment, or undertreatment). However, the adhesive strip 1174 eliminates the need for a weldment, and thus, the body 1102 and the blade 1145 can be heat treated separately under different individualized heat treatment conditions that are beneficial to the specific types of metal materials of the body 1102 and the blade 1145. Although the metal-to-metal adhesive bond facilitated by adhesive tape 1174 is shown in association with a fairway metal-type golf club head, in other examples, adhesive tape 1174 can facilitate a metal-to-metal adhesive bond between a blade and a body of other types of golf club heads, such as driver-type golf club heads, iron-type golf club heads (e.g., having an internal volume of at least 5 cubic centimeters (e.g., between 5cc and 20cc, and including 5cc and 20cc)), hybrid golf club heads, etc. Thus, the golf club heads of the present disclosure have an internal volume of at least 5cc and up to 600cc.

在某些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭1100還包括底面狹槽1191和狹槽蓋1190，該狹槽蓋在底面狹槽1191上方附接到底面部分1117，從而覆蓋底面狹槽1191。狹槽蓋1190通過黏合帶1174的狹槽條1179在底面狹槽1191上方黏附到主體1102。狹槽條1179可以是黏合帶1174的單個連續或非連續條帶或黏合帶1174的多個條帶。在所示的實例中，狹槽條1179是底面狹槽1191的呈外周形狀的單個連續條帶。當被附接時，狹槽條1179插置在狹槽蓋1190和主體1102之間，以將狹槽條1179黏附到主體1102。在一些實例中，擊球板1143的一部分限定了底面狹槽1191的一部分，並且狹槽蓋1190也經由狹槽條1179黏附到擊球板1143的限定了底面狹槽1191的一部分。在一些實例中，狹槽蓋1190由聚合材料(例如，熱塑性聚胺酯)製成。在某些實例中，狹槽蓋1190是平坦的。In some examples, the golf club head 1100 further includes a bottom surface slot 1191 and a slot cover 1190 attached to the bottom surface portion 1117 above the bottom surface slot 1191, thereby covering the bottom surface slot 1191. The slot cover 1190 is adhered to the body 1102 above the bottom surface slot 1191 by a slot strip 1179 of the adhesive tape 1174. The slot strip 1179 can be a single continuous or non-continuous strip of the adhesive tape 1174 or multiple strips of the adhesive tape 1174. In the example shown, the slot strip 1179 is a single continuous strip of the bottom surface slot 1191 in the shape of a periphery. When attached, the slot strip 1179 is interposed between the slot cover 1190 and the body 1102 to adhere the slot strip 1179 to the body 1102. In some embodiments, a portion of the striking plate 1143 defines a portion of the bottom slot 1191, and the slot cover 1190 is also adhered to the portion of the striking plate 1143 that defines the bottom slot 1191 via the slot strip 1179. In some embodiments, the slot cover 1190 is made of a polymer material (e.g., thermoplastic polyurethane). In some embodiments, the slot cover 1190 is flat.

根據另一個實例，如圖64所示，黏合帶用於將鐵桿金屬型高爾夫球桿頭1200的多個部件結合在一起。高爾夫球桿頭1200具有前向部分1212和後部部分1218。此外，高爾夫球桿頭1210包括主體1202，主體1202限定了高爾夫球桿頭1210的後部部分1218的後部開口1249。高爾夫球桿頭1210還包括後部徽章1292(例如，後部插入件、後蓋、後板等)，其在後部開口1249上方附接到主體1202以覆蓋後部開口1249。在某些實例中，形成在後部部分1218中的後部凸緣1295限定了後部開口1249。後部徽章1292通過黏合帶1274的後部開口條1276在後部開口1249上方黏附到主體1202。後部開口條1276可以是黏合帶1274的單個連續或非連續條帶或黏合帶1274的多個條帶。在所示的實例中，後部開口條1276是後部徽章1292的呈外周形狀的單個非連續條帶。當被附接時，後部開口條1276插置在後部徽章1292和主體1202之間，以將後部徽章1292黏附到主體1202。According to another example, as shown in FIG. 64 , adhesive tape is used to bond together the multiple components of an iron metal type golf club head 1200. The golf club head 1200 has a forward portion 1212 and a rear portion 1218. In addition, the golf club head 1210 includes a body 1202 that defines a rear opening 1249 of the rear portion 1218 of the golf club head 1210. The golf club head 1210 also includes a rear badge 1292 (e.g., a rear insert, a rear cover, a rear plate, etc.) that is attached to the body 1202 above the rear opening 1249 to cover the rear opening 1249. In some examples, a rear flange 1295 formed in the rear portion 1218 defines a rear opening 1249. The rear badge 1292 is adhered to the body 1202 over the rear opening 1249 by a rear opening strip 1276 of the adhesive tape 1274. The rear opening strip 1276 can be a single continuous or non-continuous strip of the adhesive tape 1274 or multiple strips of the adhesive tape 1274. In the example shown, the rear opening strip 1276 is a single non-continuous strip of the rear badge 1292 in a peripheral shape. When attached, the rear opening strip 1276 is interposed between the rear badge 1292 and the body 1202 to adhere the rear badge 1292 to the body 1202.

在一些實例中，主體1202由金屬材料(例如鋼)製成，後部徽章1292由非金屬材料(例如聚合物)製成。在替代實例中，主體1202和後部徽章1292都由金屬材料製成。In some examples, the body 1202 is made of a metallic material (e.g., steel) and the rear badge 1292 is made of a non-metallic material (e.g., a polymer). In alternative examples, both the body 1202 and the rear badge 1292 are made of a metallic material.

參考圖65-69，在一些實例中，高爾夫球桿頭包括由纖維增強聚合材料製成的冠部，該纖維增強聚合材料圍繞冠部和擊球面之間的過渡部包繞，使得纖維增強聚合材料直接鄰近或抵靠擊球面。圖65-69示出了例示性高爾夫球桿頭，其包括正面板4610和超大的冠部4620，也稱為冠部面板，該冠部面板延伸到球桿頭的與正面板4610的上側相鄰的前部，並且在一些實施方式中形成球桿頭的頂線和/或後周邊部分。如上所述，超大的冠部4620通過黏合帶174黏附到主體部分4602，並且正面板4610可以通過黏合帶174黏附到主體部分4602。在一些實施方式中，冠部4620和正面板4610可以包括非金屬複合材料，使得頂線形成在冠部的複合材料的一部分延伸到與正面板的一部分相鄰的地方。雖然本揭示的大部分內容與冠部4620、正面板4610和相關聯的支撐結構的關係有關，但重要的是，首先要理解，本揭示和關係也適用於底面板4640，底面板4640具有圍繞球桿頭的前部包繞以與正面板4610相鄰的部分(例如，參見圖67-69)，該部分可出現在正面板4610的趾部(如圖68和圖69所示)，該部分出現在正面板4610的跟部(如圖68所示)，該部分出現在正面板4610的下部部分(如圖67和圖69所示)，以及它們的任何組合。類似地，本揭示內容和關係也適用於可以僅形成裙邊的一部分、並且可以位於趾部或跟部處、並且可以不構成底面的一部分的各個板。底面板4640可以通過黏合帶174黏附到主體部分4602，諸如如上所述。65-69, in some examples, a golf club head includes a crown made of a fiber-reinforced polymer material that wraps around a transition between the crown and the ball striking face so that the fiber-reinforced polymer material is directly adjacent to or against the ball striking face. FIGS. 65-69 show an exemplary golf club head that includes a face plate 4610 and an oversized crown 4620, also referred to as a crown panel, that extends to a front portion of the club head adjacent to an upper side of the face plate 4610 and, in some embodiments, forms a topline and/or rear perimeter portion of the club head. As described above, oversized crown 4620 is adhered to body portion 4602 by adhesive tape 174, and front panel 4610 can be adhered to body portion 4602 by adhesive tape 174. In some embodiments, crown 4620 and front panel 4610 can include a non-metallic composite material such that a top line is formed where a portion of the composite material of the crown extends adjacent to a portion of the front panel. While the majority of the present disclosure relates to the relationship of the crown 4620, the face plate 4610, and the associated support structure, it is important to first understand that the present disclosure and relationship also applies to the sole plate 4640, which has a portion that wraps around the front of the club head to abut the face plate 4610 (e.g., see FIGS. 67-69 ), which may occur at the toe of the face plate 4610 (as shown in FIGS. 68 and 69 ), which may occur at the heel of the face plate 4610 (as shown in FIG. 68 ), which may occur at the lower portion of the face plate 4610 (as shown in FIGS. 67 and 69 ), and any combination thereof. Similarly, the present disclosure and relationships also apply to various panels that may form only a portion of the skirt, and may be located at the toe or heel, and may not form part of the bottom surface. The bottom panel 4640 may be adhered to the main body portion 4602 by adhesive tape 174, as described above.

球桿頭包括主體4602，主體4602包括桿頸部分並且為球桿頭提供主要結構支撐，並且各種其他部件耦合到主體，所述主體可以包括正面板4610和冠部4620，並且在一些實施方式中包括底面板4640、一個或多個配重和/或其他特徵。在一些實施方式中，主體包括前主體部分(標記為4602)和後環部分，前主體部分和後環部分在跟部和趾端部處附接在一起(例如，焊接、結合或機械附接)，或整體形成。無論是附接在一起還是一體形成，前主體部分4602和後環部分構成框架，該框架用作附接其他部件的支撐結構，這些部件可以包括冠部4620、正面板4610和/或底面板4640。此外，如稍後詳細揭示的，正面板4610可以附接到框架和/或前主體部分4602，或者與框架和/或前主體部分460一體形成，因此術語「板」的使用並不意味著單獨的部件，儘管其可以是稍後更詳細揭示的單獨的部件。類似地，底面板4640可以附接到框架、前主體部分4602和/或後環部分，或者與所述框架、前主體部分4602、和/或後環部分一體形成，因此，術語「板」的使用並不意味著單獨的部件，儘管其可以如後面更詳細地揭示的那樣。The club head includes a body 4602 that includes a neck portion and provides primary structural support for the club head, and to which various other components are coupled, which may include a face plate 4610 and a crown 4620, and in some embodiments, a sole plate 4640, one or more weights, and/or other features. In some embodiments, the body includes a front body portion (designated 4602) and a rear ring portion that are attached together (e.g., welded, bonded, or mechanically attached) at the heel and toe ends, or are integrally formed. Whether attached together or integrally formed, the front body portion 4602 and the rear ring portion form a frame that serves as a support structure to which other components are attached, which may include the crown 4620, the face plate 4610, and/or the sole plate 4640. Additionally, as disclosed in detail later, the front panel 4610 can be attached to or integrally formed with the frame and/or the front body portion 4602, and thus the use of the term "panel" does not imply a separate component, although it may be a separate component as disclosed in more detail later. Similarly, the bottom panel 4640 can be attached to or integrally formed with the frame, the front body portion 4602, and/or the rear ring portion, and thus the use of the term "panel" does not imply a separate component, although it may be as disclosed in more detail later.

雖然許多揭示的實施方式涉及與冠部4620相關聯的結合到框架並且朝向正面板4610包繞的界面，但是所有揭示的關係同樣適用於一個或多個朝正面板4610包繞的底面板4640、在跟部和/或趾部處朝向正面板4610包繞的裙面板、和/或朝向正面板4610包繞的後環部分4630。例如，圖65示出了底面插入件4640，底面插入件4640圍繞前主體部分4602包繞以在球桿頭的趾側處終止相鄰的正面板4610。在該實施方式中，示出了趾側冠部-正面接合點4800，但現在還存在第一底面-正面接合點4910和第二底面-正面接合點4920。在該實施方式中，第一底面-正面接合點4910出現在底面插入件4640鄰近正面板4610和前主體部分4602的地方。類似地，在該實施方式中，第二底面-正面接合點4920出現在底面插入件4640鄰近正面板4610和前主體部分4602的地方。此外，底面插入件4640可以在多個不同的區域中包繞以與正面板4610相鄰，如圖68的陰影區域所示。因此，如圖68所示，底面插入件4640可以另外具有第三底面-正面接合點4930和第四底面-正面接合點4940。While many of the disclosed embodiments relate to interfaces associated with the crown 4620 that are bonded to the frame and wrap around toward the face plate 4610, all disclosed relationships apply equally to one or more sole panels 4640 that wrap around toward the face plate 4610, skirt panels that wrap around toward the face plate 4610 at the heel and/or toe, and/or rear ring portions 4630 that wrap around toward the face plate 4610. For example, FIG. 65 illustrates a sole insert 4640 that wraps around the front body portion 4602 to terminate adjacent the face plate 4610 at the toe side of the club head. In this embodiment, the toe crown-front junction 4800 is shown, but now there is also a first bottom-front junction 4910 and a second bottom-front junction 4920. In this embodiment, the first bottom-front junction 4910 occurs where the bottom insert 4640 is adjacent to the front plate 4610 and the front body portion 4602. Similarly, in this embodiment, the second bottom-front junction 4920 occurs where the bottom insert 4640 is adjacent to the front plate 4610 and the front body portion 4602. In addition, the bottom insert 4640 can wrap around to be adjacent to the front plate 4610 in a variety of different areas, as shown in the shaded areas of FIG. 68. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 68, the bottom insert 4640 may additionally have a third bottom-front joint 4930 and a fourth bottom-front joint 4940.

在高爾夫球桿頭100的至少兩個部件通過黏合帶174臨時結合在一起之後，當處於未固化狀態時，通過經由施加熱和壓力將黏合帶174轉變為固化狀態，將高爾夫球桿頭100的至少二個部件永久結合在一起。參考圖58-62，根據一些實例，當高爾夫球桿頭100被密封在真空袋274內時，壓力以均勻的方式通過真空袋274施加到高爾夫球桿頭100上。在一些實例中，諸如圖58和圖59所示，真空袋274是可重複使用的真空袋294。然而，在替代實例中，如圖60和圖61所示，真空袋274是一次性真空袋292。在任何一種情況下，在高爾夫球桿頭100在真空袋274內的情況下，真空袋274是可密封的並且流體地耦合到真空裝置269，該真空裝置269被構造為當真空袋274將高爾夫桿頭100密封在內時將真空袋274中的壓力降低到低於周圍或環境條件的壓力。降低真空袋274內的壓力在真空袋274外部和真空袋274內部的空氣之間產生壓差。該壓差導致真空袋274塌縮到高爾夫球桿頭100上並且將與該壓差成比例的壓力施加到高爾夫球桿頭100上。因為圍繞真空袋274的壓差是均勻的，所以施加到高爾夫球桿頭100上的壓力相應地是均勻的。因此，施加到黏合帶174的壓力也是均勻的。After at least two parts of the golf club head 100 are temporarily bonded together by the adhesive tape 174, when in an uncured state, the at least two parts of the golf club head 100 are permanently bonded together by converting the adhesive tape 174 to a cured state by applying heat and pressure. Referring to FIGS. 58-62, according to some examples, when the golf club head 100 is sealed in the vacuum bag 274, pressure is applied to the golf club head 100 in a uniform manner through the vacuum bag 274. In some examples, as shown in FIGS. 58 and 59, the vacuum bag 274 is a reusable vacuum bag 294. However, in an alternative example, as shown in FIGS. 60 and 61, the vacuum bag 274 is a disposable vacuum bag 292. In either case, with the golf club head 100 within the vacuum bag 274, the vacuum bag 274 is sealable and fluidly coupled to a vacuum device 269 that is configured to reduce the pressure within the vacuum bag 274 to a pressure below that of the surrounding or environmental conditions when the vacuum bag 274 seals the golf club head 100 therein. Reducing the pressure within the vacuum bag 274 creates a pressure differential between the air outside the vacuum bag 274 and inside the vacuum bag 274. The pressure differential causes the vacuum bag 274 to collapse onto the golf club head 100 and apply a pressure proportional to the pressure differential to the golf club head 100. Because the pressure differential around the vacuum bag 274 is uniform, the pressure applied to the golf club head 100 is correspondingly uniform. Therefore, the pressure applied to the adhesive tape 174 is also uniform.

應注意的是，當真空袋274用於向高爾夫球桿頭100施加均勻的壓力時，被結合在一起的高爾夫球桿頭100的部件處於完全成形狀態(即，在準備最終組裝時已經形成永久形式或形狀的部件)。例如，對於由纖維增強聚合材料製成的部件，纖維增強材料已經預先成形並固化為最終形狀。因此，塌縮的真空袋274僅用於向黏合帶174施加壓力，並且在高爾夫球桿頭100的部件處於完全成形狀態的情況下，不成形或有助於單個部件的形成。It should be noted that when the vacuum bag 274 is used to apply uniform pressure to the golf club head 100, the components of the golf club head 100 being joined together are in a fully formed state (i.e., components that have been formed into a permanent form or shape in preparation for final assembly). For example, for components made of fiber-reinforced polymeric materials, the fiber-reinforced materials have been pre-formed and cured into their final shape. Therefore, the collapsed vacuum bag 274 is only used to apply pressure to the adhesive tape 174 and does not shape or assist in the formation of the individual components while the components of the golf club head 100 are in a fully formed state.

如圖58和圖59所示，在一些實例中，可以由壓力計272測量的壓差在30cmHg至70cmHg之間(並且包括30cmHg和70cmHg)、在40cmHg至60cmHg之間(並且包括40cmHg和60cmHg)，或基本上50cmHg。As shown in FIG. 58 and FIG. 59 , in some examples, the pressure difference that can be measured by the pressure gauge 272 is between 30 cmHg and 70 cmHg (and including 30 cmHg and 70 cmHg), between 40 cmHg and 60 cmHg (and including 40 cmHg and 60 cmHg), or substantially 50 cmHg.

返回參考圖58和圖59，可重複使用的真空袋274被構造用於重複使用。因此，可重複使用的真空袋274由適於重複使用的材料製成並具有適合重複使用的厚度。在一個實例中，可重複使用的真空袋274由聚乙烯或其他類似的塑料材料製成。可替代地，可重複使用的真空袋274可以由橡膠或類似橡膠的材料製成，諸如矽樹脂。此外，在某些實例中，可重複使用的真空袋274的厚度在60微米至100微米之間(並且包括60微米和100微米)、在70微米和90微米之間(並且包括70微米和90微米)，或基本上為80微米。可重複使用的真空袋274可以具有內置在真空袋274中的真空端口290。真空端口290被構造為以可選擇性釋放和重複的方式接收來自真空裝置269的耦合器。Referring back to Figures 58 and 59, the reusable vacuum bag 274 is constructed for reuse. Therefore, the reusable vacuum bag 274 is made of a material suitable for reuse and has a thickness suitable for reuse. In one example, the reusable vacuum bag 274 is made of polyethylene or other similar plastic materials. Alternatively, the reusable vacuum bag 274 can be made of rubber or a rubber-like material, such as silicone. In addition, in some examples, the thickness of the reusable vacuum bag 274 is between 60 microns and 100 microns (and including 60 microns and 100 microns), between 70 microns and 90 microns (and including 70 microns and 90 microns), or substantially 80 microns. The reusable vacuum bag 274 can have a vacuum port 290 built into the vacuum bag 274. The vacuum port 290 is configured to receive a coupler from the vacuum device 269 in a selectively releasable and repeatable manner.

如圖60和圖61所示，一次性真空袋274被構造用於一次性使用。因此，一次性真空袋274可以由比可重複使用的真空袋274更不耐用的材料製成。例如，一次性真空袋274可以由比可重複使用的真空袋274更薄的塑料材料製成。此外，在一些實例中，真空裝置269可以被具體地構造為與一次性真空袋274一起使用。在一個實例中，真空裝置269可以類似於收縮包裝機，該收縮包裝機產生壓差並且在滿足壓差之後密封一次性真空袋274的開口。因此，在一些實例中，一次性真空袋274是收縮包裝或熱收縮材料。As shown in FIGS. 60 and 61 , the disposable vacuum bag 274 is configured for one-time use. Therefore, the disposable vacuum bag 274 can be made of a less durable material than the reusable vacuum bag 274. For example, the disposable vacuum bag 274 can be made of a thinner plastic material than the reusable vacuum bag 274. In addition, in some examples, the vacuum device 269 can be specifically configured for use with the disposable vacuum bag 274. In one example, the vacuum device 269 can be similar to a shrink packaging machine that generates a pressure differential and seals the opening of the disposable vacuum bag 274 after the pressure differential is met. Therefore, in some examples, the disposable vacuum bag 274 is a shrink packaging or heat shrink material.

當真空袋274塌縮在高爾夫球桿頭100上並將壓力施加到高爾夫球桿頭100上時，根據由真空裝置269產生的壓差，將高爾夫球桿頭100加熱到至少黏合帶174的固化溫度。如上所述，同時施加壓力並加熱使部件之間的黏合帶174固化，以將所述部件永久地結合在一起。參考圖62，在一些實例中，在真空袋274塌縮在高爾夫球桿頭100上並向其施加壓力的情況下，真空袋274和高爾夫球桿頭100位於烘箱276的封閉腔227中。烘箱276包括加熱元件278，該加熱元件278被構造為加熱封閉腔277，並因此當定位在封閉腔227中時將熱量280施加到真空袋274中的高爾夫球桿頭100。儘管在烘箱276中示出了塌縮在高爾夫球桿頭100上的一次性真空袋274，但是在其他實例中，可以改為使用塌縮在高爾夫球桿頭100上的可重複使用的真空袋274。此外，儘管烘箱276可用於在由真空袋274加壓時將熱量280施加到高爾夫球桿頭100，但在其他實例中，熱量可通過烘箱以外的方式施加。When the vacuum bag 274 is collapsed on the golf club head 100 and pressure is applied to the golf club head 100, the golf club head 100 is heated to at least the curing temperature of the adhesive tape 174 according to the pressure differential generated by the vacuum device 269. As described above, the simultaneous application of pressure and heat cures the adhesive tape 174 between the components to permanently bond the components together. Referring to FIG. 62, in some examples, the vacuum bag 274 and the golf club head 100 are located in the closed chamber 227 of the oven 276 while the vacuum bag 274 is collapsed on the golf club head 100 and pressure is applied thereto. The oven 276 includes a heating element 278 configured to heat the enclosed cavity 277 and thereby apply heat 280 to the golf club head 100 in the vacuum bag 274 when positioned in the enclosed cavity 227. Although a disposable vacuum bag 274 collapsed on the golf club head 100 is shown in the oven 276, in other examples, a reusable vacuum bag 274 collapsed on the golf club head 100 may be used instead. Furthermore, although the oven 276 may be used to apply heat 280 to the golf club head 100 while pressurized by the vacuum bag 274, in other examples, the heat may be applied by means other than an oven.

在替代的實例中，不是通過降低真空袋274內的壓力來使真空袋274塌縮，而是可以增加真空袋274外的壓力以產生必要的壓差，從而將真空袋274塌縮在高爾夫球桿頭100上。例如，在一些實例中，烘箱276流體耦合到真空裝置，當密封以將高爾夫球桿頭100封閉在真空袋274內的真空袋274定位在封閉腔227內時，真空裝置可選擇性地操作以增加封閉腔227內的壓力。以這種方式，作為高壓釜的烘箱276可以同時施加熱量並產生固化黏合帶174所需的壓差。In an alternative example, rather than collapsing the vacuum bag 274 by reducing the pressure within the vacuum bag 274, the pressure outside the vacuum bag 274 can be increased to create the necessary pressure differential to collapse the vacuum bag 274 onto the golf club head 100. For example, in some examples, the oven 276 is fluidly coupled to a vacuum device that selectively operates to increase the pressure within the enclosed cavity 227 when the vacuum bag 274, which is sealed to enclose the golf club head 100 within the vacuum bag 274, is positioned within the enclosed cavity 227. In this way, the oven 276, which is an autoclave, can simultaneously apply heat and create the pressure differential required to cure the adhesive tape 174.

由於黏合帶174的獨特特性，與可流動的黏合劑相比，黏合帶174可以經由壓力和加熱而固化，在黏合帶174加壓和加熱期間黏合帶174幾乎沒有滲出或流出結合接頭。因此，固化黏合帶174所需的壓力可以經由真空袋274施加。相反，對於常規的可流動黏合劑，通過真空袋施加壓力將導致黏合劑從結合接頭流出並塗抹在真空袋和部件的內部。這樣的結果會造成不必要的延遲、費用和與從部件上移除多餘黏合劑相關的勞動力。此外，黏合劑在真空袋上的滲出將阻止真空袋可重複用於對其他部件加壓。與黏合帶174的使用相關聯的附加優點包括結合過程的複雜性的降低以及實施結合過程所需的必要訓練的減少，這轉化為較低的訓練成本。Due to the unique properties of the adhesive tape 174, the adhesive tape 174 can be cured by pressure and heat, and there is little leakage or flow of the adhesive tape 174 out of the joint during the pressurization and heating of the adhesive tape 174. Therefore, the pressure required to cure the adhesive tape 174 can be applied through the vacuum bag 274. In contrast, for conventional flowable adhesives, applying pressure through the vacuum bag will cause the adhesive to flow out of the joint and smear on the inside of the vacuum bag and the part. Such a result will cause unnecessary delays, expenses and labor associated with removing excess adhesive from the part. In addition, the leakage of adhesive on the vacuum bag will prevent the vacuum bag from being reused to pressurize other parts. Additional advantages associated with the use of adhesive tape 174 include a reduction in the complexity of the bonding process and a reduction in the necessary training required to perform the bonding process, which translates into lower training costs.

在一些實例中，對於具有經由多個結合接頭結合在一起的多個部件的高爾夫球桿頭，諸如高爾夫球桿頭100，通過同時加壓和加熱形成結合接頭的黏合帶174來同時形成所有結合接頭。換句話說，高爾夫球桿頭100的所有結合接頭的黏合帶174可以使用一個真空袋在單個加壓和加熱步驟中固化(例如加壓和加熱)。例如，擊球板143、冠部插入件108和底面插入件110可以通過同時固化它們之間的黏合帶174而結合到主體102。然而，在其他實例中，高爾夫球桿頭100的至少一個結合接頭可以在第一加壓和加熱步驟中使用第一真空袋形成，並且高爾夫球桿頭100的至少另一結合接頭可以隨後在第二加壓和加熱步驟中使用第一抽真空袋或第二真空袋形成。例如，冠部插入件108和底面插入件110可以通過在第一時間固化它們之間的黏合帶174而結合到主體，並且擊球板143可以通過在不同於第一時間的第二時間(例如，晚於或早於第一時間)固化它們之間黏合帶174來結合到主體102。通過以這種方式交錯固化黏合帶174，可以在高爾夫球桿頭100的內部被封閉之前從高爾夫球桿頭100的內部對一個或多個黏合接頭進行檢查。In some examples, for a golf club head having multiple parts joined together via multiple joints, such as the golf club head 100, all the joints are formed simultaneously by simultaneously pressurizing and heating the adhesive tapes 174 that form the joints. In other words, the adhesive tapes 174 of all the joints of the golf club head 100 can be cured (e.g., pressurized and heated) in a single pressurization and heating step using one vacuum bag. For example, the blade 143, the crown insert 108, and the sole insert 110 can be bonded to the body 102 by simultaneously curing the adhesive tapes 174 therebetween. However, in other examples, at least one bonding joint of the golf club head 100 may be formed using a first vacuum bag in a first pressurizing and heating step, and at least another bonding joint of the golf club head 100 may be subsequently formed using a first vacuum bag or a second vacuum bag in a second pressurizing and heating step. For example, the crown insert 108 and the sole insert 110 may be bonded to the body by curing the adhesive tape 174 therebetween at a first time, and the blade 143 may be bonded to the body 102 by curing the adhesive tape 174 therebetween at a second time different from the first time (e.g., later than or earlier than the first time). By staggering the cured adhesive strips 174 in this manner, one or more adhesive joints may be inspected from the interior of the golf club head 100 before the interior of the golf club head 100 is closed.

儘管黏合帶174在黏合帶174的加壓和加熱過程中不流動，但是黏合帶174可能膨脹。與常規的可流動黏合劑不同，黏合帶174的膨脹是可預測的和可控制的。因此，可以選擇黏合帶174在待結合的部件之間的尺寸和定位，以適應黏合帶174的膨脹，並確保黏合帶174適當地分佈在結合接頭中，而不會在加壓和加熱期間從結合接頭滲出(例如擠出)。參考圖57A，在一些實例中，黏合帶174被臨時施加到第一部件，使得當第一部件經由黏合帶174臨時結合到第二部件時，偏移OS被限定在第一部件的外周邊緣和黏合帶174的外周邊緣之間。在一些實例中，在第一部件的外周邊緣和黏合帶174的外周邊緣之間限定的偏移OS為至少0.25mm、至少0.5mm或至少1.0mm。根據這些或其他實例，偏移OS不大於2.5mm、3.0mm或5.0mm。第一部件的外周邊緣限定了第一部件和第二部件之間的最外結合線。偏移OS的量至少取決於形成結合接頭的黏合帶174的量(例如，表面積)。Although the adhesive tape 174 does not flow during the pressurization and heating of the adhesive tape 174, the adhesive tape 174 may expand. Unlike conventional flowable adhesives, the expansion of the adhesive tape 174 is predictable and controllable. Therefore, the size and positioning of the adhesive tape 174 between the parts to be bonded can be selected to accommodate the expansion of the adhesive tape 174 and ensure that the adhesive tape 174 is properly distributed in the bonded joint without seeping out (e.g., squeezing out) from the bonded joint during pressurization and heating. Referring to FIG. 57A , in some examples, the adhesive tape 174 is temporarily applied to the first component so that when the first component is temporarily bonded to the second component via the adhesive tape 174, the offset OS is defined between the outer peripheral edge of the first component and the outer peripheral edge of the adhesive tape 174. In some examples, the offset OS defined between the outer peripheral edge of the first component and the outer peripheral edge of the adhesive tape 174 is at least 0.25 mm, at least 0.5 mm, or at least 1.0 mm. According to these or other examples, the offset OS is no greater than 2.5 mm, 3.0 mm, or 5.0 mm. The outer peripheral edge of the first component defines the outermost bond line between the first component and the second component. The amount of the offset OS depends at least on the amount (e.g., surface area) of the adhesive tape 174 that forms the bonded joint.

在圖57A的實例中，第一部件是冠部插入件108，而第二部件是主體102，使得偏移OS與冠部插入件108和冠部插入件108的外周108D相關聯(也參見圖53)。根據另一個實例，如圖54所示，第一部件是底面插入件110，而第二部件是主體102，使得偏移OS與底面插入件110和底面插入件的外周110D相關聯。與冠部插入件108相關聯的偏移OS可以不同於與底面插入件110相關聯的偏移OS。在一些實例中，與冠部插入件108相關聯的偏移OS是與底面插入件110相關聯的偏移OS的至少兩倍。在一個實例中，與冠部插入件108相關聯的偏移OS大致為2mm，與底面插入件110相關聯的偏移OS大致為1mm。雖然未示出，但是用於將環106和鑄造杯104結合在一起的黏合帶174可以相對於環106和鑄造杯104的接合表面中的一個或兩個偏移。In the example of FIG. 57A , the first component is the crown insert 108 and the second component is the body 102 such that the offset OS is associated with the crown insert 108 and the periphery 108D of the crown insert 108 (see also FIG. 53 ). According to another example, as shown in FIG. 54 , the first component is the bottom insert 110 and the second component is the body 102 such that the offset OS is associated with the bottom insert 110 and the periphery 110D of the bottom insert. The offset OS associated with the crown insert 108 may be different from the offset OS associated with the bottom insert 110. In some examples, the offset OS associated with the crown insert 108 is at least twice the offset OS associated with the bottom insert 110. In one example, the offset OS associated with the crown insert 108 is approximately 2 mm and the offset OS associated with the bottom insert 110 is approximately 1 mm. Although not shown, the adhesive strip 174 used to bond the ring 106 and the cast cup 104 together may be offset relative to one or both of the engaging surfaces of the ring 106 and the cast cup 104.

參考圖57B，在一些替代實例中，在準備附接到第二部件時，將黏合帶174施加到部件上，而在第一部件的外周邊緣和黏合帶174之間沒有偏移。在這樣的實例中，間隙填充物197可以起到物理屏障的作用，以防止在加壓和加熱期間黏結帶174從黏結接頭滲出或擠出。間隙填充物197定位在第二部件與黏合帶174的外周與第一部件之間限定的間隙中。在圖57B的實例中，第一部件是冠部插入件108，而第二部件是主體102。因此，間隙填充物197定位在冠部插入件108的外周108D和冠部開口凹陷凸緣168的側壁168C之間。在間隙填充物197處於該位置的情況下，在黏合帶174的加壓和加熱過程中，防止了黏合帶174從結合接頭膨脹或滲出。Referring to FIG. 57B , in some alternative examples, in preparation for attachment to a second component, adhesive tape 174 is applied to the component without an offset between the outer peripheral edge of the first component and adhesive tape 174. In such an example, gap filler 197 can act as a physical barrier to prevent adhesive tape 174 from seeping out or squeezing out of the bonded joint during pressurization and heating. Gap filler 197 is positioned in the gap defined between the second component and the outer periphery of adhesive tape 174 and the first component. In the example of FIG. 57B , the first component is crown insert 108 and the second component is body 102. Thus, gap filler 197 is positioned between outer periphery 108D of crown insert 108 and sidewall 168C of crown opening recessed rim 168. With the gap filler 197 in this position, the adhesive tape 174 is prevented from expanding or seeping out of the bonded joint during the pressurization and heating of the adhesive tape 174.

間隙填充物197由能夠在黏合帶174固化期間加熱和加壓黏合帶174時保持其形狀(例如，不流動或滲出)的各種材料中的任何一種製成。因此，間隙填充物197的材料與黏合帶174的材料不同。在一些實例中，間隙填充物197的材料也不同於第一部件和第二部件的材料。在一個實例中，間隙填充物197由可流動材料製成，該可流動材料可固化為不可流動，並且在黏合帶174固化時保持相對不可流動。根據一些實例，間隙填充物197由黏合材料製成，諸如環氧基結構黏合劑。Gap filler 197 is made of any of a variety of materials that are capable of maintaining their shape (e.g., not flowing or seeping out) when adhesive tape 174 is heated and pressurized during curing of adhesive tape 174. Thus, the material of gap filler 197 is different from the material of adhesive tape 174. In some examples, the material of gap filler 197 is also different from the material of the first component and the second component. In one example, gap filler 197 is made of a flowable material that can be cured to be non-flowable and remains relatively non-flowable when adhesive tape 174 is cured. According to some examples, gap filler 197 is made of an adhesive material, such as an epoxy-based structural adhesive.

根據一些實例，在第一部件經由黏合帶174臨時黏附到第二部件之後並且在黏合帶174固化之前，將間隙填充物197注入到第二部件與黏合帶174的外周與第一部件之間的間隙中。然後使間隙填充物197固化。間隙填充物197的固化條件不同於黏合帶174的固化條件，使得間隙填充物的固化不會固化黏合帶174。在一些實例中，間隙填充物197在大約室溫下固化預定時間段，諸如至少2小時。在間隙填充物197固化之後，然後如上所述對黏合帶174加壓和加熱，以固化黏合帶174並在第一部件和第二部件之間形成結合接頭。According to some examples, after the first component is temporarily adhered to the second component via the adhesive tape 174 and before the adhesive tape 174 is cured, the gap filler 197 is injected into the gap between the second component and the outer periphery of the adhesive tape 174 and the first component. The gap filler 197 is then cured. The curing conditions of the gap filler 197 are different from the curing conditions of the adhesive tape 174, so that the curing of the gap filler does not cure the adhesive tape 174. In some examples, the gap filler 197 is cured at about room temperature for a predetermined period of time, such as at least 2 hours. After the gap filler 197 is cured, the adhesive tape 174 is then pressurized and heated as described above to cure the adhesive tape 174 and form a bonded joint between the first component and the second component.

根據一些實例，本揭示的高爾夫球桿頭被構造為以揮桿速度揮桿，使得與高爾夫球的每次碰撞將在10,000g至20,000g範圍內的力施加到高爾夫球桿頭的擊球面上，其中g等於由於重力引起的每單位質量的力。如本文所述，高爾夫球桿頭的黏合帶被構造為承受(例如，在高爾夫球桿頭的黏合部件之間保持足夠的黏性結合，以在之後保持高爾夫球桿頭的適當性能特性)高爾夫球的至少70英里/小時(mph)的揮桿速度(例如，介於70mph和100mph之間(包括70mph和100mph))的反復撞擊。According to some examples, the disclosed golf club head is configured to be swung at a swing speed such that each impact with a golf ball applies a force in the range of 10,000 g to 20,000 g to the striking face of the golf club head, where g is equal to the force per unit mass due to gravity. As described herein, the adhesive tape of the golf club head is configured to withstand (e.g., maintain a sufficient adhesive bond between the adhesive components of the golf club head to thereafter maintain appropriate performance characteristics of the golf club head) repeated impacts with a golf ball at a swing speed of at least 70 miles per hour (mph) (e.g., between 70 mph and 100 mph, inclusive).

儘管未具體示出，但本揭示的高爾夫球桿頭100可包括其他特徵以提高高爾夫球桿頭100的性能特徵。例如，在一些實施方式中，高爾夫球桿頭100包括類似於美國專利號6,773,360；7,166,040；7,452,285；7,628,707；7,186,190；7,591,738；7,963,861；7,621,823；7,448,963；7,568,985；7,578,753；7,717,804；7,717,805；7,530,904；7,540,811；7,407,447；7,632,194；7,846,041；7,419,441；7,713,142；7,744,484；7,223,180；7,410,425；以及7,410,426中更詳細描述的那些的可移動配重特徵，上述每個專利的全部內容通過引用整體併入本文。Although not specifically shown, the disclosed golf club head 100 may include other features to enhance the performance characteristics of the golf club head 100. For example, in some embodiments, the golf club head 100 includes features similar to those of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,773,360; 7,166,040; 7,452,285; 7,628,707; 7,186,190; 7,591,738; 7,963,861; 7,621,823; 7,448,963; 7,568,985; 7,578,753; 7,717,804; 7,717 ,805; 7,530,904; 7,540,811; 7,407,447; 7,632,194; 7,846,041; 7,419,441; 7,713,142; 7,744,484; 7,223,180; 7,410,425; and 7,410,426, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

在某些實施方式中，例如，高爾夫球桿頭100包括與美國專利號7,775,905和8,444,505；在2013年5月20日提交的美國專利申請號13/898,313；在2013年10月7日提交的美國專利申請號14/047,880；在2012年9月18日提交的美國專利申請號61/702,667；在2013年3月15日提交的美國專利申請號13/841,325；在2013年7月19日提交的美國專利申請號13/946,918；在2015年7月1日提交的美國專利申請號14/789,838；在2014年7月3日提交的美國專利申請號62/020,972；在2014年10月17日提交的專利申請號62/065,552；以及在2015年3月31日提交的號62/141,160中更詳細描述的那些相似的可滑動配重特徵，上述每個專利申請的全部內容通過引用整體併入本文。In some embodiments, for example, the golf club head 100 includes U.S. Patent Nos. 7,775,905 and 8,444,505; U.S. Patent Application No. 13/898,313 filed on May 20, 2013; U.S. Patent Application No. 14/047,880 filed on October 7, 2013; U.S. Patent Application No. 61/702,667 filed on September 18, 2012; U.S. Patent Application No. 13/841,325 filed on March 15 ... 13/946,918 filed on July 9, 2015; 14/789,838 filed on July 1, 2015; 62/020,972 filed on July 3, 2014; 62/065,552 filed on October 17, 2014; and 62/141,160 filed on March 31, 2015, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

根據一些實施方式，高爾夫球桿頭100包括與美國專利申請公開號2013/0123040A1中更詳細描述的那些相似的空氣動力學形狀特徵，其全部內容通過引用整體併入本文。According to some embodiments, the golf club head 100 includes aerodynamic shape features similar to those described in more detail in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0123040A1, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

在某些實施方式中，高爾夫球桿頭100包括類似於在美國專利號8,303,431中更詳細描述的那些特徵的可移除桿身特徵，其內容通過引用整體併入本文。In certain embodiments, the golf club head 100 includes removable shaft features similar to those described in greater detail in U.S. Patent No. 8,303,431, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

根據又一些實施方式，高爾夫球桿頭100包括類似於美國專利號8,025,587；美國專利號8,235,831；美國專利號8,337,319；美國專利申請公開號2011/0312437A1；美國專利申請公開號2012/0258818A1；美國專利申請公開號2012/0122601A1；美國專利申請公開號2012/0071264A1；以及美國專利申請號13/686,677中更詳細描述的那些特徵的可調節桿頂/底部特徵，其全部內容通過引用整體併入本文。According to still further embodiments, the golf club head 100 includes adjustable top/sole features similar to those described in greater detail in U.S. Patent No. 8,025,587; U.S. Patent No. 8,235,831; U.S. Patent No. 8,337,319; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2011/0312437A1; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0258818A1; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0122601A1; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0071264A1; and U.S. Patent Application No. 13/686,677, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

此外，在一些實施方式中，高爾夫球桿頭100包括類似於美國專利號8,337,319；美國專利申請公開號2011/0152000A1、2011/0312437、2012/0122601A1；以及美國專利申請號13/686,677中更詳細描述的那些特徵的可調節底面特徵，上述每個專利申請的全部內容通過引用整體併入本文。Additionally, in some embodiments, the golf club head 100 includes adjustable sole features similar to those described in greater detail in U.S. Patent No. 8,337,319; U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2011/0152000A1, 2011/0312437, 2012/0122601A1; and U.S. Patent Application No. 13/686,677, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

在一些實施方式中，高爾夫球桿頭100包括類似於美國專利申請序列號11/998,435；11/642,310；11/825,138；11/823,638；12/004,386；12/004,387；11/960,609；11/960,610；以及美國專利號7,267,620中更詳細描述的那些特徵的複合面部部分特徵，其全部內容通過引用併入本文。In some embodiments, the golf club head 100 includes composite facial portion features similar to those described in greater detail in U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. 11/998,435; 11/642,310; 11/825,138; 11/823,638; 12/004,386; 12/004,387; 11/960,609; 11/960,610; and U.S. Patent No. 7,267,620, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

根據一個實施方式，一種製造高爾夫球桿頭(諸如高爾夫球桿頭100)的方法包括以下一個或多個步驟：(1)形成具有底面開口的主體，形成複合層壓底面插入件，在底面插入件上注模熱塑性複合球桿頭部件以形成底面插入件單元，並將底面插入件單元接合到主體；(2)形成具有冠部開口的主體，形成複合層壓冠部插入件，在冠部插入件上注模熱塑性複合球桿頭部件以形成冠部插入件單元，並將冠部插入件單元接合到主體；(3)在主體中形成能夠支撐一個或多個可滑動配重的配重軌道；(4)由熱塑性複合材料形成底面插入件和/或冠部插入件，該熱塑性複合材料具有與主體相容的基體；(5)由具有選自玻璃纖維、芳族聚醯胺纖維、碳纖維及其任意組合的連續纖維並且具有由聚苯硫醚(PPS)、聚醯胺、聚丙烯、熱塑性聚胺酯、熱塑性聚脲、聚醯胺-醯胺(PAI)、聚醚醯胺(PEI)、聚醚醚酮(PEEK)及其任何組合組成的熱塑性基體的連續纖維複合材料形成底面插入件和/或冠部插入件；(6)由具有相容基體的熱塑性複合材料形成底面插入件和配重軌道兩者；(7)由熱固性材料形成底面插入件，用熱活化黏合劑塗覆底面插入件，並在塗覆步驟後由能夠在底面插入件上注模的熱塑性材料形成配重軌道；(8)由選自鈦、一種或多種鈦合金、鋁、一種或多種鋁合金、鋼、一種或多種鋼合金、聚合物、塑料及其任意組合的材料形成主體；(9)形成具有冠部開口的主體，由複合層壓材料形成冠部插入件，並將冠部插入件接合到主體，使得冠部插入件覆蓋冠部開口；(10)從由一個或多個用於加強高爾夫球桿頭的肋、一個或多個用於調整高爾夫球桿頭的聲學特性的肋、一個或多個用於在高爾夫球桿頭的底面部分中接收固定配重的配重端口、一個或多個用於接收可滑動配重的配重軌道以及它們的組合組成的組中選擇複合球桿頭部件；(11)由連續的碳纖維複合材料形成底面插入件和冠部插入件；(12)採用適合熱固性的材料通過熱固形成底面插入件和冠部插入件，並在底面插入件上塗上熱活化黏合劑；以及(13)由鈦、鈦合金或其組合形成具有冠部開口、底面插入件和配重軌道的主體，該配重軌道由具有選自聚苯硫醚(PPS)、聚醯胺、聚丙烯、熱塑性聚胺酯、熱塑性聚脲、聚醯胺-醯胺(PAI)、聚醚醯胺(PEI)、聚醚醚酮(PEEK)及其任意組合的基體的熱塑性碳纖維材料製成；並且(14)形成具有冠部開口的框架，由熱塑性複合材料形成冠部插入件，並將冠部插入件接合到主體，使得冠部插入件覆蓋冠部開口。According to one embodiment, a method of manufacturing a golf club head (such as golf club head 100) includes one or more of the following steps: (1) forming a body having a sole opening, forming a composite laminate sole insert, injection molding a thermoplastic composite club head component on the sole insert to form a sole insert unit, and bonding the sole insert unit to the body; (2) forming a body having a sole opening; The invention relates to a method of manufacturing a main body having an opening in the crown, forming a composite laminated crown insert, injection molding a thermoplastic composite club head component on the crown insert to form a crown insert unit, and bonding the crown insert unit to the main body; (3) forming a weight track in the main body capable of supporting one or more slidable weights; (4) forming a sole insert and/or a crown insert from a thermoplastic composite material, wherein the thermoplastic composite The material has a matrix compatible with the main body; (5) a continuous fiber selected from glass fiber, aromatic polyamide fiber, carbon fiber and any combination thereof and a thermoplastic composed of polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamide, polypropylene, thermoplastic polyurethane, thermoplastic polyurea, polyamide-amide (PAI), polyetheramide (PEI), polyetheretherketone (PEEK) and any combination thereof. (6) forming both the bottom insert and the weight track from a thermoplastic composite material having a compatible matrix; (7) forming the bottom insert from a thermosetting material, coating the bottom insert with a heat activated adhesive, and forming the weight track from a thermoplastic material that can be injection molded onto the bottom insert after the coating step; (8) forming the bottom insert and the weight track from a thermoplastic material that can be injection molded onto the bottom insert. ) forming a main body from a material selected from titanium, one or more titanium alloys, aluminum, one or more aluminum alloys, steel, one or more steel alloys, polymers, plastics, and any combination thereof; (9) forming a main body having a crown opening, forming a crown insert from a composite laminated material, and joining the crown insert to the main body such that the crown insert covers the crown opening; (10) forming a main body from a material selected from one or more laminated materials for A composite club head component selected from the group consisting of a rib for reinforcing a golf club head, one or more ribs for adjusting the acoustic properties of the golf club head, one or more weight ports for receiving a fixed weight in the sole portion of the golf club head, one or more weight rails for receiving a slidable weight, and combinations thereof; (11) forming a sole insert from a continuous carbon fiber composite material (12) forming the bottom insert and the crown insert by thermosetting using a suitable thermosetting material, and applying a heat-activated adhesive on the bottom insert; and (13) forming a main body having a crown opening, a bottom insert and a counterweight track from titanium, a titanium alloy or a combination thereof, the counterweight track being made of a thermoplastic carbon fiber material having a matrix selected from polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamide, polypropylene, thermoplastic polyurethane, thermoplastic polyurea, polyamide-amide (PAI), polyetheramide (PEI), polyetheretherketone (PEEK) and any combination thereof; and (14) forming a frame having a crown opening, forming a crown insert from a thermoplastic composite material, and bonding the crown insert to the main body so that the crown insert covers the crown opening.

此外，除了本文所述的各種特徵之外，本文所揭示的任何高爾夫球桿頭還可以包括附加特徵，這些附加特徵可以包括美國專利申請序列號63/433380、18/082,735、18/082,271、63/292,708、17/547519、17/360179、17/560054、17/124134、17531979、17/722748、17/505511、17/560054、17/389167、17/006561、17/137151、16/806254、17/321315、17/696664、17/565580、17/727963、16/288499、17/530331、17/586960、17/884027、13/842011、16/817311、17/355642、17/722748、17/132645、17/6966164、17/884027、17/390615、17/586960、17/691649、17/224026、17/560054、17/164033、17/107474、17/526981、16/352537、17/156205、17/132541、17/565580、17/360179、17/355642、17/727963、17/824727、17/722632、17/712041、17/696664、17/695194、17/691649、17/686181、63/305777、17/577943、17/570613、17/569810、17/566833、17/565580、17/566131、17/566263、17/564077、17/560054、63/292708、17/557759、17/558387、17/645033、17/547519、17/541107、17/530331、17/526981、17/526855、17/524056、17/522560、17/515112、17/513716、17/505511、17/504335、17/504327、17/494416、17/493604、63/261457、17/479785、17/476839、17/477258、17/476025、17/467709、17/403516、17/399823、17/390615、63/227889、17/389167、17/387181、17/378407、17/368520、17/360179、17/355642、17/330033、17/235533、17/233201、17/228511、17/224026、17/216185、17/198030、17/191617、17/190864、17/183905、17/183057、17/181923、17/171678、17/171656、17/164033、17/156205、17/564077、17/124134、17/107447、63/292708、63/305777和63/338818中公開的任何特徵，所有這些專利文獻通過引用整體併入本文。此外，除了本文所述的各種特徵之外，本文所揭示的任何高爾夫球桿頭還可包括附加特徵，所述附加特徵可包括在美國專利號11213726、8777776、7278928、7445561、9409066、8303435、7874937、8628434、8608591、8740719、87777776、9694253、9683301、9468816、87777776、8262509、7901299、8119714、8764586、8227545、8066581、9409066、10052530、10195497、10086240、9914027、9174099和11219803中公開的任何特徵，所有這些專利文獻都以引用的方式整體併入本文。Furthermore, in addition to the various features described herein, any golf club head disclosed herein may include additional features, which may include U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. 63/433380, 18/082,735, 18/082,271, 63/292,708, 17/547519, 17/360179, 17/560054, 17/124134, 17531979, 17/72274 8. 17/505511, 17/560054, 17/389167, 17/006561, 17/137151, 16/806254, 17/321315, 17/696664, 17/565580, 17/727963, 16/288499, 17/530331 ,17/586960,17/884027,13/842011,16/81731 1. 17/355642, 17/722748, 17/132645, 17/6966164, 17/884027, 17/390615, 17/586960, 17/691649, 17/224026, 17/560054, 17/164033, 17/10747 4. 17/526981, 16/352537, 17/156205, 17/1325 41. 17/565580, 17/360179, 17/355642, 17/727963, 17/824727, 17/722632, 17/712041, 17/696664, 17/695194, 17/691649, 17/686181, 63/30577 7. 17/577943, 17/570613, 17/569810, 17/5668 33. 17/565580, 17/566131, 17/566263, 17/564077, 17/560054, 63/292708, 17/557759, 17/558387, 17/645033, 17/547519, 17/541107, 17/53033 1. 17/526981, 17/526855, 17/524056, 17/5225 60. 17/515112, 17/513716, 17/505511, 17/504335, 17/504327, 17/494416, 17/493604, 63/261457, 17/479785, 17/476839, 17/477258, 17/47602 5. 17/467709, 17/403516, 17/399823, 17/3906 15. 63/227889, 17/389167, 17/387181, 17/378407, 17/368520, 17/360179, 17/355642, 17/330033, 17/235533, 17/233201, 17/228511, 17/22402 6. 17/216185, 17/198030, 17/191617, 17/190 864, 17/183905, 17/183057, 17/181923, 17/171678, 17/171656, 17/164033, 17/156205, 17/564077, 17/124134, 17/107447, 63/292708, 63/305777 and 63/338818, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Furthermore, in addition to the various features described herein, any golf club head disclosed herein may include additional features, which may include those disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 11213726, 8777776, 7278928, 7445561, 9409066, 8303435, 7874937, 8628434, 8608591, 8740719, 87777776, 9694253, 96833 01, 9468816, 87777776, 8262509, 7901299, 8119714, 8764586, 8227545, 8066581, 9409066, 10052530, 10195497, 10086240, 9914027, 9174099 and 11219803, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

在整個說明書中，對「一個實施方式」、「實施方式」或類似語言的引用意味著結合該實施方式描述的特定特徵、結構或特性包括在本揭示的至少一個實施方式中。在整個說明書中，短語「在一個實施方式中」、「在實施方式中」和類似語言的出現可以但並非必須全部指代相同的實施方式。類似地，術語「實施」的使用意味著具有結合本標的揭示的一個或多個實施方式描述的特定特徵、結構或特性的實施，然而，如果沒有明確的關聯來表示，則可以將實施與一個或多個實施方式相關聯。Throughout the specification, references to "one embodiment," "an embodiment," or similar language mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in conjunction with that embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure. Throughout the specification, the appearance of the phrases "in one embodiment," "in an embodiment," and similar language may, but need not, all refer to the same embodiment. Similarly, use of the term "an embodiment" means an implementation having a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in conjunction with one or more embodiments of the present disclosure, however, an implementation may be associated with one or more embodiments if no explicit association is indicated.

在上面的描述中，可以使用某些術語，諸如「上」、「下」、「上部」、「下部」、「水平」、「垂直」、「左」、「右」、「上方」、「下方」等。這些術語在適用時用於在處理相對關係時提供一些清晰的描述。但是，這些術語並不旨在暗示絕對的關係、位置和/或取向。例如，相對於對象，只需簡單地將對象翻轉過來，「上部」表面就可以變成「下部」表面。儘管如此，它仍然為同一對象。此外，除非另外明確指出，否則術語「包括」、「包含」、「具有」及其變體表示「包括但不限於」。除非另有明確說明，否則列舉的項目清單並不意味著任何或所有項目都是互斥和/或相互包含的。除非另外明確指出，否則術語「一」、「一個」和「該」也指「一個或多個」。此外，術語「多個」可以被定義為「至少兩個」。在一些實施方式中，術語「約」可定義為在給定值的+/-5%以內。In the above description, certain terms may be used, such as "upper", "lower", "upper", "lower", "horizontal", "vertical", "left", "right", "above", "below", etc. These terms are used, when applicable, to provide some clarity when dealing with relative relationships. However, these terms are not intended to imply absolute relationships, positions, and/or orientations. For example, with respect to an object, the "upper" surface can become the "lower" surface simply by turning the object over. Despite this, it is still the same object. In addition, unless expressly stated otherwise, the terms "include", "comprising", "having" and their variations mean "including but not limited to". Unless expressly stated otherwise, an enumerated list of items does not mean that any or all of the items are mutually exclusive and/or mutually inclusive. Unless expressly stated otherwise, the terms "a", "an", and "the" also refer to "one or more". In addition, the term "plurality" may be defined as "at least two". In some embodiments, the term "about" may be defined as within +/- 5% of a given value.

另外，在本說明書中一個元件「耦合」到另一元件的實例可以包括直接和間接耦合。直接耦合可以定義為一個元件耦合至另一元件並與之形成某種接觸。間接耦合可被定義為在彼此不直接接觸但在耦合的構件之間具有一個或多個另外的元件的兩個元件之間的耦合。此外，如本文所用，將一個元件固定到另一元件可以包括直接固定和間接固定。另外，如本文所用，「緊鄰」不一定表示接觸。例如，一個元件可以與另一元件緊鄰而不與該元件接觸。In addition, examples of an element "coupled" to another element in this specification may include direct and indirect coupling. Direct coupling may be defined as one element being coupled to another element and forming some kind of contact therewith. Indirect coupling may be defined as coupling between two elements that are not in direct contact with each other but have one or more additional elements between the coupled components. In addition, as used herein, fixing one element to another element may include direct fixing and indirect fixing. In addition, as used herein, "adjacent" does not necessarily mean contact. For example, an element may be adjacent to another element without being in contact with the element.

如本文所用，短語「至少一個」當與項目列表一起使用時，意味著可以使用所列項目中的一者或多者的不同組合，並且可能僅需要列表中的項目中的一者。該項目可以為特定的對象、事物或類別。換句話說，「至少一個」意味著可以從列表中使用項目或多個項目的任何組合，但可能不是列表中的所有項目都是必需的。例如，「項目A、項目B和項目C中的至少一者」可能意味著項目A；項目A和項目B；項目B；項目A、項目B和項目C；或項目B和項目C。在一些情況下，「項目A、項目B和項目C中的至少一者」可以為例如但不限於項目A中的兩項、項目B中的一項和項目C中的十項；項目B中的四項和項目C中的七項；以及其他合適的組合。As used herein, the phrase "at least one" when used with a list of items means that different combinations of one or more of the listed items can be used, and only one of the items in the list may be required. The item can be a specific object, thing, or category. In other words, "at least one" means that any combination of items or multiple items from the list can be used, but not all items in the list may be required. For example, "at least one of item A, item B, and item C" may mean item A; item A and item B; item B; item A, item B, and item C; or item B and item C. In some cases, "at least one of item A, item B, and item C" may be, for example, but not limited to, two of item A, one of item B, and ten of item C; four of item B and seven of item C; and other suitable combinations.

除非另有說明，否則術語「第一」、「第二」等在本文中僅用作標記，並不旨在對這些術語所涉及的項目施加順序、位置或層次要求。此外，對例如「第二」項目的引用不要求或排除例如「第一」或較低編號的項目和/或例如「第三」或更高編號的項目的存在。Unless otherwise indicated, the terms "first", "second", etc. are used herein merely as labels and are not intended to impose order, position, or hierarchy requirements on the items to which these terms refer. Furthermore, reference to an item such as "second" does not require or preclude the existence of an item such as "first" or lower numbered and/or an item such as "third" or higher numbered.

如本文所用，「被構造為」執行指定功能的系統、裝置、結構、物品、元件、部件或硬件確實能夠在沒有任何改變的情況下執行指定功能，而不是僅僅具有在進一步修改後執行指定功能的潛力。換句話說，為了執行指定的目的，專門選擇、創建、實現、利用、編程和/或設計「被構造為」執行指定功能的系統、裝置、結構、物品、元件、部件或硬件。如本文所用，「被構造為」表示系統、裝置、結構、物品、元件、部件或硬件的現有特性，其使得系統、裝置、結構、物品、元件、部件或硬件能夠執行指定的功能而無需進一步修改。出於本揭示的目的，被描述為「被構造為」執行特定功能的系統、裝置、結構、物品、元件、部件或硬件可以附加地或替代地被描述為「適應」和/或「可操作以」執行該功能。As used herein, a system, device, structure, article, component, part, or hardware that is "configured to" perform a specified function is actually capable of performing the specified function without any changes, rather than merely having the potential to perform the specified function after further modification. In other words, a system, device, structure, article, component, part, or hardware that is "configured to" perform a specified function is specifically selected, created, implemented, utilized, programmed, and/or designed for the purpose of performing the specified function. As used herein, "configured to" means the existing characteristics of a system, device, structure, article, component, part, or hardware that enables the system, device, structure, article, component, part, or hardware to perform the specified function without further modification. For purposes of this disclosure, a system, device, structure, article, element, component, or hardware described as "configured to" perform a particular function may additionally or alternatively be described as "adapted to" and/or "operable to" perform that function.

在不脫離本發明的精神或基本特徵的情況下，本標的可以以其他特定形式實施。所描述的實施方式在所有方面僅應被認為是說明性的而非限制性的。落入權利要求等同含義及其範圍內的所有改變均應包含在其範圍之內。The subject matter may be implemented in other specific forms without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics of the invention. The described embodiments should be considered in all respects only as illustrative and not restrictive. All changes that come within the meaning and range of equivalents of the claims should be included within their scope.

100:高爾夫球桿頭100: Golf club head

102:主體102: Subject

104:鑄造杯104: Cast cup

106:環106: Ring

108:冠部插入件108: Crown insert

110:底面插入件110: Bottom insert

112:前向部分112: Forward part

112A:趾側接頭112A: Toe joint

114:趾部部分114: Toe part

116:跟部部分116: Heel part

117:底面部分117: Bottom part

118:後向部分118: Backward part

119:冠部部分119: Crown part

120:桿頸120: Rod neck

121:裙邊部分121: Skirt part

123:FCT系統123:FCT system

145:擊球面145: Hitting surface

172:貫通孔172:Through hole

177:慣性生成特徵177: Inertial generation characteristics

Claims (26)

Translated fromChinese

一種製造高爾夫球桿頭的方法，所述方法包括以下步驟：在該高爾夫球桿頭的第一部件和第二部件之間插置黏合帶，使得該第一部件經由該黏合帶的黏性臨時黏附到該第二部件；將該第一部件、該第二部件和插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間的該黏合帶定位在真空袋中；相對於該真空袋外部的壓力降低該真空袋內的壓力、使得該真空袋塌縮到該第一部件和該第二部件上並且壓縮該第一部件與該第二部件之間的該黏合帶；並且當該真空袋內的壓力降低時，將該黏合帶加熱到至少該黏合帶的固化溫度；其中該黏合帶具有至少10MPa的剪切強度。A method for manufacturing a golf club head, the method comprising the steps of inserting an adhesive tape between a first component and a second component of the golf club head so that the first component is temporarily adhered to the second component via the viscosity of the adhesive tape; positioning the first component, the second component and the adhesive tape inserted between the first component and the second component in a vacuum bag; reducing the pressure inside the vacuum bag relative to the pressure outside the vacuum bag so that the vacuum bag collapses onto the first component and the second component and compresses the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component; and when the pressure inside the vacuum bag is reduced, heating the adhesive tape to at least the curing temperature of the adhesive tape; wherein the adhesive tape has a shear strength of at least 10 MPa.如請求項1所述的方法，其中將該黏合帶插置在該高爾夫球桿頭的該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟包括經由吸力將包括該黏合帶的黏合帶封裝臨時耦合到帶保持固定裝置。A method as claimed in claim 1, wherein the step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component of the golf club head includes temporarily coupling the adhesive tape package including the adhesive tape to a tape retaining fixture via suction.如請求項2所述的方法，其中將該黏合帶插置在該高爾夫球桿頭的該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟進一步包括當該黏合帶封裝經由吸力耦合到該帶保持固定裝置時，從該黏合帶封裝移除黏附到該黏合帶的剝離層。A method as claimed in claim 2, wherein the step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component of the golf club head further includes removing a release layer adhered to the adhesive tape from the adhesive tape package when the adhesive tape package is coupled to the tape retaining fixture via suction.如請求項3所述的方法，其中將該黏合帶插置在該高爾夫球桿頭的該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟進一步包括當該黏合帶封裝經由該吸力耦合到該帶保持固定裝置時以及在移除該剝離層之後，將該黏合帶臨時黏附到該第一部件。A method as claimed in claim 3, wherein the step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component of the golf club head further includes temporarily adhering the adhesive tape to the first component when the adhesive tape package is coupled to the tape retaining fixture via the suction force and after the release layer is removed.如請求項4所述的方法，其中將該黏合帶插置在該高爾夫球桿頭的該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟進一步包括禁用該吸力並將該第一部件和該黏合帶封裝從該帶保持固定裝置移除。A method as claimed in claim 4, wherein the step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component of the golf club head further includes disabling the suction force and removing the first component and the adhesive tape package from the tape retaining fixture.如請求項5所述的方法，其中將該黏合帶插置在該高爾夫球桿頭的該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟進一步包括：當從該帶保持固定裝置移除該第一部件和來自該帶保持固定裝置的該黏合帶封裝時，從該黏合帶封裝移除黏附到該黏合帶的第二剝離層；並且當移除該第二剝離層時，將該第二部件施加到該黏合帶上。The method of claim 5, wherein the step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component of the golf club head further comprises: removing a second release layer adhered to the adhesive tape from the adhesive tape package when removing the first component and the adhesive tape package from the tape retaining fixture; and applying the second component to the adhesive tape when removing the second release layer.如請求項1所述的方法，其中，在降低該壓力並加熱該黏合帶之前，該黏合帶在25℃下是固體並且是黏性的。A method as claimed in claim 1, wherein the adhesive tape is solid and tacky at 25°C before reducing the pressure and heating the adhesive tape.如請求項1所述的方法，其中：該第一部件是非金屬插入件；該第二部件包括至少一個凹陷凸緣；該黏合帶包括第一表面和與該第一表面相對的第二表面；將該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間的步驟包括將該黏合帶的該第一表面附接到該非金屬插入件，以及將該黏合帶的該第二表面附接到該至少一個凹陷凸緣；並且在附接到該至少一個凹陷凸緣之前，該黏合帶的該第二表面的總表面積小於該至少一個凹陷凸緣的總表面積的100%。The method of claim 1, wherein: the first component is a non-metal insert; the second component includes at least one recessed ridge; the adhesive tape includes a first surface and a second surface opposite the first surface; the step of inserting the adhesive tape between the first component and the second component includes attaching the first surface of the adhesive tape to the non-metal insert and attaching the second surface of the adhesive tape to the at least one recessed ridge; and before attaching to the at least one recessed ridge, the total surface area of the second surface of the adhesive tape is less than 100% of the total surface area of the at least one recessed ridge.如請求項8所述的方法，其中，在附接到該至少一個凹陷凸緣之前，該黏合帶的該第二表面的該總表面積小於該至少一個凹陷凸緣的該總表面積的99%。The method of claim 8, wherein, before being attached to the at least one recessed ridge, the total surface area of the second surface of the adhesive tape is less than 99% of the total surface area of the at least one recessed ridge.如請求項8所述的方法，其中在附接到該至少一個凹陷凸緣之前，該黏合帶的該第二表面的該總表面積在該至少一個凹陷凸緣的該總表面積的75%至99%之間並且包括75%和99%。The method of claim 8, wherein the total surface area of the second surface of the adhesive tape before being attached to the at least one recessed ridge is between 75% and 99% of the total surface area of the at least one recessed ridge and includes 75% and 99%.如請求項8所述的方法，其中在附接到該至少一個凹陷凸緣之前，該黏合帶的該第二表面的該總表面積在該至少一個凹陷凸緣的該總表面積的85%至99%之間並且包括85%和99%。The method of claim 8, wherein the total surface area of the second surface of the adhesive tape before being attached to the at least one recessed ridge is between 85% and 99% of the total surface area of the at least one recessed ridge and includes 85% and 99%.如請求項8所述的方法，其中該至少一個凹陷凸緣的該總表面積是由該非金屬插入件覆蓋的該至少一個凹陷凸緣的總表面積。A method as described in claim 8, wherein the total surface area of the at least one recessed lip is the total surface area of the at least one recessed lip covered by the non-metal insert.如請求項8所述的方法，其中，當該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間時，該黏合帶從該至少一個凹陷凸緣的外周偏移至少0.25mm。A method as described in claim 8, wherein when the adhesive tape is inserted between the first component and the second component, the adhesive tape is offset from the periphery of the at least one recessed lip by at least 0.25 mm.如請求項8所述的方法，其中，當該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間時，該黏合帶從該至少一個凹陷凸緣的外周偏移不超過3.0mm。A method as described in claim 8, wherein when the adhesive tape is inserted between the first component and the second component, the adhesive tape is offset from the periphery of the at least one recessed flange by no more than 3.0 mm.如請求項1所述的方法，其中：該高爾夫球桿頭包括主體，該主體包括多個開口；該第一部件是擊球板；該第二部件是該主體，使得當該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間時，該擊球板覆蓋該多個開口中的一個開口；以及當該真空袋內的該壓力降低並且該黏合帶被加熱時，該主體的該多個開口中的至少一個開口被揭開。The method of claim 1, wherein: the golf club head includes a body including a plurality of openings; the first component is a striking plate; the second component is the body, so that when the adhesive tape is inserted between the first component and the second component, the striking plate covers one of the plurality of openings; and when the pressure in the vacuum bag is reduced and the adhesive tape is heated, at least one of the plurality of openings of the body is uncovered.如請求項1所述的方法，其中：該第一部件是非金屬插入件，包括總表面積在2,000mm²至13,000mm²之間並且包括2,000mm²和13,000mm²的內表面；以及該方法進一步包括在該黏合帶插置在該第一部件和該第二部件之間之前，經由該黏合帶的黏性將該黏合帶臨時黏附到該非金屬插入件的該內表面。A method as claimed in claim 1, wherein: the first component is a non-metallic insert comprising a total surface area between 2,000^mm2 and 13,000^mm2 and including an inner surface between 2,000^mm2 and 13,000^mm2 ; and the method further comprises temporarily adhering the adhesive tape to the inner surface of the non-metallic insert via the adhesiveness of the adhesive tape before the adhesive tape is inserted between the first component and the second component.如請求項16所述的方法，其中該黏合帶包括熱固性黏合劑。A method as described in claim 16, wherein the adhesive tape comprises a thermosetting adhesive.如請求項16所述的方法，其中，當臨時黏附到該非金屬插入件的該內表面時，該黏合帶距離該非金屬插入件的外周至少0.25mm。A method as claimed in claim 16, wherein the adhesive tape is at least 0.25 mm from the periphery of the non-metallic insert when temporarily adhered to the inner surface of the non-metallic insert.如請求項1所述的方法，進一步包括將第二黏合帶插置在該高爾夫球桿頭的該第二部件和第三部件之間，使得該第三部件經由該第二黏合帶的該黏性臨時黏附到該第二部件，其中：該第一部件是該高爾夫球桿頭的冠部插入件、底面插入件或擊球板中的一個；該第二部件是該高爾夫球桿頭的主體；該第三部件是該冠部插入件、該底面插入件或該擊球板中的第二部件；將該第一部件、該第二部件和該黏合帶定位在該真空袋中的步驟進一步包括將該第三部件定位在該真空袋中，其中該第二黏合帶位於該第三部件和該第二部件之間；降低該真空袋內的該壓力將該真空袋塌縮到該第三部件和該第二部件上，使得該第二黏合帶在該第三部件與該第二部件之間被壓縮；並且加熱該黏合帶包括當該真空袋內的該壓力降低時，將該黏合帶至少加熱到該第二黏合帶的固化溫度。The method as described in claim 1 further includes inserting a second adhesive tape between the second component and the third component of the golf club head so that the third component is temporarily adhered to the second component through the viscosity of the second adhesive tape, wherein: the first component is one of the crown insert, the sole insert or the striking plate of the golf club head; the second component is the main body of the golf club head; the third component is the second component of the crown insert, the sole insert or the striking plate; the first component, the third component is temporarily adhered to the second component by the viscosity of the second adhesive tape; The step of positioning the second component and the adhesive tape in the vacuum bag further includes positioning the third component in the vacuum bag, wherein the second adhesive tape is located between the third component and the second component; reducing the pressure in the vacuum bag to collapse the vacuum bag onto the third component and the second component so that the second adhesive tape is compressed between the third component and the second component; and heating the adhesive tape includes heating the adhesive tape to at least the curing temperature of the second adhesive tape when the pressure in the vacuum bag is reduced.一種高爾夫球桿頭，包括：中空內腔，該中空內腔具有至少5立方釐米的內部容積；第一部件，該第一部件限定該中空內腔的至少第一部分；以及第二部件，該第二部件限定該中空內腔的至少第二部分，其中：該第一部件經由黏合帶沿著結合接頭黏性結合到該第二部件；該黏合帶的厚度在90μm至550μm之間；該黏合帶是熱固性黏合材料；該黏合帶的寬度在1mm至9mm之間並且包括1mm和9mm；該黏合帶包括兩個或更多個分離的黏合帶段；以及該兩個或更多個分離的黏合帶段中的第一個的尺寸不同於該兩個或更多個黏合帶段中的第二個的尺寸。A golf club head, comprising: a hollow cavity having an internal volume of at least 5 cubic centimeters; a first component defining at least a first portion of the hollow cavity; and a second component defining at least a second portion of the hollow cavity, wherein: the first component is adhesively bonded to the second component along a bonding joint via an adhesive tape; the thickness of the adhesive tape is between 90 μm and 550 μm; the adhesive tape is a thermosetting adhesive material; the width of the adhesive tape is between 1 mm and 9 mm and inclusive; the adhesive tape comprises two or more separate adhesive tape segments; and the size of a first one of the two or more separate adhesive tape segments is different from the size of a second one of the two or more adhesive tape segments.如請求項20所述的高爾夫球桿頭，其中該黏合帶具有可變寬度。A golf club head as described in claim 20, wherein the adhesive tape has a variable width.如請求項20所述的高爾夫球桿頭，其中該黏合帶的固化溫度至少為100℃。A golf club head as described in claim 20, wherein the curing temperature of the adhesive tape is at least 100°C.如請求項22所述的高爾夫球桿頭，其中該黏合帶的該固化溫度介於120℃至230℃之間並且包括120℃和230℃。A golf club head as described in claim 22, wherein the curing temperature of the adhesive tape is between 120°C and 230°C and includes 120°C and 230°C.如請求項20所述的高爾夫球桿頭，其中該黏合帶的回流溫度至少為160℃。A golf club head as described in claim 20, wherein the reflow temperature of the adhesive tape is at least 160°C.一種高爾夫球桿頭，包括：中空內腔，該中空內腔具有至少5立方釐米的內部容積；第一部件，該第一部件限定該中空內腔的至少第一部分；以及第二部件，該第二部件限定該中空內腔的至少第二部分，其中：該第一部件經由黏合帶沿著結合接頭黏性結合到該第二部件；該黏合帶的厚度在90μm至550μm之間；該黏合帶是熱固性黏合材料；該黏合帶的寬度在1mm至9mm之間並且包括1mm和9mm；以及該黏合帶具有至少10MPa的剪切強度。A golf club head, comprising: a hollow cavity having an internal volume of at least 5 cubic centimeters; a first component defining at least a first portion of the hollow cavity; and a second component defining at least a second portion of the hollow cavity, wherein: the first component is adhesively bonded to the second component along a bonding joint via an adhesive tape; the thickness of the adhesive tape is between 90 μm and 550 μm; the adhesive tape is a thermosetting adhesive material; the width of the adhesive tape is between 1 mm and 9 mm and includes 1 mm and 9 mm; and the adhesive tape has a shear strength of at least 10 MPa.如請求項25所述的高爾夫球桿頭，其中該黏合帶的該剪切強度不超過30MPa。A golf club head as described in claim 25, wherein the shear strength of the adhesive tape does not exceed 30 MPa.